KEENE CORP /DE/
SC 13D, 1996-08-12
AIRCRAFT PARTS & AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT, NEC
Previous: SECOND NATIONAL FINANCIAL CORP, 10-Q, 1996-08-12
Next: KEENE CORP /DE/, 3, 1996-08-12




                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                  SCHEDULE 13D


                    Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934


             REINHOLD INDUSTRIES, INC. (FORMERLY KEENE CORPORATION)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Name of Issuer)
                 Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         (Title of Class of Securities)
                                    75935A109
                     --------------------------------------
                                 (CUSIP Number)



                                                    KEENE CREDITORS TRUST
Richard A. Lippe, Esq.                              THE CHANCERY
Managing Trustee                                    190 WILLIS AVENUE
(516) 747-0300                                      MINEOLA, NEW YORK  11501
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Person Authorized to Receive
                           Notices and Communications)

                                  July 31, 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Date of Event which Requires Filing of this Statement)




     If the filing person has  previouisly  filed a statement on Schedule 13G to
report the acquisition  which is the subject of this Schedule 13D, and is filing
this schedule because of Rule 13d-1(b)(3) or (4), check the following box |_|.

     Check the following box if a fee is being paid with the statement |X|



                               Page 1 of 194 pages


                      The Index to Exhibits is on page 12.




<PAGE>
                                       2


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  SCHEDULE 13D
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------
CUSIP No. 75935A109
- ------------------------

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1   NAME OF REPORTING PERSON
      S.S. OR I.R.S. IDENTIFICATION NO. OF ABOVE PERSON

                              Keene Creditors Trust
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2   CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP*                 (a) |_|
                                                                        (b) |X|
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3   SEC USE ONLY

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4   SOURCE OF FUNDS*
                                       OO
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5   CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED PURSUANT
      TO ITEMS 2(d) OR 2(e)                                                 |_|

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  6   CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION

                                    New York
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
                       7    SOLE VOTING POWER

                                   1,020,000 shares
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
      NUMBER OF       ----- ---------------------------------------------------
       SHARES          8    SHARED VOTING POWER
    BENEFICIALLY
      OWNED BY
        EACH          ----- ---------------------------------------------------
     REPORTING        ----- ---------------------------------------------------
       PERSON          9    SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
        WITH
                                   1,020,000  shares
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
                       10   SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER

                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 11   AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON

                                  1,020,000  shares
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12   CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (11) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES*|_|

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 13   PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (11)

                                       51%
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 14   TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON*

                                       OO
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>
                                       3


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  SCHEDULE 13D
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------
CUSIP No. 75935A109
- ------------------------

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1   NAME OF REPORTING PERSON
      S.S. OR I.R.S. IDENTIFICATION NO. OF ABOVE PERSON

                                 Archie R. Dykes
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2   CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP*                 (a) |_|
                                                                        (b) |X|
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3   SEC USE ONLY

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4   SOURCE OF FUNDS*
                                       OO
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5   CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED PURSUANT
      TO ITEMS 2(d) OR 2(e)                                                 |_|

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  6   CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION

                                  United States
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
                       7    SOLE VOTING POWER

                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
     NUMBER OF        ----- ---------------------------------------------------
       SHARES          8    SHARED VOTING POWER
    BENEFICIALLY
      OWNED BY                     1,020,000 shares
        EACH          ----- ---------------------------------------------------
     REPORTING        ----- ---------------------------------------------------
       PERSON          9    SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
        WITH

                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
                       10   SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER

                                   1,020,000  shares
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 11   AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON

                                   1,020,000  shares
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12   CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (11) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES*|_|

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 13   PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (11)

                                       51%
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 14   TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON*

                                       IN
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>
                                       4


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  SCHEDULE 13D
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------
CUSIP No. 75935A109
- ------------------------

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1   NAME OF REPORTING PERSON
      S.S. OR I.R.S. IDENTIFICATION NO. OF ABOVE PERSON

                                Richard A. Lippe
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2   CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP*                 (a) |_|
                                                                        (b) |X|
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3   SEC USE ONLY

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4   SOURCE OF FUNDS*
                                       OO
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5   CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED PURSUANT
      TO ITEMS 2(d) OR 2(e)                                                 |_|

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  6   CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION

                                  United States
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
                       7    SOLE VOTING POWER

                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
      NUMBER OF       ----- ---------------------------------------------------
       SHARES          8    SHARED VOTING POWER
    BENEFICIALLY
      OWNED BY                     1,020,000 shares
        EACH          ----- ---------------------------------------------------
     REPORTING        ----- ---------------------------------------------------
       PERSON          9    SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
        WITH

                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
                       10   SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER

                                   1,020,000  shares
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 11   AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON

                                   1,020,000  shares
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12   CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (11) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES*|_|

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 13   PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (11)

                                       51%
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 14   TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON*

                                       IN
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
                                       5



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  SCHEDULE 13D
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------
CUSIP No. 75935A109
- ------------------------

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1   NAME OF REPORTING PERSON
      S.S. OR I.R.S. IDENTIFICATION NO. OF ABOVE PERSON

                                 John J. Robbins
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2   CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP*                 (a) |_|
                                                                        (b) |X|
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3   SEC USE ONLY

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4   SOURCE OF FUNDS*
                                       OO
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5   CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED PURSUANT
      TO ITEMS 2(d) OR 2(e)                                                 |_|

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  6   CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION

                                  United States
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
                       7    SOLE VOTING POWER

                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
      NUMBER OF       ----- ---------------------------------------------------
       SHARES          8    SHARED VOTING POWER
    BENEFICIALLY
      OWNED BY                     1,020,000 shares
        EACH          ----- ---------------------------------------------------
     REPORTING        ----- ---------------------------------------------------
       PERSON          9    SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
        WITH

                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
                       10   SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER

                                   1,020,000  shares
                      ----- ---------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 11   AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON

                                   1,020,000  shares
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12   CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (11) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES*|_|

- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 13   PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (11)

                                       51%
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 14   TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON*

                                       IN
- ----- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
                                       6


Item 1.  Security and Issuer

         This statement on Schedule 13D (this "Statement")  relates to the Class
A Common  Stock (the  "Class A Common  Stock") of  Reinhold  Industries,  Inc. a
Delaware  corporation  ("Reinhold"),  which has its  principal  offices at 12827
Imperial Highway, Santa Fe Springs,  California 90670-4713. The total authorized
shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Common Stock"),  of Reinhold
consist of  1,480,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock and  1,020,000  shares of
Class B Common Stock ("Class B Common Stock").

         Pursuant  to Rule  13d-3  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act,  this
Statement relates to the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion
of  shares  of  Class B Common  Stock.  Each  share  of Class A Common  Stock is
entitled  to one  vote  per  share.  Each  share  of  Class B  Common  Stock  is
convertible,  upon the occurrence of certain  events,  into one share of Class A
Common  Stock,  is  entitled to one vote per share and votes  together  with the
Class  A  Common  Stock  as a class  except  with  respect  to the  election  of
directors. Class B Common Stock may be held only by the Keene Creditors Trust, a
New York trust (the  "Trust").  While the Trust  holds  shares of Class B Common
Stock  representing  25% or more of the  aggregate  shares of Common  Stock then
outstanding, the Trust shall, voting as a class, be entitled to elect two of the
three  directors of the Company,  with the  remaining  director  selected by the
holders of Class A Common Stock.  While the Trust holds shares of Class B Common
Stock  representing  less  than  25% but  greater  than or  equal  to 10% of the
aggregate shares of Common Stock then outstanding,  the Trust shall, voting as a
class, be entitled to elect one of the three directors of the Company,  with the
remaining  two directors  elected by the holders of Class A Common Stock.  While
the Trust holds shares of Class B Common Stock  representing  10% or more of the
aggregate shares of Common Stock then outstanding,  no additional  authorization
or issuance  of Class A Common  Stock  shall be made  without the prior  written
consent of the Trust.  Class B Common  Stock shall  convert  into Class A Common
Stock upon the earlier of: (i) the sale,  transfer or other  disposition  of the
Class B Common  Stock by the  Trust;  (ii) the time  that the  shares of Class B
Common Stock held by the Trust  represent less than 10% of the aggregate  shares
of Common Stock then  outstanding;  or (iii) ten years from the  Effective  Date
(hereinafter  used as defined in the Plan (as defined below)  attached hereto as
Exhibit 2). The Trust may not transfer  shares of Class B Common Stock until two
years after the Effective Date.


Item 2.  Identity and Background

         This  statement  is being filed by the Trust,  which is governed by the
laws of the state of New York and was formed as an irrevocable trust pursuant to
a Trust  Agreement  dated as of July 31,  1996 (the "Trust  Agreement")  in form
approved by the United  States  District  Court of the Southern  District of New
York  (the  "Bankruptcy  Court").  The Trust was  formed  to  implement  certain
portions of the plan of reorganization more particularly referred to below.

         On July  29,  1993,  Keene  Corporation  ("Keene")  filed  a  voluntary
petition under Chapter 11 of the United States  Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy
Code") in the  Bankruptcy  Court.  The filings were  precipitated  by contingent
liabilities  resulting from pending and potential  litigation  involving  claims
against Keene and its affiliates relating to asbestos related diseases.

         By order  entered on June 14,  1996,  the  Bankruptcy  Court  confirmed
Keene's Fourth Amended Plan of Reorganization dated March 11, 1996 together with
the  modifications  thereto  filed with the  Bankruptcy  Court on June 11,  1996
(collectively,  the "Plan").  Portions of the Plan and the Trust  Agreement  are
summarized  below.  These  summaries  are  qualified  by  reference to the Trust
Agreement (other than its exhibits and schedules) and the Plan,  copies of which
are  attached as Exhibits 1 and 2 hereto,  respectively.  Capitalized  terms not
otherwise  defined  in this  Statement  are used as  defined in the Plan and the
Trust Agreement.

         Pursuant to the Plan,  Keene was merged with and into its  wholly-owned
subsidiary,  Reinhold,  with Keene being the surviving corporation,  and as such
Keene was renamed "Reinhold Industries,  Inc." Reinhold, as reorganized pursuant
to the Plan and as  successor-in-interest  to Keene, was required by the Plan to
issue  1,020,000  shares of Class B Common Stock,  together with the transfer of
certain other assets of Keene, to the Trustees (the "Trustees") of the Trust for
the benefit of holders of Asbestos-Related Claims and Demands.

         The Trust was issued such  1,020,000  shares of Class B Common Stock on
July 31, 1996.

<PAGE>
                                       7


        The Trust will initially be administered by three independent persons as
trustees  (the  "Trustees").  The  initial  Trustees  of the Trust are Archie R.
Dykes,  Richard A. Lippe,  and John J.  Robbins.  The Trustees  have elected Mr.
Lippe as Managing Trustee.

         Mr. Dykes,  65, is currently  Chairman of Capital City Holdings,  Inc.,
Nashville,  Tennessee,  a venture  capital  firm and has a  business  address of
Rivergate  Executive  Park,  907 Two Mile  Parkway,  Suite D-5,  Goodlettsville,
Tennessee.  He has  served in that  capacity  since  1988  prior to which he was
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Security Benefit Group of
Companies,  Topeka,  Kansas,  an insurance and management  investment firm, from
1980 to 1987,  Chancellor  of The  University  of  Kansas  from 1973 to 1980 and
Chancellor  of The  University  of Tennessee  from 1967 to 1973.  He serves as a
director of Whitman Corp., Bradford Capital Partners and Fleming Company Inc. He
holds a Doctorate from The University of Tennessee and a Masters and a B.S. from
East Tennessee State University.

         Mr. Lippe, 58, is currently a partner in the Corporate & Securities Law
Group  of the law firm of  Meltzer,  Lippe,  Goldstein,  Wolf &  Schlissel,  The
Chancery,  190  Willis  Avenue,  Mineola,  New York.  He also  serves as outside
General  Counsel to Cheyenne  Software,  General Counsel to the Long Island High
Technology  Incubator  and Counsel to the Long Island  Venture  Fund. He holds a
B.A. from Tufts University and an LL.B. from The University of Pennsylvania.

         Mr. Robbins, 57, is a Certified Public Accountant and has an address of
112 Walton Heath,  Williamsburg,  Virginia. Prior to his retirement in 1992, Mr.
Robbins had been a partner since 1973 in Kenneth  Leventhal & Company,  a public
accounting firm which is now part of Ernst & Young, LLP, where from 1979 through
his retirement he served as the Managing Partner of such firm's New York Office.
He holds a B.B.A. from The University of Texas.

         The Trust  generally may take action by a vote of at least two Trustees
at a meeting at which a quorum of at least two Trustees is present. At such time
as there is only one Trustee (as described  below),  action will be taken by the
vote of that  Trustee.  Each  Trustee  will serve for three years (the  "Initial
Term") or until death,  incapacity,  resignation or removal. Upon the expiration
of the Initial Term,  one Trustee,  selected by the two other  Trustees with the
consent of a Trust Advisory Committee (the "TAC"), shall serve until termination
of the Trust or until such Trustee's death, incapacity,  resignation or removal.
Any Trustee may be removed for cause by the majority vote of the other Trustees.
During  the  Initial  Term a vacancy in the  position  of a Trustee is filled by
unanimous vote of the remaining Trustees, after consultation with the TAC. After
the  Initial  Term,  if a vacancy  occurs,  the TAC shall  nominate a  successor
trustee for approval of the Bankruptcy Court or before a vacancy occurs the sole
remaining Trustee may appoint a successor with the consent of the TAC.

         The TAC is the three member Trust  Advisory  Committee  established  to
consult  with and advise  the  Trustees,  the  initial  membership  of which was
selected by the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors. The issues concerning
which the Trustees must consult the TAC are  described in Section  5.1(b) of the
Trust Agreement. In addition, the issues of Trust administration raised in Trust
Agreement Sections 4.3(a) and 4.3(b) (appointment of successor Trustees) and 6.3
(amendments  to the Trust  Agreement)  require the consent of the TAC before the
Trustees can implement  any action on behalf of the Trust with respect  thereto.
Valid consent by the TAC requires approval by a majority of its members. Actions
requiring consent of the TAC but for which the TAC has withheld consent may only
be taken upon Bankruptcy Court approval after reasonable notice to the TAC.

         The Trust currently has no officers.

         During the past five years  neither  the Trust nor any of the  Trustees
has been convicted in a criminal  proceeding  (excluding  traffic  violations or
similar  misdemeanors) or been a party to any civil proceedings of a judicial or
administrative  body  of  competent  jurisdiction  as  a  result  of  which  any
individual or entity was subject to a judgment,  decree or final order enjoining
future violations of, or prohibiting or mandating  activities subject to federal
or state securities laws or finding any violation with respect to such laws.

         The  principal  office  of the  Trust is at The  Chancery,  190  Willis
Avenue, Mineola, New York 11501. Each of the Trustees is a citizen of the United
States.


<PAGE>
                                       8



Item 3.  Source and Amount of Funds

         On July 31, 1996,  pursuant to the Plan,  Reinhold  contributed  to the
Trust 1,020,000 shares of Class B Common Stock. The  consideration for the Class
B Common Stock is set forth in Section 1.4 of the Trust Agreement.


Item 4.  Purpose of Transaction

         Pursuant  to the Plan,  the Trust has been  funded  with,  among  other
things,  1,020,000  shares  of  Class  B  Common  Stock.  The  purposes  of  the
transaction are set forth in Section 1.2 of the Trust Agreement.

         The Trustees  currently do not expect to  participate in the management
of Reinhold.  Pursuant to the By-Laws of Reinhold, the total number of directors
of the Reinhold Board of Directors  (the "Board") was set at three.  Pursuant to
the Plan, on the Effective  Date, the initial  members of the Board consisted of
one person  nominated  by the Board of Directors of Keene who had been the Chief
Executive  Officer of Reinhold  Industries,  Inc. prior to its merger with Keene
and two persons  selected by the Official  Committee of Unsecured  Creditors and
the Legal  Representative for Future  Asbestos-Related  Claimants.  Such initial
directors shall serve until their  successors have been elected and qualified or
until their death,  resignation,  disqualification  or removal.  Pursuant to the
terms of the Reinhold  Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  (the
"Certificate"), as long as the number of shares of Class B Common Stock owned by
the Trust represents 25% or more of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock, the
Trust has the right to elect two of  Reinhold's  three  directors  (the "Class B
Directors").  If the Trust owns shares of Class B Common Stock representing less
than 25% but greater  than or equal to 10% of the  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock it will have the right to elect  one Class B  Director.  At such time that
the Trust owns shares of Class B Common Stock  representing less than 10% of the
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock  such  Class B Common  Stock  shares  shall
automatically  be  converted  into an equal  number  of shares of Class A Common
Stock  and the  Trust  shall no  longer  have the  right  to elect  any  Class B
Directors.  The  Reinhold  By-Laws also provide that any director may be removed
from office,  with or without cause, by the  affirmative  vote of such number of
shares of Common Stock that would have been sufficient to elect such director if
then voted at a meeting  for such  purpose.  The  Trustees  have not  determined
whether or not to take any present  action with  respect to the current  Class B
Directors  or to elect  the same or  different  Class B  Directors  at the first
annual meeting of shareholders of Reinhold  (presently expected to take place in
August 1997) or how they will otherwise vote the Trust's Class B Common Stock at
such annual meeting.

         In accordance with the Plan, on the Effective  Date,  980,000 shares of
Class A Common Stock were issued by Reinhold to various  persons  other than the
Trust. The holders of Class A Common Stock presently have the right to elect one
of Reinhold's three directors (a "Class A Director").  However, if the number of
Class B Directors  decreases as described above, the number of Class A Directors
will correspondingly  increase.  In addition,  pursuant to a share authorization
agreement  executed by the Trustees and Reinhold in accordance with the terms of
the Plan (the "Share  Authorization  Agreement"),  for so long as the Trust owns
shares  of  Class B Common  Stock  representing  10% or more of the  outstanding
shares of Common Stock,  Reinhold shall not issue any additional shares of Class
A Common Stock without the consent of the Trustees.


<PAGE>
                                       9



         The Certificate  also contains  provisions  restricting the transfer of
shares of Common Stock and requiring the automatic  conversion of Class B Common
Stock  into  Class A Common  Stock,  both as more  fully  described  below.  The
Certificate provides that only the Trust may hold shares of Class B Common Stock
and that, upon the sale, transfer or disposition of any shares of Class B Common
Stock by the Trust  (other  than to an  entity  in which the Trust  owns all the
beneficial  interests or in connection with the pledge or  hypothecation of such
shares to secure bona fide  indebtedness  that is not  convertible  into Class B
Common Stock), such shares shall automatically be converted into an equal number
of shares of Class A Common Stock. The Certificate also provides that all of the
then outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted
into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon the earlier to occur
of (a) the date upon which the shares of Class B Common Stock owned by the Trust
represent less than 10% of the aggregate outstanding shares of Common Shares and
(b) the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

         The Certificate  also provides that, for a period of 25 months from the
Effective Date, an owner of greater than 5% of the issued and outstanding Common
Stock (including therefore the Trust) may not transfer,  convey,  assign, pledge
or  otherwise  dispose of all or any  interest in its shares of Common  Stock or
grant an option or  contractual  right to acquire  ownership  (collectively,  to
"Transfer") of such shares and no holder of Common Stock may Transfer  shares to
any person or group of persons  acting in  concert if after such  Transfer  such
person or group  would own  greater  than 4.75% of the  issued  and  outstanding
shares of Common Stock.  Any such  Transfers are deemed null and void ab initio.
In  addition,  pursuant  to a  registration  rights  agreement  executed  by the
Trustees  and  Reinhold  in   accordance   with  the  terms  of  the  Plan  (the
"Registration  Rights Agreement"),  if at any time Reinhold registers any of its
equity  securities  for sale pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the Trust may  request  the  inclusion  of,  and  Reinhold  will use  reasonable
diligence  to so  include,  shares  of the  Trust's  Class B Common  Stock.  The
Registration  Rights  Agreement also provides that at any time subsequent to the
second anniversary of the Effective Date the Trust may request that Reinhold use
its best efforts to register  shares of the Class B Common Stock for sale by the
Trust pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         The  foregoing  is  a  summary  of  certain  provisions  of  the  Trust
Agreement,  the Plan, the Share Authorization Agreement, the Registration Rights
Agreement and the  Certificate  and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
such documents, which are attached hereto as Exhibits 1 through 5, respectively.

         Depending on numerous circumstances, including the price of the Class A
Common Stock,  the amount of the Trust's  holdings of Class B Common Stock,  the
availability of funds and the benefit to the Trust, the Trust may purchase Class
A Common Stock, but it has no current plans to do so.

         Other than as stated  above,  the Trust and  Trustees  have no plans or
proposals which relate to or would result in any of the following:

         (a)  The  acquisition  by  any  person  of  additional   securities  of
              Reinhold, or the disposition of securities of Reinhold;

         (b)  An   extraordinary   corporate   transaction  such  as  a  merger,
              reorganization  or liquidation,  involving  Reinhold or any of its
              subsidiaries;

         (c)  A sale or transfer  of a material  amount of assets of Reinhold or
              any of its subsidiaries;

         (d)  Any change in the present  board of directors or management of the
              Reinhold, including any plans or proposals to change the number or
              term of directors or to fill any existing vacancies on the board;

         (e)  Any  material  change in the  present  capitalization  or dividend
              policy of Reinhold;

         (f)  Any other  material  change in  Reinhold's  business or  corporate
              structure;


<PAGE>
                                       10



         (g)  Changes   in   Reinhold's   charter,    by-laws   or   instruments
              corresponding  thereto  or other  actions  which  may  impede  the
              acquisition of control of Reinhold by any person;

         (h)  Causing a class of  securities  of Reinhold to be delisted  from a
              national  securities  exchange or to cease to be  authorized to be
              quoted  in  an  inter-dealer  quotation  system  of  a  registered
              national securities association;

         (i)  A class of equity  securities  of Reinhold  becoming  eligible for
              termination of  registration  pursuant to Section  12(g)(4) of the
              Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or

         (j)  Any action similar to any of those enumerated above.


Item 5.  Interest in Securities of the Company

         The Trust may be deemed to be the beneficial  owner of 1,020,000 shares
of Class B Common  Stock.  Based on the 980,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock
stated  in the  Plan  to be  outstanding,  these  shares  constitute  51% of the
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock.  Solely as a result of their  positions as
trustees of the Trust,  each of the Trustees may be deemed to  beneficially  own
all of the shares of Class B Common Stock  beneficially  owned by the Trust and,
accordingly,  each of them  disclaims  beneficial  ownership  of those shares of
Class B Common Stock.

         Subject  to the  terms of the  Plan,  the  Trust,  acting  through  its
Trustees,  has the sole power to vote its Class B Common Stock and to dispose or
direct the disposition thereof.

         Neither the Trust nor any of the Trustees has effected any transactions
in the Common Stock during the past 60 days,  except the Trust's  acquisition of
Class B Common Stock by contribution  from Reinhold as described above.  None of
the Trustees individually owns any Common Stock.


Item 6.  Contracts, Arrangements, Understandings or Relationships with Respect
         to Securities of the Issuer.

         Except as noted above neither the Trust nor any of the Trustees has any
contracts,  arrangements,  understandings  or relationships  with respect to any
securities of Reinhold.


Item 7.  Material To Be Filed as Exhibits

         Exhibit Number                           Title
         --------------                           -----

               1             Trust Agreement dated as of July 31, 1996.

               2.1           Fourth Amended Plan of  Reorganization  dated March
                             11, 1996.

               2.2           Modifications   to  the  Fourth   Amended  Plan  of
                             Reorganization  filed with the Bankruptcy  Court on
                             June 11, 1996

               3             Share Authorization  Agreement dated as of July 31,
                             1996

               4             Registration  Rights Agreement dated as of July 31,
                             1996

               5             Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation
                             of Reinhold Industries, Inc.




<PAGE>
                                       11




                                   SIGNATURES


         After  reasonable  inquiry and to the best knowledge and belief of each
person or entity set forth below,  each such person or entity certifies that the
information set forth in this Statement is true, complete, and correct.

Dated:  August 12, 1996

                                      Keene Creditors Trust


                                      By:  /s/ Archie R. Dykes
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Archie R. Dykes, Trustee


                                      By:  /s/  Richard  A.  Lippe
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Richard A. Lippe, Trustee


                                      By:  /s/ John J. Robbins
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           John J. Robbins, Trustee



<PAGE>
                                       12



 Exhibit
 Number     Title                                     Method of Filing     Page
 ------     -----                                     ----------------     ----

    1       Trust Agreement dated as of July 31,      Filed herewith        13
            1996.


    2.1     Fourth Amended Plan of Reorganization     Filed herewith        30
            dated March  11,  1996

    2.2     Modifications to the Fourth Amended       Filed herewith       164
            Plan of Reorganization filed with the
            Bankruptcy Court on June 11, 1996

    3       Share Authorization Agreement dated       Filed herewith       173
            as of July 31, 1996

    4       Registration Rights Agreement dated       Filed herewith       176
            as of July 31, 1996

    5       Amended and Restated Certificate of       Filed herewith       187
            Incorporation of Reinhold Industries,
            Inc.



                                      13


                            CREDITORS TRUST AGREEMENT


         This Creditors Trust Agreement ("Trust Agreement") dated as of July 31,
1996 among Keene Corporation, as trustor (the "Trustor" or the "Debtor"), Archie
R. Dykes, Richard A. Lippe, and John J. Robbins, as Trustees, and New Keene.

         WHEREAS,  the Trustor filed a voluntary petition for relief under Title
11 of Chapter 11 of the United States Code (the  "Bankruptcy  Code") on December
3, 1993 and has proposed a Fourth  Amended Plan of  Reorganization,  as Modified
(the "Plan")* which called for the  establishment  of the Creditors  Trust (the
"Trust"); and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Plan,  the Trust is to use its assets  and/or
income to liquidate and to pay in accordance with the Asbestos  Related Personal
Injury and Asbestos In Buildings Claims  Resolution and Distribution  Procedures
attached hereto as Exhibit A and B  (collectively,  the  "Procedures")  Asbestos
Related Claims and Demands against the Debtor, as defined in Sections 101(5) and
524(g)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, respectively; and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant  to the Plan,  the Trust is intended to qualify as a
"designated settlement fund" or a "qualified settlement fund" within the meaning
of Section 1.468B-1 of the Treasury  regulations  promulgated under Section 468B
of the Internal Revenue Code; and

         WHEREAS,  the Bankruptcy  Court (the "Court") has  determined  that the
Trust and the Plan satisfy all the prerequisites  for a supplemental  injunction
pursuant to Section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code,  which Permanent  Channelling
Injunction has been entered in connection with the Order confirming the Plan;


         WHEREAS,  in order to effectuate  the Debtor's Plan, to provide for the
payment of Asbestos Related Claims and Demands and to receive the benefits under
the  Internal  Revenue Code of so providing  for certain of such  payments,  the
Trustor  desires  to enter  into this  Trust  Agreement  with the  Trustees  and
transfer the  Creditors  Trust  Distribution  (the "Trust  Assets") to the Trust
pursuant hereto.

         NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                              DECLARATION OF TRUST

         1.1 Name. The Trust shall be known as the "Keene Creditors Trust",  and
the Trustees may transact the business and affairs of the Trust in that name.

         1.2  Purpose.  The  purposes  of  the  Trust  are  (i)  to  assume  the
liabilities within the meaning of Section  524(g)(2)(B)(i)(1)  of the Bankruptcy
Code of the  Debtor and its  successors  in  interest  resulting  from  personal
injury,  wrongful death, or property-related damage attributable to the presence
of, or exposure to, the Debtor's asbestos or asbestos-containing  products; (ii)
to use the Trust  Assets and income to pay  holders  of valid  Asbestos  Related
Claims and Demands in accordance  with this Trust  Agreement and the Procedures;
and (iii) to otherwise  comply in all respects with the  requirements of a trust
set forth in Section 524(g)(2)(B)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code.


- -----------------------------

*     Unless the  context  requires  otherwise,  all  capitalized  terms used
      herein and not otherwise  defined have the meanings assigned thereto in
      the  Plan  for  Keene  Corporation  as  confirmed  by an  Order  of the
      Bankruptcy Court.



<PAGE>
                                       14



         1.3 Transfer of Assets. The Trustor hereby transfers and assigns to the
Trust the assets  listed on  Schedule 1 attached  hereto  (the  "Trust  Assets")
having heretofore  obtained all consents and taken all other steps  prerequisite
to such transfer and assignment.  New Keene, as the successor to the Trustor for
this  purpose,  shall  take any and all  steps as may be  further  necessary  to
effectuate fully the transfer and assignment of the Trust Assets.

         1.4 Acceptance of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities.

         a) In connection  with and in  furtherance of the purposes of the Trust
and subject to Section 4.4,  below,  the Trustees  hereby  expressly  accept the
transfer  and  assignment  to the Trust of the Trust Assets and the Trust hereby
further   expressly   assumes   liability   within   the   meaning   of  Section
524(g)(2)(B)(i)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code for, and undertakes and shall control,
liquidating in accordance  with the  Procedures all Asbestos  Related Claims and
Demands.

         b) The Trust shall  indemnify New Keene for any expenses,  costs,  fees
(including  attorneys  fees),  judgments,   settlements,  or  other  liabilities
asserted  at any time  after  the  Effective  Date of the Plan  arising  from or
incurred in connection with an Asbestos Related Claim or Demand. Nothing in this
section or any other section of this Trust  Agreement  shall be construed in any
way to limit  the  scope,  enforceability,  or  effectiveness  of the  Permanent
Channelling  Injunction  issued by the Bankruptcy  Court in connection  with the
Plan.

                                   ARTICLE II

                          POWERS; TRUST ADMINISTRATION

         2.1  Powers.  (a)  Subject to the  limitations  set forth in this Trust
Agreement, the Trustees shall have the power to take any and all such actions as
in the judgment of the Trustees are necessary or  convenient  to effectuate  the
purposes  of the Trust,  including,  without  limitation,  each power  expressly
granted in Subsection 3.1(c) below and any power reasonably incidental thereto.

         (b) Except as provided in the Plan or otherwise  specified herein,  the
Trustees  need not obtain an order of approval  of any court in the  exercise of
any power or discretion conferred hereunder.

         (c) Without  limiting the  generality of Subsection  2.1(a) above,  the
Trustees shall have the power to:

               (i) receive  and hold the Trust  Assets,  and invest  monies held
          from  time to time  therein,  transfer,  exchange  or sell  any or all
          assets of the Trust on such terms as the Trust considers proper and to
          sell all or any part of the securities  issued by the Trustor that are
          included in the Trust Assets, subject to the restrictions set forth in
          the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of New Keene;

               (ii) supervise and administer the Procedures;

               (iii) pay  Trust  expenses,  liabilities  and to pay  Claims  and
          Demands as such Claims and Demands are  determined in accordance  with
          the Procedures or otherwise;

               (iv)  borrow  money  and  issue  notes  and  other  evidences  of
          indebtedness  (which notes or other  evidences of  indebtedness  shall
          exonerate the Trustees from personal  liability with respect  thereto)
          in the ordinary  course of operations  for payment of  indemnification
          liabilities and other Trust expenses and the Claims;

               (v)  enter  into  any  other  agreement  required  by the Plan or
          reasonably  necessary  or  beneficial  to  implement  the Plan and the
          Procedures  and  perform all of the  Trust's  obligations  thereunder,
          including,  without  limitation,  enter into any agreement  with other
          asbestos claims resolution organizations to implement the Procedures;


<PAGE>
                                       15



               (vi) commence,  prosecute,  settle, dismiss or abandon any of the
          Causes of Action;

               (vii) extend a line of credit to New Keene  pursuant to the terms
          of the New Keene Credit Facility;

               (viii) exercise all rights and benefits  accruing to the Trust as
          owner of any shares of New Common  Stock that the Trust shall own from
          time to time;

               (ix)  establish  such funds,  reserves  and  accounts  within the
          Trust,  in  addition  to the funds  created  hereby,  as deemed by the
          Trustees to be useful in carrying out the purposes of the Trust;

               (x) sue and be sued and participate,  as a party or otherwise, in
          any  judicial,   administrative,   arbitrative  or  other  proceeding,
          including, without limitation, in connection with the Procedures;

               (xi) adopt and amend any by-laws desirable for the administration
          of the Trust;

               (xii)  appoint such  officers and hire such  employees and engage
          such legal, financial and other advisors,  professionals and agents as
          the  business of the Trust  requires  and to delegate to such  persons
          such powers,  authority, and discretion as the Trustees deem advisable
          or necessary in order to carry out the purposes of the Trust,  and pay
          the Trustees, subject to Section 4.5 and pay such officers, employees,
          advisors  and agents  reasonable  compensation  as  determined  by the
          Trustees and properly documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses;

               (xiii)  to  pay  the   compensation   and   properly   documented
          out-of-pocket  expenses  and costs of the  members  of the TAC and any
          legal,  financial and other advisors or professionals  retained by the
          TAC;

               (xiv) enter into such other  arrangements  with third  parties as
          are deemed by the  Trustees to be useful in carrying  out the purposes
          of the Trust (including, without limitation, engaging an Entity having
          trust powers to act as paying agent, depositary, custodian, or trustee
          with  respect  to  funds,  reserves  or  accounts  created  hereby  or
          established pursuant hereto);

               (xv)  indemnify  (and  purchase   insurance   indemnifying)   the
          Trustees, officers,  employees, agents, advisors and professionals and
          representatives  of the  Trust,  the  members  of the  TAC  and  their
          professionals  and advisors and New Keene to the fullest extent that a
          corporation organized under New York law is from time to time entitled
          to  indemnify   its   directors,   officers,   employees,   agents  or
          representatives;

               (xvi)  enter  into  any  contract  or  otherwise  engage  in  any
          transaction  with  any  Trustee  or any  Entity  affiliated  with  any
          Trustee, provided,  however, that such contract or such transaction is
          approved by the  unanimous  vote of the Trustees  voting  thereon,  it
          being  understood that to the extent  permitted by law the usual rules
          prohibiting fiduciaries from dealing with themselves as individuals or
          from  dealing with respect to any manner in which they have a personal
          interest shall not apply to the Trustees;

<PAGE>
                                       16


               (xvii)  delegate  any  or  all of  the  discretionary  power  and
          authority  herein  conferred  at any time with  respect  to all or any
          portion of the Trust Assets to any one or more  reputable  individuals
          or recognized  institutional  advisors or investment  managers without
          liability  for any action  taken or omission  made because of any such
          delegation;

               (xviii) associate with, contract with and/or use the resources of
          and/or merge with any other claims resolution facility if the Trustees
          shall determine by unanimous vote that such claims resolution facility
          has the capacity to evaluate and/or pay Claims and Demands in a manner
          generally  consistent with the purposes of the Trust and the Plan, and
          not inconsistent with the Procedures; and

               (xix)   execute  and  deliver   such  deeds,   leases  and  other
          instruments  as the  Trustees  consider  proper in  administering  the
          Trust.

         (d) The  Trustees  on behalf  of the Trust  shall not have the power to
guarantee  any debt of other  Entities,  except in  connection  with the sale of
Trust Assets in which case the Trust shall have the power to provide a guarantee
in an amount not exceeding the consideration received by the Trust on the sale.

         2.2 Administration. (a) The Trust shall be administered as follows:

               (i) Offices.  The  principal  office of the Trust shall be in the
          City of Mineola or at such other place, within or without the State of
          New  York,  as the  Trustees  may from  time to time  determine  to be
          appropriate for the efficient and cost-effective administration of the
          Trust.

               (ii) Regular  Meetings.  Regular  meetings of the Trustees may be
          held at such  time as from  time to time  shall be  determined  by the
          Trustees with notice to the TAC; provided,  however, that the Trustees
          shall meet at least once per  calendar  quarter  during the first year
          following the  execution of this  agreement and at least once per year
          thereafter.

               (iii) Special Meetings;  Notice. Special meetings of the Trustees
          shall be held whenever called by the Managing Trustee (defined below).
          Notice of each such  meeting  shall be  mailed  by first  class  mail,
          postage prepaid, to each Trustee and the members of the TAC, addressed
          to them at their  residences  or usual  places of  business,  at least
          three  days  before the date on which the  meeting  is to be held,  or
          shall be sent to such place by facsimile,  telegraph,  cable, radio or
          wireless,  or be delivered personally or by hand or by express mail or
          overnight  courier or by telephone,  not later than the day before the
          day on which such  meeting is to be held.  Such notice shall state the
          place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose(s) for which it is
          called. In lieu of the notice to be given as set forth above, a waiver
          thereof in writing,  signed by the  Trustees  entitled to receive such
          notice  and by the  members  of the TAC,  either  before  or after the
          meeting,  shall be deemed  equivalent  thereto  for  purposes  of this
          Section.

               (iv) Action  Without a Meeting;  Meeting by Conference  Call. Any
          action  required  or  permitted  to be  taken  at any  meeting  of the
          Trustees  or the TAC may be  taken  without  a  meeting  if all of the
          Trustees or all the  members of the TAC,  as the case may be,  consent
          thereto in writing,  and the  writing or  writings  are filed with the
          minutes of proceedings of the Trustees or the TAC.

               The Trustees or members of the TAC may  participate  in a meeting
          of the Trustees or the TAC, as the case may be, by means of conference
          telephone or similar communication equipment provided that all persons
          participating  in the meeting can hear each other.  Participation in a
          meeting pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute presence in person
          at such meeting.

<PAGE>
                                       17


         (b) Accounting Period. The accounting period for the Trust (the "Fiscal
Year") shall be selected by the Trustees.

         (c) Delivery of Trust Documents to New Keene. The Trustees shall timely
file or shall deliver to New Keene such  documents and other  information as New
Keene may  reasonably  require in order to permit it to timely  file such income
tax and other  returns  and  statements  as are  required  of it to comply  with
applicable  provisions  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  state  law and any
regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (d) Annual  Reports.  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared and filed
with the Court, with copies to the members of the TAC, as soon as available but,
in any event,  within 90 days  following  the end of each Fiscal Year, an annual
report  containing  financial  statements  of  the  Trust  (including,   without
limitation,  a balance sheet and a statement of operations for such Fiscal Year)
audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the Trustees and
certified by such firm as to fairness of presentation and consistency,  a report
on the number of Claims  received and the number of Claims  liquidated,  if any,
and the amount per Claim paid or payable and such other information as the Trust
deems relevant.

         (e) Tax Returns.  The  Trustees  shall timely file income tax and other
returns and statements and comply with all  withholding  obligations as required
under  applicable  provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and state law and any
regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (f) Settlement of Trustees' Accounts.  Notwithstanding any state law to
the contrary, the Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the settlement of
the accounts of the  Trustees,  whether such account is rendered by the Trustees
themselves  or is sought by any person  holding  an  Asbestos  Related  Claim or
Demand or other person.  The Trustees shall render successive  accounts covering
periods of one year.  In addition,  an account  shall be rendered for the period
ending on the date of the  death,  resignation,  removal  or  retirement  of any
Trustee.  Upon the  acceptance of any such account by the Court after hearing on
notice  to New  Keene,  the  TAC and  such  other  parties  as the  Court  shall
designate,  the  Trustees  shall be  discharged  from any further  liability  or
responsibility  to any person  holding an  Asbestos  Related  Claim or Demand or
other Person, as to all matters embraced in such account.


                                   ARTICLE III

                       ACCOUNTS, PAYMENTS AND INVESTMENTS

         3.1 Accounts.

         (a) The  Trustees  may,  from time to time,  create  additional  funds,
reserves and accounts  within the Trust as they may deem  necessary,  prudent or
useful in order to provide for the payment of Trust expenses, Claims and Demands
or otherwise to  effectuate  the purposes of the Trust and may,  with respect to
any such fund, reserve or account, restrict the use of monies therein.

         (b) After  establishing a reasonable  reserve for expenses of the Trust
including indemnification of the Trustees and the TAC, if required, the Trustees
shall  promptly  establish  a separate  fund (the  "Litigation  Reserve")  which
Litigation Reserve shall be separately  maintained solely for the prosecution of
the Causes of Action in an amount  determined  by the Trustees to be  sufficient
for the costs and expenses of the full prosecution of the Causes of Action.  The
Litigation  Reserve shall be maintained as a separate fund until the Transaction
Lawsuit and the  Bairnco  Lawsuit are  concluded.  The amount of the  Litigation
Reserve shall be determined with the advice and consent of the TAC.

<PAGE>
                                       18




         (c) After payment of expenses of the Trust, including, establishment of
a reserve  for the  reasonable  future  expenses  of the Trust,  the  Litigation
Reserve  pursuant  to  Section  3.1(b)  above and line of credit to New Keene as
provided for in  subsection  2.1(c)(vii)  and, if  necessary,  a reserve for the
indemnification  of the  Trustees  and  the  TAC,  the  remaining  Cash  and any
additional cash received by the Trust, net of expenses  ("Available Cash") shall
be allocated into two funds as follows:

               (i) 92 1/2% of the first $100 million of Available  Cash;  90% of
          Available  Cash  between  $100 million and $150 million and 87 1/2% of
          Available  Cash  above  $150  million  shall  be  held  in a fund  for
          distributions  to holders of Asbestos  Related  Personal Injury Claims
          and Demands (the "Asbestos Personal Injury Fund");

               (ii) 7 1/2% of the first $100  million of  Available  Cash 10% of
          Available  Cash between $100 and $150 million and 12 1/2% of Available
          Cash above $150 million shall be held in a fund for  distributions  to
          holders of Asbestos in  Buildings  Damage  Claims  (the  "Asbestos  in
          Buildings Fund").

         3.2 Payments.

         (a) At such time as the Trust has at least  $30  million  of  Available
Cash, or should the Trustees  conclude after  consulting with the TAC that it is
highly  unlikely  the Trust will ever have $30 million in  Available  Cash,  the
Trust shall:

               (i)  cause  estimates  to be made of the  numbers  and  values of
          pending and  projected  Asbestos  Related  Personal  Injury Claims and
          Demands with the  assistance  of a consultant  familiar  with asbestos
          disease claim  projections  and at the same time cause estimates to be
          made of the total Available Cash and non cash assets held by the Trust
          except for the  Causes of Action  unless at the time a  settlement  is
          pending.

               (ii) calculate the pro rata share of the Asbestos Personal Injury
          Fund for the payment of  Asbestos-Related  Personal  Injury Claims and
          Demands so that the holders  thereof shall receive  substantially  the
          same percentage payment on subsequent distribution dates;

               (iii) make  distributions  from the Asbestos Personal Injury Fund
          in accordance with Procedures.

               (iv) make  distributions  from the Asbestos in Buildings  Fund in
          accordance with the Procedures.

         (b) At any  time  subsequent  to the  distribution  of  Available  Cash
pursuant  to  Section  3.2(a) as the  Trustees  believe  they are likely to have
Available Cash to pay claimants, the Trust shall cause an additional estimate to
be made of the numbers and values of Asbestos-Related Personal Injury Claims and
Demands  and  valuation  of Trust  Assets in the same  manner as in  subsections
3.2(a) (i) and (ii) above, and shall cause  additional  distributions to be made
in the same manner as in subsections 3.2(a)(iii) and 3.2(a)(iv) above.

         (c)  Recognizing  that it is  desirable  to make  payment to  claimants
expeditiously,  provided  it  is  economically  prudent  given  the  funds  then
available to the Trust,  nevertheless the Trustees may determine to defer making
any payments under either of the Procedures if the Trustees,  after consultation
with the TAC,  determine  that the  administrative  costs of such an expeditious
payment is proportionately so significant that no payment should be made pending
receipt of additional funds.

<PAGE>
                                       19


         (d) In making any  estimates,  judgments  or decisions  concerning  the
future availability of cash, amounts to be paid, percentages, pro rata payments,
and timing of  payments,  the judgment  and  decisions of the Trustees  shall be
final and conclusive and not subject to review .

         3.3  Investments.  Funds  held in the Trust  shall be  invested  in the
manner in which individuals of ordinary prudence,  discretion and judgment would
act in the management of their own affairs, subject to the following limitations
and provisions:

         (a) The Trust shall not acquire, directly or indirectly,  equity in any
Entity (other than New Keene and its  subsidiaries,  successors  and assigns) or
business enterprise if, immediately following such acquisition,  the Trust would
hold more than 5% of the equity in such Entity or business enterprise unless (1)
such Entity or business  enterprise is an asbestos claims processing facility or
(2) such equity has been conveyed to the Trust in full or partial  consideration
for  settlement of a lawsuit in which the Trust is a plaintiff.  The Trust shall
not hold,  directly  or  indirectly,  more than 10% of the  equity in any Entity
(other than New Keene and its subsidiaries,  successors and assigns) or business
enterprise,  unless (1) such Entity or business enterprise is an asbestos claims
processing facility or (2) such equity has been conveyed to the Trust in full or
partial  consideration  for  settlement  of a  lawsuit  in which  the Trust is a
plaintiff.

         (b) The Trust shall not acquire nor hold any long-term debt  securities
unless such securities (i) are rated "A" or higher by Moody's Investors Service,
Inc.  ("Moody's"),  "AA" or higher by Standard & Poor's  Corporation  ("S&P") or
have been given an  equivalent  investment  grade  rating by another  nationally
recognized  statistical  rating  agency  or  (ii)  have  been  issued  or  fully
guaranteed  as to principal  and interest by the United States of America or any
agency or instrumentality  thereof or (iii) unless (1) such securities have been
issued by an asbestos  claims  processing  facility or (2) such  securities have
been conveyed to the Trust in full or partial  consideration for settlement of a
lawsuit in which the Trust is a plaintiff.

         (c) The Trust  shall not  acquire  nor hold for longer than ninety days
any commercial  paper unless such commercial  paper is rated "Prime-1" or higher
by Moody's or "A-1" or higher by S&P or has been given an equivalent  investment
grade rating by another nationally recognized statistical rating agency.

         (d) The Trust  shall not  acquire  nor hold any equity in any Entity or
business  enterprise  (other than New Keene,  its  subsidiaries,  successors and
assigns)  unless such equity is in the form of securities  which are traded on a
national  securities  exchange  or major  international  securities  exchange or
through the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation
System or unless (1) such Entity or business  enterprise  is an asbestos  claims
processing facility or (2) such equity has been conveyed to the Trust in full or
partial  consideration  for  settlement  of a  lawsuit  in which  the Trust is a
plaintiff.

         (e) The Trust  shall not acquire nor hold any  preferred  stock  unless
such preferred  stock is rated "B" or higher by Moody's or "B+" or higher by S&P
or has been given an equivalent  investment  grade rating by another  nationally
recognized  statistical  rating  agency,  and also complies with  subsection (d)
above or unless  such  preferred  stock is (1)  preferred  stock of an  asbestos
claims processing  facility or (2) such preferred stock has been conveyed to the
Trust in full or partial  consideration for settlement of a lawsuit in which the
Trust is a plaintiff.

<PAGE>
                                       20


         (f)  The  Trust  shall  not  acquire  any  debt   securities  or  other
instruments   issued  by  any  Entity  (other  than  debt  securities  or  other
instruments  issued or fully  guaranteed  as to  principal  and  interest by the
United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof) if, following
such  acquisition,  the aggregate market value of all securities and instruments
issued by such Entity held by the Trust would exceed 5% of the  aggregate  value
of the Trust  Assets,  unless  (1) such  Entity  or  business  enterprise  is an
asbestos claims  processing  facility or (2) such securities or instruments have
been conveyed to the Trust in full or partial  consideration for settlement of a
lawsuit  in which the Trust is a  plaintiff.  The Trust  shall not hold any debt
securities or other instruments issued by any Entity (other than debt securities
or other instruments  issued or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by
the United  States of America or any agency or  instrumentality  thereof) to the
extent that the aggregate  market value of all such  securities and  instruments
issued by such Entity held by the Trust would exceed 10% of the aggregate  value
of the Trust  Assets,  unless  (1) such  Entity  or  business  enterprise  is an
asbestos claims  processing  facility or (2) such securities or instruments have
been conveyed to the Trust in full or partial  consideration for settlement of a
lawsuit in which the Trust is the plaintiff.

         (g) The Trust shall not acquire  nor hold any  certificates  of deposit
unless all publicly held  long-term  debt  securities,  if any, of the financial
institution  issuing the certificate of deposit and the holding company, if any,
of which such  financial  institution  is a  subsidiary,  meet the standards set
forth in Section 3.3(b), above.

         (h) The Trust  shall not acquire  nor hold any  repurchase  obligations
unless, in the opinion of the Trustees, they are adequately collateralized.

         (i) Notwithstanding the foregoing guidelines,  the Trust shall have the
authority  to  extend  credit  to New  Keene as  described  above in  Subsection
2.1(c)(vii) hereof.

         3.4 Source of Payments.  All Trust  expenses and payments in respect of
Claims and Demands shall be payable solely out of the Trust Assets.  Neither the
Trustees nor any  officer,  agent or employee of the Trust nor any member of the
TAC,  nor the  Trustor  nor any of its present  subsidiaries  nor any  director,
officer,  employee or agent of the Trustor or any of their subsidiaries shall be
liable for the payment of any Trust expense,  Claim,  Demand or liability of the
Trust  except as  provided in the Plan,  and no Entity  shall look to any of the
foregoing  Entities  for  satisfaction  of any such  expense,  Claim,  Demand or
liability;  provided,  however, that nothing in this Section 3.4 shall limit the
right of the  Trustees  and the Trust to claim  against  any  officer,  agent or
employee  of  the  Trust,  the  Trustor,  or any  officer,  director,  agent  or
subsidiary of the Trustor for breach of employment  agreement or other breach of
duty to the Trust.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    TRUSTEES

         4.1 Number; Managing Trustee.

         (a) There shall be three  Trustees  (the "Initial  Trustees")  from the
commencement  of the Trust until the  expiration  of the initial term of service
described  below in Section 4.2.  The Initial  Trustees  shall be those  persons
named in the signature page hereto.  After the Initial Term,  there shall be one
Trustee until the termination of the Trust in accordance with the terms hereof.

<PAGE>
                                       21


         (b) One of the Initial Trustees selected by the Trustees shall serve as
Managing  Trustee and shall be  compensated  for his or her services as Managing
Trustee.  The  Managing  Trustee  shall  serve  as the  Trust's  liaison,  shall
coordinate  and  schedule   meetings  of  the  Trustees  and  shall  handle  all
administrative matters that come before the Trust.

         4.2 Term of Service.

         (a) Each Initial  Trustee  shall serve for a period of three years (the
"Initial Term") or until his or her death,  incapacity,  resignation or removal.
If any such event  should  occur  within the Initial  Term a  successor  will be
appointed.

         (b) After the Initial  Term,  the Trustees  shall select one Trustee to
serve as the sole Trustee until his or her (i) death or incapacity, (ii) removal
or (iii) resignation.

         (c) Any Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to each of the
remaining  Trustees  and the TAC.  Such  notice  shall  specify a date when such
resignation  shall take  effect,  which shall not be less than 30 days after the
date such notice is given, unless the remaining Trustees after consultation with
the TAC consent to an earlier date for the effect of a resignation.

         (d) Any Trustee may be removed  for cause by the  majority  vote of the
other  Trustees,  such removal to take effect at such time as the Trustees shall
by such vote determine.

         4.3 Appointment of Successor Trustee.

         (a) In the event of a vacancy  during the Initial  Term in the position
of  Trustee,  the vacancy  shall be filled by  unanimous  vote of the  remaining
Trustees  after  consultation  with the TAC,  who shall  take into  account  the
relevant provisions hereof.

         (b) If,  after the  Initial  Term has  expired,  a vacancy is caused by
death,  incapacity,  resignation  or removal of the sole Trustee,  the TAC shall
nominate a successor trustee for approval of the Court. Before a vacancy occurs,
after the Initial Term, the sole Trustee may appoint a successor with consent of
the TAC.

         (c)  Immediately  upon the  appointment of any successor  Trustee,  all
rights,  titles,  duties,  powers  and  authority  of  the  predecessor  Trustee
hereunder shall be vested in and undertaken by the successor Trustee without any
further  act. No successor  Trustee  shall be liable  personally  for any act or
omission of his predecessor.

         4.4  Liability of Trustees.  No Trustee shall be liable to the Trust or
to any  beneficiary  thereof  except  for his own gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct.  No Trustee shall be liable for any act or omission-of  any officer,
agent or employee of the Trust unless such Trustee  acted with gross  negligence
or willful  misconduct in the  selection or retention of such officer,  agent or
employee.

         4.5 Compensation and Expenses of Trustees.

         (a) Each of the  Trustees  shall  receive  compensation  for his or her
services as Trustee in the amount of $30,000  per annum.  The  Managing  Trustee
shall  receive an  additional  compensation  of $20,000 per annum.  The Trustees
shall also  receive  $1000 per diem for  meetings of the Trust  attended by such
Trustee  and other  Trust  business.  All such  amounts  shall be  increased  or
decreased  annually  at the rate of the  Consumer  Price  Index for  urban  wage
earners and  clerical  workers  (U.S.  City  Average)  unadjusted  for  seasonal
variation,  published  by the Bureau of Labor  Statistics  of the United  States
Department of Labor.

<PAGE>
                                       22


         (b) All properly documented reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses
incurred by the  Trustees in  connection  with the  performance  of their duties
hereunder shall be promptly reimbursed by the Trust.

         4.6 Indemnification of Trustees and Others.

         (a) The  Trustees  shall be  indemnified  by the  Trust to the  fullest
extent that a corporation or a trust  organized  under New York law is from time
to time  entitled to indemnify its  directors  against any and all  liabilities,
expenses, claims, damages or losses incurred by them in the performance of their
duties  hereunder.   Additionally,   each  member  of  the  TAC   (collectively,
"Additional  Indemnitees")  who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a
party to any threatened,  pending or completed action, suit or proceeding of any
kind,  whether civil,  administrative  or  arbitrative,  by reason of any act or
omission of such Additional  Indemnitees  with respect to (i) the liquidation of
any Claims,  (ii) the  administration of the Trust and the implementation of the
Procedures,  (iii) the prosecution of the Causes of Action,  and (iv) any action
provided for in this  agreement,  shall be indemnified and defended by the Trust
against expenses, costs and fees (including attorneys' fees), judgments, awards,
costs, amounts paid in settlement, and liabilities of all kinds incurred by each
Additional  Indemnitee in connection with or resulting from such action suit, or
proceeding,  unless there is a final  determination of a Court with jurisdiction
that such Additional  Indemnitee  acted other than in good faith and in a manner
such Additional  Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the
best interests of the holders of Claims and Demands.

         (b) Reasonable  expenses,  costs and fees (including  attorneys'  fees)
incurred by or on behalf of a Trustee or  Additional  Indemnitee  in  connection
with  any  action,  suit,  or  proceeding,   whether  civil,  administrative  or
arbitrative  from  which  they are  indemnified  by the Trust  pursuant  to this
Section 4.6, may be paid by the Trust in advance of the final disposition.

         (c) The Trustees shall have the power,  generally or in specific cases,
to cause the Trust to  indemnify  the  employees  and agents of the Trust to the
same extent as provided in this Section 4.6 with respect to the Trustees.

         (d) To  the  extent  any  indemnification  under  Section  4.6 of  this
Agreement   with  respect  to  an  action,   suit,  or  proceeding   requires  a
determination  that  indemnification  is  proper  in  the  circumstances,   such
determination  shall be made by the Trustee or Trustees  who were not parties to
such action,  suit, or proceeding,  if at least one such Trustee was or is not a
party;  otherwise,  the  determination  as to each  Trustee  will be made by the
remaining Trustee or Trustees, regardless of whether or not he, she or they were
or are parties.

         (e) The Trustee may purchase and maintain  reasonable amounts and types
of  insurance  on behalf of any  individual  who is or was a  Trustee,  officer,
employee,  agent or representative of the Trust or Additional Indemnitee against
liability  asserted  against or incurred by such  individual in that capacity or
arising  from his or her  status  as a  Trustee,  member  of the  TAC,  officer,
employee, agent, professional advisor or representative thereof.

         4.7 Trustees' Lien. The Trustees shall have a prior lien upon the Trust
Assets to secure the payment of any amounts payable to them pursuant to Sections
4.5 and 4.6.

<PAGE>
                                       23


         4.8 Trustees'  Employment of Advisors.  The Trustees may, but shall not
be  required  to,   consult  with  counsel,   accountants,   appraisers,   other
professionals  or  advisors  and  other  parties  deemed by the  Trustees  to be
qualified as experts on the matters submitted to them (regardless of whether any
such party is an affiliated party of any Trustee or is otherwise affiliated with
any of the Trustees in any manner, except as otherwise expressly provided for in
this  Trust  Agreement)  and the  advice  of any  such  parties  on any  matters
submitted to them by the Trustees shall be full and complete  authorization  and
protection in respect of any action taken or not taken by the Trustees hereunder
in good faith and in accordance with the advice of any such party.

         4.9 Additional Qualifications.

         (a) No Trustee or related party of a Trustee  shall  represent or shall
have  represented  the Trustor or any Entity who asserts or has asserted a Claim
against Keene Corporation.

         (b) No Trustee shall own any securities of Keene Corporation, New Keene
or any of its  affiliates  or have  any  other  financial  interest,  direct  or
indirect, in the Keene Corporation, New Keene, or any of its affiliates.

         (c) If there has been a violation of Subsection (a) or (b), above,  the
Trustee involved shall be subject to removal pursuant to Section 4.2(d), above.

         4.10 Trustees' Service As Director of Reorganized  Keene. No Trustee is
prohibited  from serving as a director of New Keene.  If any Trustee serves as a
director of New Keene, he or she shall not receive compensation for such service
over and above the  compensation  received  as a Trustee  under  Section 4.5 but
shall  receive  a per diem  allowance  in the  amount  that New  Keene  pays its
directors for their attendance at meetings.

         4.11 Bond.  Notwithstanding  any state law to the contrary each Trustee
(including  any  successor  trustee)  shall be exempt  from  giving  any bond or
security in any jurisdiction.

                                   ARTICLE V

                         THE TRUSTEE ADVISORY COMMITTEE

         5.1 Duties. a. Consultation. The Trustee shall consult with the TAC and
the TAC shall  assist the  Trustees in the  implementation  of the Trust and the
Procedures  generally by providing  consulting services with respect to material
issues  affecting the Trust  including,  but not limited to,  implementation  of
Procedures,  development of payment rules, forms and procedures,  releases, time
frames  and  other  matters  specified  herein  and  in  the  Procedures.  Where
consultation  is required under the Trust or the  Procedures,  the Trustees need
only seek advice and counsel from the TAC.

         b.  Consent.  The Trustees  shall be obligated to obtain the consent of
the TAC in  writing  in order to (1)  implement  material  changes in any Claims
Resolution  Procedures;  (2) dismiss,  settle or abandon Transaction Lawsuit and
Bairnco  Lawsuit;  (3) associate  with another  claims  facility;  (4) amend any
provision of the Trust Agreement;  (5) effect termination of this Trust pursuant
to Sections  6.2(a) (i), (ii), or (iii);  (6) select a successor  Trustee during
the Initial Term,  and (7) determine the Litigation  Reserve.  The TAC shall not
unreasonably withhold any consent required hereunder.

         c. Court approval.  Any proposed action or decision of the Trustees for
which the consent of the TAC is required as to which the TAC  withholds  consent
may be taken only upon Court approval after reasonable  notice to each member of
the TAC.

<PAGE>
                                       24


         5.2 Procedures.  With respect to any matter relating to the Trust as to
which the  consultation or consent of the TAC is expressly  required,  the Trust
shall:

               (i) Provide the TAC reasonable access to the relevant  documents,
          records and reports and to experts and advisors  retained by the Trust
          and to the  Trust  staff  during  such time as the  decision  is being
          considered;

               (ii) bring the proposed decision to the attention of the TAC; and

               (iii)  provide the TAC with no fewer than 30 days to comment with
          respect to the proposed  decision,  unless the TAC agrees to a shorter
          period.

         5.3 Number; Chairperson

         (a) At the  commencement of the Trust,  there shall be three members of
the TAC (the "Initial TAC Members") who shall serve until the  expiration of the
Initial TAC Term defined  below in Section 5.4. The Initial TAC Members shall be
selected by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.

         (b) There shall be a chairperson of the TAC selected by the Initial TAC
Members.  The chairperson  shall act as the TAC's liaison,  shall coordinate and
schedule  meetings of the TAC and shall handle all  administrative  matters that
come before the TAC.

         (c) After  expiration of the Initial TAC Term,  the  Chairperson of the
TAC, plus one other member of the TAC selected by the Initial TAC Members, shall
serve  until  the  termination  of the  Trust or his or her  death,  incapacity,
resignation  or removal and in such event,  the remaining  member shall serve as
the sole TAC member.

         5.4 Term. (a) The Initial TAC Members shall serve for a period of three
years  (the  "Initial  TAC  Term")  subject  to  any  member's   earlier  death,
incapacity, removal or resignation.

                  (b) Any  member of the TAC may  resign at any time by at least
30 days written notice to each of the remaining members specifying the date when
such resignation shall take place.

                  (c) A member  of the TAC may be  removed  from  office  by the
unanimous vote of the remaining  members of the TAC and a  determination  of the
Bankruptcy Court that such removal is appropriate upon cause shown.

         5.5 Successors.  In the event of a vacancy in the membership of the TAC
during the Initial TAC Term,  the vacancy shall be filled by the unanimous  vote
of the remaining Initial TAC Members.

         5.6 Quorum. The presence of two members during the Initial TAC Term and
so long as there are two members  serving  shall  constitute a quorum of the TAC
for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, the members present
may adjourn  the  meeting  from time to time  without  notice.  In order for the
Trustees to obtain  consent of the TAC with respect to actions listed in Section
5.1 hereof and otherwise  specified in this Agreement,  the TAC must approve the
Trustees' recommendation by a majority unless otherwise specified herein.

         5.7  TAC's  Employment  of  Advisors.  The TAC may,  but  shall  not be
required to, consult with counsel, accountants,  appraisers,  advisors and other
parties on the matters  submitted to them  (regardless of whether any such party
is an affiliated party of any member of the TAC or is otherwise  affiliated with
any of the TAC in any manner,  except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in this
Trust Agreement) and the advice of any such parties on any matters  submitted to
them by the TAC  shall be full and  complete  authorization  and  protection  in
respect of any action taken or not taken by the TAC  hereunder in good faith and
in accordance with the advice of any such party.


<PAGE>
                                       25


         5.8 Compensation and Expenses of Members of the TAC and their advisors.
The Chairperson of the TAC shall receive $25,000 as compensation  for his or her
service plus $1,000 per diem. Each member of the TAC shall receive  compensation
for his or her  services  as a member in the  amount of  $20,000  per annum plus
$1,000 per diem for  meetings of the TAC. All  properly  documented,  reasonable
out-of-pocket  costs and expenses incurred by the TAC members in connection with
the  performance of their duties  hereunder  will be promptly  reimbursed by the
Trust.

         5.9 Liability of TAC. No member of the TAC shall be liable to the Trust
or to any  beneficiary  thereof  except for his or her own gross  negligence  or
willful misconduct. No member of the TAC shall be liable for any act or omission
of any member,  advisor,  agent or employee of the TAC unless the TAC acted with
gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct  in the selection or retention of such
member, advisor, agent or employee.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         6.1  Irrevocability.  The Trust is  irrevocable,  but this agreement is
subject to amendment as provided herein.

         6.2      Termination.

         (a) The Trust shall terminate on the date (the "Termination Date") that
is 90 days after the first occurrence of any of the following:

               (i) the Trustees in their sole discretion decide to terminate the
          Trust  because (A) they deem it  unlikely  that new  Asbestos  Related
          Claims or Demands will be filed against the Trust and (B) all Asbestos
          Related  Claims  duly filed with the Trust  have been  liquidated  and
          satisfied and twelve  consecutive  months have elapsed during which no
          new Asbestos Related Claim has been filed with the Trust;

               (ii) the date on which the  Bankruptcy  Court order becomes final
          which  has  approved  the  arrangements  the  Trustees  have  made  to
          establish Claims handling agreements and other necessary  arrangements
          with  suitable  third  parties  adequate  to  discharge  all  expected
          remaining obligations and expenses of the Trust in a manner consistent
          with this Trust Agreement and the Procedures;

               (iii)  if  in  the  judgment  of  the  Trustees,   the  continued
          administration  of the Trust is  uneconomic  or  inimical  to the best
          interests of the persons holding  Asbestos  Related Claims and Demands
          and the  Trustees  have  obtained  an  order  of the  Court  that  the
          termination  of the Trust will not expose or subject  New Keene or any
          successor  in  interest to any  increased  or undue risk of having any
          Asbestos  Related Claims and Demands asserted against it or them or in
          any way  jeopardize  the validity or  enforceability  of the Permanent
          Channeling Injunction; or

               (iv) 21 years less 91 days  after the death of the last  survivor
          of all the  descendants  of Joseph P.  Kennedy,  Sr. of  Massachusetts
          living on the date hereof.

<PAGE>
                                       26


         (b)  On  the  Termination  Date,  after  payment  of  all  the  Trust's
liabilities has been provided for, all funds remaining in the Trust estate shall
be  transferred  to charitable  organization(s)  selected by the Trustees  using
their reasonable  discretion;  provided,  however, that (i) if practicable,  the
charitable  organization(s) shall be related to the treatment,  research, or the
relief of suffering of individuals  suffering from asbestos disorders,  and (ii)
the tax-exempt organization(s) shall not bear any relationship to New Keene.

         (c) As soon as  practicable  after the  Termination  Date,  the Trustee
shall (i) certify to the Court that all conditions  precedent to the Termination
Date have been  satisfied and (ii) file a final  accounting  and serve a copy on
the TAC and the  Trustor.  Thereupon,  the  Trust  shall  be  dissolved  and the
Trustee(s) and the TAC discharged.

        6.3 Amendments.  This Trust  Agreement may be amended,  modified and/or
supplemented by unanimous vote of the Trustees only with the consent of the TAC.

         6.4  Cooperation.  New Keene and the Trust shall each  cooperate to the
extent  reasonably  requested by the other in the  handling of  Asbestos-Related
Claims and Demands and the  prosecution of the Causes of Action and generally in
the  operation of the Trust for the purposes set forth  herein.  New Keene shall
transfer  to the Trust  such  claim  files and other  documents  related  to the
Asbestos  Related Claims as are under its custody or control,  and shall use its
best  efforts  to make  available  its  present or former  officers,  directors,
employees,  agents or representatives to the extent the Trust deems such persons
necessary  to appear  at any  trial or  arbitration  proceeding  related  to the
liquidation of the Asbestos  Related Claims.  To the extent the valuation of any
assets of the Trust are necessary for the tax returns of New Keene, a) the Trust
shall  provide  New Keene with such  valuation  and b) New Keene  shall use such
valuation in its tax returns.

         6.5  Severability.  Should any  provision  in this Trust  Agreement  be
determined  to be  unenforceable,  such  determination  shall in no way limit or
affect the  enforceability  and operative effect of any and all other provisions
of this Trust Agreement.

         6.6 Notices. Notices to claimants shall be given at the address of such
claimants,  or, where  applicable,  such claimants'  Attorney of Record, in each
case  as  provided  on  such  claimant   Claim  forms.   Any  notices  or  other
communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered
at the addresses  designated below, or sent by telex or telecopy pursuant to the
instructions  listed below,  or mailed by registered or certified  mail,  return
receipt  requested,  postage  prepaid,  addressed  as follows,  or to such other
addresses as may hereafter be furnished by New Keene to the Trustees and the TAC
or by the Trustees and the TAC to New Keene in compliance with the terms hereof.

         To the Trust or the Trustees:

                  Mr. Archie R. Dykes
                  Capital City Holdings Inc.
                  Rivergate Executive Park
                  907 Two Mile Parkway
                  Suite D-5
                  Goodlettsville, TN  37072

                  Richard A. Lippe, Esq.
                  Meltzer, Lippe, Goldstein, Wolf,
                    Schlissel & Sazer
                  The Chancery
                  190 Willis Avenue
                  Mineola, NY  11501

<PAGE>
                                       27


                  Mr. John J. Robbins
                  112 Walton Heath
                  Williamsburg, VA  23188

                  With a copy to:

                  George A. Davidson, Esq.
                  Theodore V.H. Mayer, Esq.
                  Hughes Hubbard & Reed
                  One Battery Park Plaza
                  New York, NY  10004
                  Telecopier:
                  212-422-4726

         To New Keene:

                  Mr. Michael T. Furry
                  President
                  Reinhold Industries, Inc.
                  12827 Imperial Highway
                  Santa Fe Springs, CA 90670-4713

         To the TAC:

                  Stanley J. Levy, Esq.
                  Levy Phillips & Kongisberg
                  90 Park Avenue
                  New York, NY  10016

                  Charles F. Vihon, Esq.
                  Much Shelist Freed Denenberg
                    & Ament
                  200 North LaSalle Street
                  Suite 2100
                  Chicago, IL  60601-1095

                  Perry Weitz, Esq.
                  Weitz & Luxenberg
                  40 Fulton Street
                  New York, NY  10038

         All such notices and  communications  shall be effective when delivered
at the  designated  addresses  or when the telex or  telecopy  communication  is
received at the  designated  addresses  and confirmed by the recipient by return
telex or telecopy in conformity with the provisions hereof.

         6.7 Counterparts. This Trust Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts,  each of which shall constitute an original, but such counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

         6.8  Successors  and Assigns.  The  provisions of this Trust  Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Trustors,  the Trust,  the
Trustees and the TAC and their  respective  successors and assigns,  except that
neither the Trustor nor the Trust,  nor any  Trustee,  nor any member of the TAC
may assign or otherwise  transfer any of its or his or her rights or obligations
under this Trust Agreement except as provided for in this Trust Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                       28


         6.9 Entire  Agreement;  No Waiver.  The entire agreement of the parties
relating to the subject matter of this Trust Agreement is contained herein,  and
this Trust Agreement supersedes any prior oral or written agreements  concerning
the subject  matter  hereof.  No failure to exercise or delay in exercising  any
right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall
any  single or  partial  exercise  of any right,  power or  privilege  hereunder
preclude any further  exercise  thereof of any other right,  power or privilege.
The rights and remedies  herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of
rights under law or in equity.

         6.10 Headings.  The headings used in this Trust  Agreement are inserted
for  convenience  only and neither  constitute a portion of this Trust Agreement
nor in any  manner  affect  the  construction  of the  provisions  of this Trust
Agreement.

         6.11  Governing  Law.  This Trust  Agreement  shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance  with,  the laws of the State of New York without giving
effect to principles of conflicts of law.

         6.12 Dispute Resolution.  Any disputes which arise under this Agreement
with  respect to  interpretation  and  implementation  shall be  resolved by the
Bankruptcy Court.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Trustor has caused this Trust Agreement to be
executed  by a duly  authorized  officer of  representative  of the  Trustor and
attested by another duly authorized  officer of the Trustor and the Trustees and
New Keene have each  executed this Trust  Agreement,  all as of the day and year
first above written.

                                   Keene Corporation


                                   By: /s/ Timothy E. Coyne
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                      Name:  Timothy E. Coyne

Attest:


                                   By: /s/ Norman W. Weinstock
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                      Name:  Norman W. Weinstock


                                   /s/ Archie R. Dykes , as Trustee
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                             Archie R. Dykes


<PAGE>
                                       29



                                   /s/ Richard A. Lippe , as Trustee
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                             Richard A. Lippe


                                   /s/ John J. Robbins , as Trustee
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                             John J. Robbins


                                   New Keene


                                   By: /s/ D. M. Blakesley
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                      Name:  D.M. Blakesley


Attest:                            By: /s/ Michael T. Furry
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Name: Michael T. Furry






                                       30


UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - x
In re:                                            :
                                                  : Chapter 11
KEENE CORPORATION                                 : Case No.: 93 B 46090 (SMB)
                                                  :
                          Debtor.                 :
                                                  :
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - x






                 DEBTOR'S FOURTH AMENDED PLAN OF REORGANIZATION








                         BERLACK, ISRAELS & LIBERMAN LLP
                              120 West 45th Street
                            New York, New York 10036
                                 (212) 704-0100

                          Counsel to Keene Corporation,
                         Debtor and Debtor in Possession














DATED:  MARCH 11, 1996
        NEW YORK, NEW YORK





<PAGE>
                                       31



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                           Page
                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

1.1      Defined Terms.......................................................1
1.2      Other Terms.........................................................15


                                   ARTICLE II

            PROVISION FOR TREATMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS

2.1      Administrative Expense Claims.......................................15


                                   ARTICLE III

                      PROVISION FOR TREATMENT OF TAX CLAIMS

3.1      Tax Claims..........................................................16


                                   ARTICLE IV

                       PROVISION FOR TREATMENT OF DEMANDS

4.1      Demands.............................................................16


                                    ARTICLE V

                     CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

5.1      Priority Claims.....................................................17
5.2      Secured Claims......................................................17
5.3      Unsecured Claims....................................................17
5.4      Interests...........................................................17


                                   ARTICLE VI

              IDENTIFICATION OF CLASSES OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS NOT
                       IMPAIRED AND IMPAIRED BY THIS PLAN

6.1      Classes of Claims and Interests Not Impaired by this Plan...........18
6.2      Classes of Claims and Interests Impaired by this Plan and
         Entitled to Vote....................................................18
6.3      Deemed Rejection of Other Interests.................................18


<PAGE>
                                       32


                                   ARTICLE VII

                PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

7.1      Priority Claims (Class 1)...........................................18
7.2      Bonded Judgment Claims (Class 2A)...................................18
7.3      Secured Claims (Class 2B)...........................................19
7.4      Convenience Class Claims (Class 3)..................................19
7.5      Asbestos-Related Claims (Class 4)...................................19
7.6      Transactions Stipulation Claims (Class 5)...........................19
7.7      General Unsecured Claims (Class 6)..................................19
7.8      Common Stock Interests (Class 7)....................................19
7.9      Other Interests (Class 8)...........................................19


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                 PROVISIONS OF SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT
                        TO THIS PLAN AND RELATED MATTERS

8.1      Reorganization Securities...........................................20
8.2      Provisions of New Common Stock......................................20
8.3      Description of Stock Incentive Plan.................................22
8.4      Registration Rights.................................................23


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              THE CREDITORS' TRUST

9.1      Creation of the Creditors' Trust....................................24
9.2      Transfer of Property to the Creditors' Trust........................24
9.3      Assumption of Liabilities By the Creditors' Trust...................24
9.4      New Keene Line of Credit............................................24
9.5      Appointment of Trustees.............................................24
9.6      Purpose and Goals of the Creditors' Trust...........................25
9.7      Compensation to and Indemnification of the Trustees.................25
9.8      Retention of Professionals and Employees............................25
9.9      Payment of Certain Costs............................................25
9.10     Trust Advisory Committee............................................25
9.11     Certain Property to be Held in Trust by New Keene...................26
9.12     Preservation of Rights and Defenses.................................26
9.13     Asbestos-Related Claims Resolution and Distribution Procedures......26


                                    ARTICLE X

                    DESCRIPTION OF THE OPERATION OF NEW KEENE

10.1     Creation of New Keene...............................................27
10.2     Management of New Keene.............................................27
10.3     Indemnification.....................................................27
10.4     New Keene Credit Facility...........................................27
10.5     Permanent Channeling Injunction.....................................28


<PAGE>
                                       33


                                   ARTICLE XI

                      ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THIS PLAN

11.1     Each Impaired Class Entitled to Vote Separately.....................28
11.2     Estimation of Class 4 Claims for Voting Purposes....................28
11.3     Acceptance by Impaired Classes of Claims............................28
11.4     Acceptance by Impaired Class of Interests...........................28
11.5     Presumed Acceptance of Plan.........................................28
11.6     Cramdown............................................................28


                                   ARTICLE XII

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

12.1     Conditions to Confirmation..........................................29
12.2     Conditions to Effectiveness of Plan.................................31
12.3     Waiver of Conditions................................................32


                                  ARTICLE XIII

              TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

13.1     Assumption/Rejection................................................32
13.2     Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired
           Leases............................................................33


                                   ARTICLE XIV

                           IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS PLAN

14.1     Vesting of Property.................................................33
14.2     Cancellation of Securities, Notes or Other Instruments; Release
           of Liens..........................................................33
14.3     Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws............................34
14.4     Corporate Authority.................................................34
14.5     Retiree Benefits....................................................34
14.6     Term of Existing Injunctions or Stays...............................34


                                   ARTICLE XV

                       PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

15.1     Time of Distributions Under this Plan...............................34
15.2     Settlement Regarding Distributions..................................35
15.3     Distributions to Creditors' Trust...................................35
15.4     Record Date.........................................................35
15.5     Manner of Payments Under This Plan..................................35
15.6     Rounding............................................................35
15.7     Undeliverable Distributions; Unclaimed Property.....................35
15.8     Transmittal of Distributed Property and Notices.....................36
15.9     Full and Final Satisfaction.........................................36
15.10    No Distribution in Excess of Allowed Amount of Claim................36
15.11    Withholding Taxes...................................................36
15.12    Payment Dates.......................................................37
15.13    Setoffs.............................................................37


<PAGE>
                                       34


                                   ARTICLE XVI

         PROCEDURE FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED CLAIMS AND DISPUTED INTERESTS

16.1     Applicability.......................................................37
16.2     Objections to and Estimation and Resolution of Claims and
           Interests.........................................................37
16.3     Procedure...........................................................37
16.4     Payments and Distributions With Respect to Ultimately Allowed
           Claims or Ultimately Allowed Interests............................38
16.5     Reserves for Disputed Claims and Interests..........................38
16.6     Funding of Objections Process.......................................39


                                  ARTICLE XVII

                          EFFECTS OF PLAN CONFIRMATION
17.1     Discharge, Releases and Injunction..................................39
17.2     Permanent Channeling Injunction and Keene 27 Injunction.............40
17.3     No Release of Causes of Action......................................40
17.4     Exculpation.........................................................41


                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

18.1     Retention of Jurisdiction...........................................41
18.2     Jurisdiction as to the Permanent Channeling Injunction..............43
18.3     Binding Effect of Plan..............................................43
18.4     Withdrawal of this Plan.............................................43
18.5     Modification of this Plan...........................................43
18.6     Transfer of Documents...............................................44
18.7     Cooperation.........................................................44
18.8     Transfer of all Privilege...........................................44
18.9     Confidentiality.....................................................44
18.10    Tax Provision.......................................................44
18.11    Notices.............................................................44
18.12    Dissolution and Termination of Authority............................45
18.13    Headings............................................................45
18.14    Severability........................................................46
18.15    Entire Agreement....................................................46





<PAGE>
                                       35



                                LIST OF EXHIBITS

                                                                            Page

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation............................A

Amended and Restated By-laws.................................................B

Certificate of Merger........................................................C

Creditors' Trust Agreement...................................................D

Asbestos-Related Claims Resolution and Distribution Procedures...............E

New Keene Credit Facility....................................................F

Registration Rights Agreement................................................G

Share Authorization Agreement................................................H

Stock Incentive Plan.........................................................I




<PAGE>
                                       36



         Keene   Corporation,   Debtor   and   Debtor  in   Possession   in  the
above-captioned  Chapter 11 case,  proposes the following Fourth Amended Plan of
Reorganization  pursuant  to section  1121(a)  of title 11 of the United  States
Code.

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         1.1  Defined  Terms.  As used  herein,  the  following  terms  have the
respective meanings specified below, unless the context otherwise requires.

               (1) "Administrative Expense Claim" means: (i) any cost or expense
         of  administration  of the Chapter 11 Case allowed under section 503(b)
         of the Bankruptcy Code, including,  without limitation,  any actual and
         necessary expense of preserving the Debtor's estate,  Cure Claims,  Fee
         Claims and payments due under the Retention Program;  and (ii) any fees
         or charges  assessed  against the Debtor's estate under section 1930 of
         chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code.

               (2) "Advisory Board" means,  collectively,  those individuals who
         previously served on the advisory board of Peregrine.

               (3) "Allowed" means:

                   (i) with respect to any Claim,  other than an  Administrative
               Expense  Claim,  an  Asbestos-Related  Claim  or  a  Transactions
               Stipulation Claim, proof of which was filed within the applicable
               period of limitation  fixed in accordance  with  Bankruptcy  Rule
               3003(c)(3) by the Bankruptcy  Court, (a) as to which no objection
               to  the  allowance   thereof  has  been  interposed   within  the
               applicable period of limitation fixed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy
               Code,  the  Bankruptcy  Rules or a Final Order of the  Bankruptcy
               Court,  such  Claim to the extent  asserted  in the proof of such
               Claim, or (b) as to which an objection has been interposed,  such
               Claim to the extent that it has been  allowed in whole or in part
               by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court;

                   (ii) with respect to any Claim,  other than an Administrative
               Expense  Claim,  an  Asbestos-Related  Claim  or  a  Transactions
               Stipulation Claim, as to which no proof of claim was filed within
               the  applicable  period  of  limitation  fixed by the  Plan,  the
               Bankruptcy  Code, the Bankruptcy  Rules,  or a Final Order of the
               Bankruptcy  Court,  such  Claim  to the  extent  that it has been
               listed by the Debtor in its Schedules as liquidated in amount and
               not disputed or contingent;

                   (iii)  with   respect  to  any  Claim  that  is  asserted  to
               constitute an Administrative Expense Claim (a) that represents an
               actual or necessary expense of preserving the estate or operating
               the business of the Debtor, any such Claim to the extent that the
               Debtor,   with  the  consent  of  the  Committee  and  the  Legal
               Representative and, after the Effective Date, New Keene, with the
               consent of the Creditors'  Trust,  determines it to constitute an
               Administrative  Expense  Claim,  (b) other than with respect to a
               Claim of a professional person employed under section 327 or 1103
               of  the  Bankruptcy  Code  that  is  required  to  apply  to  the
               Bankruptcy   Court  for  the   allowance  of   compensation   and
               reimbursement  of  expenses   pursuant  to  section  330  of  the
               Bankruptcy  Code,  that the Debtor,  the  Committee  or the Legal

<PAGE>
                                       37


               Representative  or, after the Effective  Date,  New Keene and the
               Creditors'  Trust, do not believe  constitutes an  Administrative
               Expense  Claim,  any such  Claim to the  extent it is  allowed in
               whole or in part by a Final  Order of the  Bankruptcy  Court  and
               only to the extent that such allowed portion is deemed,  pursuant
               to a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, to constitute a cost or
               expense of administration  under sections 503(b) and 507(a)(1) of
               the  Bankruptcy  Code,  or  (c)  that  represents  a  Claim  of a
               professional  person  employed  under  section 327 or 1103 of the
               Bankruptcy Code that is required to apply to the Bankruptcy Court
               for the allowance of compensation  and  reimbursement of expenses
               pursuant to section 330 of the Bankruptcy Code, such Claim to the
               extent it is allowed  by a Final  Order of the  Bankruptcy  Court
               under section 330 of the Bankruptcy Code;

                   (iv) with respect to any  Asbestos-Related  Claim, such Claim
               to  the  extent  that  it  is  allowed  in  accordance  with  the
               procedures   established   pursuant  to  the   Creditors'   Trust
               Documents,  including the Asbestos-Related  Claims Resolution and
               Distribution Procedures implemented in accordance therewith;

                   (v) with respect to any Transactions  Stipulation Claim, such
               Claim to the extent  that it is allowed  in  accordance  with the
               procedures contemplated by the Transactions Stipulation; and

                   (vi) with  respect  to any  Common  Stock  Interest  or Other
               Interest,  such  Interest  to the extent that it is listed on (A)
               the list of equity security  holders filed pursuant to Bankruptcy
               Rule  1007(a)(3)  or (B) to  the  extent  such  holder  shall  be
               identified on the transfer records of the Debtor as of the Record
               Date.

               (4) "Allowed Amount" means the lesser of (a) the dollar amount of
         an Allowed  Claim or (b) the  Estimated  Amount of such  Claim.  Unless
         otherwise  specified herein or by Final Order of the Bankruptcy  Court,
         the  Allowed  Amount of an Allowed  Claim  shall not  include  interest
         accruing on such Allowed Claim from and after the Petition Date.

               (5) "Amended and Restated By-laws" means the amended and restated
         by-laws  of New Keene,  substantially  in the form  attached  hereto as
         Exhibit  B and as may be  amended  from time to time  according  to its
         terms.

               (6) "Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation" means the
         amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  of  New  Keene,
         substantially  in the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit A and as may be
         amended from time to time according to its terms.

               (7) "Appeal  Rights" means,  with respect to the Bonded  Judgment
         Claims, the right to appeal or otherwise  challenge the finality of any
         judgment   rendered   prior  to  the  Petition  Date  and  any  refund,
         revestiture  or  other  payment  rights  which  may  accrue  upon  such
         successful appeal or other challenge.

               (8)   "Asbestos   Claimant"   means   any   Entity   holding   an
         Asbestos-Related Claim.

<PAGE>
                                       38


               (9) "Asbestos In Buildings Claims" means those Claims against the
         Debtor,  whether  in the  nature  of or  sounding  in  tort,  contract,
         warranty or any other theory of law, equity or admiralty for,  relating
         to or arising by reason of,  directly or  indirectly,  damages  arising
         from the  presence  in  buildings  or other  structures  of asbestos or
         asbestos containing products  manufactured,  sold, supplied,  produced,
         distributed,  or in any way  marketed by Keene or any of its current or
         former subsidiaries or affiliates (or another person, firm, corporation
         or other  Entity for which the Debtor is or may be  liable),  including
         but not limited to abatement costs, diminution of value,  environmental
         damage, economic loss and all Claims, debts, obligations or liabilities
         for compensatory damages (such as proximate, consequential,  general or
         special) and punitive damages.

               (10) "Asbestos-Related  Building Contribution Claims" means those
         claims for  contribution,  reimbursement,  indemnity or subrogation (as
         those  terms  may  be  defined  pursuant  to the  law  of the  relevant
         jurisdiction)  that are:  (a) held by Entities (i) who have been or may
         be defendants or respondents in an action or proceeding seeking damages
         for  Asbestos In  Buildings  Claims or (ii)  seeking  reimbursement  or
         payment  of  settlements  paid  by  or on  behalf  of  codefendants  or
         litigation or defense costs,  including without  limitation legal fees,
         incurred in connection with litigation  involving Asbestos In Buildings
         Claims;  and (b) asserted  against the Debtor for (x)  reimbursement of
         all or any  portion of any  damages any such Entity has paid or may pay
         to the  Entity  asserting  such  Asbestos  In  Buildings  Claims or (y)
         reimbursement of related litigation or defense costs.

               (11) "Asbestos-Related  Claims" means  Asbestos-Related  Personal
         Injury Claims, Asbestos In Buildings Claims,  Asbestos-Related Personal
         Injury Contribution Claims and Asbestos-Related  Building  Contribution
         Claims.

               (12)   "Asbestos-Related   Claims   Resolution  and  Distribution
         Procedures"  means those dispute,  claims  resolution and  distribution
         procedures to be implemented by the Trustees  pursuant to the terms and
         conditions  of  this  Plan  and  the  Creditors'  Trust  Documents,  to
         liquidate,  determine and  administer  claims of and  distributions  to
         Asbestos  Claimants  and Future  Claimants,  substantially  in the form
         attached  hereto as Exhibit E and as may be  amended  from time to time
         according to its terms.

               (13) "Asbestos-Related Personal Injury Claims" means those Claims
         against  the  Debtor,  whether  in the nature of or  sounding  in tort,
         contract, warranty or any other theory of law, equity or admiralty for,
         relating to or arising by reason of, directly or indirectly,  physical,
         emotional  or other  personal  injuries  or other  damages  caused,  or
         allegedly  caused,  directly  or  indirectly,  by the  presence  of, or
         exposure to,  asbestos or  asbestos-containing  products  manufactured,
         sold,  supplied,  produced,  distributed  or in any  way  marketed  and
         arising or  allegedly  arising,  directly or  indirectly,  from acts or
         omissions  of Keene or any of its  current  or former  subsidiaries  or
         affiliates (or another person, firm, corporation or other Entity for or
         with which Keene is or may be liable), including but not limited to all
         Claims,  debts,  obligations or liabilities  for  compensatory  damages
         (such as loss of consortium,  wrongful death, survivorship,  proximate,
         consequential,  general and special  damages) and punitive  damages and
         any portion of a Bonded  Judgment  Claim that  exceeds the value of the
         supersedeas bond or funded escrow amount regarding such Claim.

<PAGE>
                                       39


               (14) "Asbestos-Related Personal Injury Contribution Claims" means
         those Claims for contribution,  reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation
         (as those  terms may be  defined  pursuant  to the law of the  relevant
         jurisdiction)  that are:  (a) held by Entities (i) who have been or may
         be defendants or respondents in an action or proceeding seeking damages
         for   Asbestos-Related   Personal   Injury   Claims  or  (ii)   seeking
         reimbursement  or  payment  of  settlements  paid  by or on  behalf  of
         codefendants  or  litigation  or  defense  costs,   including   without
         limitation legal fees, incurred in connection with litigation involving
         Asbestos-Related  Personal Injury Claims;  and (b) asserted against the
         Debtor for (x)  reimbursement  of all or any portion of any damages any
         such  Entity  has  paid  or  may  pay to the  Entities  asserting  such
         Asbestos-Related Personal Injury Claims or (y) reimbursement of related
         litigation or defense costs.

               (15)  "Available  Cash"  means  all Cash on hand and held in bank
         accounts of the Debtor (except Cash held in escrow accounts or in trust
         pursuant to a written  agreement or order of a court or the  Bankruptcy
         Court) as of the Effective Date.

               (16) "Bailey  Lawsuit" means that certain  adversary  proceeding,
         bearing Adv. Proc. No.  95-1575A,  pending in the Bankruptcy  Court and
         commenced by the Committee by complaint dated December 1, 1995 (as such
         complaint may be amended from time to time).

               (17)   "Bairnco  NOL  Action"   means  that   certain   adversary
         proceeding,  bearing Adv. Proc. No. 94-8843A, pending in the Bankruptcy
         Court and commenced by the Debtor by complaint  dated September 9, 1994
         (as such complaint may be amended from time to time).

               (18)  "Bairnco  NOL  Stipulation"  means that  certain  agreement
         executed between Keene and Bairnco Corporation and approved by Order of
         the Bankruptcy Court dated January 4, 1995 in the Bairnco NOL Action.

               (19)  "Ballot"  means the  form,  distributed  together  with the
         Disclosure Statement, to holders of Claims or Interests in classes that
         are impaired  and entitled to vote on this Plan,  other than to holders
         of  Class 4  Claims,  for  the  purpose  of  indicating  acceptance  or
         rejection  of this Plan and,  with  respect  to the  holders of Class 6
         Claims,  electing  treatment  as a  holder  of a  Convenience  Claim in
         accordance with Section 7.7 hereof.

               (20) "Bankruptcy  Code" means title 11 of the United States Code,
         as amended from time to time.

               (21)  "Bankruptcy  Court" means the United States  District Court
         for the Southern  District of New York,  having  jurisdiction  over the
         Chapter 11 Case and, to the extent of any  reference  made  pursuant to
         section  157 of title 28 of the United  States  Code,  the unit of such
         District Court  constituted  pursuant to section 151 of title 28 of the
         United States Code.

                  (22) "Bankruptcy  Rules" means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy
         Procedure,  as amended from time to time, together with the local rules
         adopted by the Bankruptcy Court, as amended from time to time.

                  (23) "Bonded  Judgment  Claims" means those Claims against the
         Debtor  arising by virtue of a judgment  rendered prior to the Petition
         Date in connection with which the holder thereof became the beneficiary
         of a supersedeas bond or funded escrow account; provided, however, that

<PAGE>
                                       40


         the amount of any such Bonded Judgment Claim in excess of the amount of
         the related  supersedeas  bond or in the funded escrow account shall be
         an  Asbestos-Related  Personal Injury Claim or an Asbestos In Buildings
         Claim.

               (24) "Business  Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday
         or "legal holiday," as such term is defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a).

               (25)  "Cash"  means  cash,  cash  equivalents  and other  readily
         marketable  securities or instruments,  including,  without limitation,
         readily  marketable direct obligations of the United States of America,
         certificates  of deposit  issued by banks and  commercial  paper of any
         entity, including interest accrued or earned thereon.

                  (26)  "Causes  of  Action"  means any and all of the  Debtor's
         actions,  claims,  rights,  suits and causes of action  (and all rights
         relating thereto,  including any tolling agreements),  whether known or
         unknown,  in law, equity or otherwise,  including,  without limitation:
         (i) the Debtor's  claims  arising  pursuant to sections  510, 542, 544,
         545, 547, 548,  549,  550, 551, 552 and 553 of the  Bankruptcy  Code or
         state,  non-bankruptcy  federal  and  other  applicable  law;  (ii) the
         Bairnco NOL Action;  (iii) the Bairnco NOL  Stipulation  and the rights
         thereunder;  (iv) the  Transactions  Lawsuit  (subject to the terms and
         conditions of the  Transactions  Stipulation);  (v) the Bailey Lawsuit;
         (vi) the Insurance Actions; (vii) the Co-Defendant Actions;  (viii) the
         Appeal  Rights;  (ix) the Rights to Payment and (x) the benefits of the
         continuation of the Coleman Injunction consistent with the Transactions
         Stipulation.

               (27)  "Certificate  of Merger"  means the  Certificate  of Merger
         referred to in Section 10.1 hereof,  substantially in the form attached
         hereto as Exhibit C.

               (28)  "Chapter  11  Case"  means  Case  Number  93 B  46090(SMB),
         concerning the Debtor.

               (29)  "Claim"  means a claim,  as that term is defined in section
         101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, against the Debtor.

               (30) "Class A New Common  Stock"  means the  1,480,000  shares of
         Class A New Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

               (31) "Class B New Common  Stock"  means the  1,020,000  shares of
         Class B New Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

               (32)  "Class  4  Special  Ballot"  means  the  form,  distributed
         together with the Disclosure  Statement,  to holders of Class 4A and 4B
         Claims,  for the purpose of indicating  acceptance or rejection of this
         Plan.

               (33) "Class 7 Equity  Distribution" means 980,000 shares of Class
         A New Common Stock.

               (34) "Co-Defendant  Actions" means any claims or causes of action
         that  the  Debtor  has  or  may  have   against   actual  or  potential
         co-defendants  arising  from  or  relating  to any  prior,  pending  or
         threatened  asbestos-related   litigation  or  settlement,   including,
         without limitation, the Manville Trust Claim.

<PAGE>
                                       41


               (35) "Coleman Injunction" means the preliminary injunction issued
         by the Bankruptcy Court by Memorandum  Decision dated March 3, 1994 and
         Amended Order dated March 11, 1994, in Keene v. Coleman, Adv. Proc. No.
         94-8015A.

               (36)  "Committee"  means  the  Official  Committee  of  Unsecured
         Creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Case by the United States Trustee
         for the  Southern  District  of New York on January  12,  1994,  as the
         membership of such committee may be amended from time to time.

               (37) "Common  Stock  Interest"  means any equity  interest in the
         Debtor  represented by shares of Old Common Stock and any Claim against
         the Debtor arising from  rescission of a purchase or sale of a security
         of the Debtor or of an  affiliate  of the Debtor,  for damages  arising
         from the purchase or sale of such a security,  or for  reimbursement or
         contribution  allowed  under  section  502 of the  Bankruptcy  Code  on
         account of such a Claim.

               (38) "Compensation Estimate" means a written good faith estimate,
         to be filed on or before three (3) calendar  days before the first date
         set for the  hearing on the  confirmation  of the Plan,  of the maximum
         amount of compensation  and  reimbursement  of expenses to be requested
         for  any  period  prior  to  the  Effective  Date,  including,  without
         limitation,  any  compensation  for  substantial  contribution  in  the
         Chapter  11 Case and for any fees or  premiums  in  addition  to normal
         hourly charges or quoted fees.

               (39)   "Confirmation   Date"   means  the  date  upon  which  the
         Confirmation  Order  shall be entered on the docket  maintained  by the
         Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court.

               (40) "Confirmation Order" means the order of the Bankruptcy Court
         confirming this Plan.

               (41) "Consultants" means, collectively,  Richard A. Lippe, Archie
         R. Dykes and John J. Robbins, and any successors thereto.

               (42)  "Convenience  Claim" means any one General Unsecured Claim,
         or the  aggregate  of the  General  Unsecured  Claims  held  by any one
         Entity, in an amount of $1,000 or less or which is voluntarily  reduced
         to $1,000 by election of the holder  thereof  pursuant to such holder's
         Ballot.

               (43)  "Corporate  Transactions   Defendants"  means  Transactions
         Lawsuit   Defendants   Bairnco   Corporation   and   its   wholly-owned
         subsidiaries,  Kasco  Corporation,  Shielding  Systems  Corporation and
         Arlon, Inc. and Transactions  Lawsuit Defendants Kaydon Corporation and
         The Genlyte Group Incorporated.

               (44) "Creditors'  Trust" means the trust established  pursuant to
         the Creditors'  Trust Agreement in accordance with the terms of Section
         9.1 hereof.

               (45) "Creditors' Trust Agreement" means the agreement between the
         Debtor, as Trustor, and the Trustees  establishing the Creditors' Trust
         and all exhibits thereto,  substantially in the form attached hereto as
         Exhibit  D and as may be  amended  from time to time  according  to its
         terms.

<PAGE>
                                       42


               (46)  "Creditors'  Trust Cash  Distribution"  means all Available
         Cash and any  amounts  payable  to the  Creditors'  Trust  pursuant  to
         Sections  15.7(b),  16.4 and  16.5(b)  hereof,  less (i) the  aggregate
         amount  of all Plan  Payments,  (ii) the  aggregate  amount of all Plan
         Estimates and (iii) the reasonable  costs and expenses  associated with
         the making of the Plan  Payments and the  prosecution  of objections to
         Claims and Interests.

               (47) "Creditors' Trust Distribution" means all of the property of
         the estate  remaining after (i) payment of the Plan Payments,  and (ii)
         reservations for the Plan Estimates, including, without limitation, the
         Creditors'  Trust  Cash  Distribution,   the  Creditors'  Trust  Equity
         Distribution,   the  Causes  of  Action,   and  the  rights  under  the
         Registration  Rights Agreement and the Share  Authorization  Agreement;
         provided,  however, that the Creditors' Trust Distribution specifically
         excludes the distribution to holders of Class 7 Common Stock Interests,
         the Plan Payments and the Plan Estimates and the  reasonable  costs and
         expenses  associated  with  the  making  of the Plan  Payments  and the
         prosecution of objections to Claims and Interests;  provided,  further,
         however,  that the  Creditors'  Trust  Distribution  shall  include any
         amounts  subsequently  payable  to the  Creditors'  Trust  pursuant  to
         Sections 15.7(b), 16.4 and 16.5(b) hereof.

               (48)   "Creditors'   Trust   Documents"   means   the   documents
         establishing  and governing the terms and  conditions for the operation
         and  administration of the Creditors' Trust including,  but not limited
         to,  the  Creditors'  Trust  Agreement,   the  Asbestos-Related  Claims
         Resolution  and  Distribution  Procedures and all exhibits to each such
         document,  substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibits D and
         E and as such  documents may be amended from time to time  according to
         their terms.

               (49)  "Creditors'  Trust  Equity  Distribution"  means  1,020,000
         shares of Class B New Common Stock.

               (50)  "Cure  Claim"  means a Claim  by a  party  to an  executory
         contract or  unexpired  lease of the Debtor for the costs of curing any
         defaults  under any such  contract  or lease that is to be assumed  and
         assigned by the Debtor,  pursuant to section  365(b) of the  Bankruptcy
         Code.

               (51) "Debtor" means Keene Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

               (52) "Demand" means a demand for payment, present or future, that
         was not a Claim  during the Chapter 11 Case,  arises out of the same or
         similar conduct or events that gave rise to the Asbestos-Related Claims
         and is to be paid by the Creditors' Trust.

               (53) "Disclosure  Statement" means the Second Amended  Disclosure
         Statement  describing  this Plan and consistent  with the  Transactions
         Stipulation, prepared in accordance with section 1125 of the Bankruptcy
         Code and approved by order of the Bankruptcy  Court, as the same may be
         amended or modified from time to time.

               (54)  "Disputed"  means,  with  respect to any Claim or  Interest
         other than a Bonded Judgment Claim, an Asbestos In Buildings  Claim, an
         Asbestos-Related  Personal  Injury Claim or a Transactions  Stipulation
         Claim,  any Claim or Interest  that is not an Allowed  Claim or Allowed
         Interest.

<PAGE>
                                       43


               (55)  "Disputed  Claims  Reserve"  has the  meaning  set forth in
         Section 16.5(a) hereof.

               (56) "Effective  Date" means the date which is the first Business
         Day on which all  conditions  to the  effectiveness  of this Plan shall
         have been satisfied or waived.

               (57) "Entity"  means any  individual,  corporation,  partnership,
         joint  venture,  association,  joint stock company,  limited  liability
         company, estate, entity, trust, trustee,  unincorporated  organization,
         government,  governmental  unit (as  defined in section  101(27) of the
         Bankruptcy Code), agency or political  subdivision  thereof, the United
         States Trustee or any other entity.

               (58) "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
         1974, as amended from time to time.

               (59) "Estimated  Amount" means the estimated  dollar amount of an
         unliquidated  Claim,  Disputed  Claim or contingent  Claim  pursuant to
         section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.

               (60) "Fee Claim" means any  Administrative  Claim  resulting from
         the rendering of professional  services and related disbursements under
         section 503(b)(2)-(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

               (61) "Final Order" means an order,  ruling or judgment that is no
         longer subject to review, reversal, modification or amendment by appeal
         or writ of certiorari.

               (62)  "Future  Claimant"  means any Entity who is or becomes  the
         holder of a Demand.

               (63)  "General  Unsecured  Claim"  means any Claim that is not an
         Administrative  Expense Claim, a Tax Claim, a Priority  Claim, a Bonded
         Judgment   Claim,   a  Secured   Claim,   a   Convenience   Claim,   an
         Asbestos-Related  Claim,  or  a  Transactions  Stipulation  Claim,  but
         includes any portion of a Secured  Claim (other than a Bonded  Judgment
         Claim) that exceeds the value of the property securing such Claim.

               (64)  "Indemnity  Payments" means those payments made by Keene on
         or about December 2, 1993 to the law firms of Abowitz,  Welch & Rhodes,
         P.C. and Peabody & Arnold.

               (65) "Insurance Actions" means claims and causes of action of the
         Debtor against various insurers or insurance guaranty funds, including,
         without  limitation,  those  claims  asserted  by Keene in the Keene IV
         Action and the PIGA Action.

               (66)  "Interest"   means  any  Common  Stock  Interest  or  Other
         Interest.

               (67) "Keene" means the Debtor.

               (68) "Keene IV Action"  means that certain  action  bearing Civil
         Action No. 04454-85,  pending in the Superior Court for the District of
         Columbia.

               (69) "Keene 27 Action"  means that certain  adversary  proceeding
         bearing Adv. Proc. No.  94-8393A,  pending in the Bankruptcy  Court and
         commenced by the Debtor by complaint dated June 3, 1994.

<PAGE>
                                       44


               (70) "Keene 27 Injunction" means an order of the Bankruptcy Court
         permanently  and  forever   staying,   restraining  and  enjoining  any
         defendant  in the Keene 27 Action from  commencing  or  continuing  any
         action or other  proceeding  of any kind  with  respect  to any  claim,
         counter-claim  or cause of action which was or could have been asserted
         in or related directly or indirectly to the preparation, dissemination,
         discussion of, filing and/or prosecution of the Keene 27 Action.

               (71) "Legal  Representative" means Matthew Gluck, Esq., appointed
         by Order of the Bankruptcy Court dated June 21, 1994, and any successor
         thereto.

               (73)  "Manville  Trust Claim"  means that claim,  asserted by the
         Debtor  on  behalf  of  the  estate,  against  the  co-defendant  class
         settlement  established in the class action captioned Findley v. Falise
         (In re Joint Eastern and Southern  District  Asbestos  Litigation) C.A.
         90-3973  (E.D.N.Y.),  CA  90-7518  (S.D.N.Y.)  prosecuted  against  the
         Manville Personal Injury Settlement Trust.

               (74)  "Merger"  means the  merger of  Reinhold  with and into the
         Debtor on the Effective Date pursuant to the Certificate of Merger.

               (75)  "MIC  Program"  means  the  Debtor's  management  incentive
         compensation  program and the payments  made  thereunder  for the years
         1993 and 1994.

               (76) "New  Common  Stock"  means the  2,500,000  shares of common
         stock of New Keene,  of which  1,480,000  shares shall be designated as
         Class A and 1,020,000 shares shall be designated as Class B.

               (77) "New Keene"  means the  reorganized  Debtor,  which shall be
         known as Reinhold Industries,  Inc., as the renamed surviving entity of
         the Merger.

               (78) "New  Keene  Credit  Facility"  means  that  certain  credit
         facility between the Creditors'  Trust and New Keene,  substantially in
         the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit F and as may be amended from time
         to time according to its terms.

               (79)  "1992  Employee   Retention  Program"  means  the  employee
         retention program established by Keene in October of 1992.

               (80) "Old Common  Stock"  means the shares of common stock of the
         Debtor, par value $0.0001 per share.

               (81) "Other  Interest"  means any equity  interest in the Debtor,
         other than as  represented  by Old  Common  Stock,  including,  without
         limitation,  any rights granted  pursuant to the Rights Agreement dated
         as of June 1990 between Keene  Corporation and Continental  Bank, N.A.,
         as rights agent, or any other options,  warrants, calls,  subscriptions
         or other similar rights or other agreements, commitments or outstanding
         securities  obligating the Debtor to issue, transfer or sell any shares
         of capital stock of the Debtor.

               (82) "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

               (83) "Pension  Plan" means the  retirement  plan of Keene,  dated
         January 1, 1991,  which  merged the five then  existing  Keene  pension
         plans and, as such, covers the employees of Reinhold.

               (84) "Peregrine" means Peregrine Solutions, a division of Keene.

<PAGE>
                                       45


               (85) "Permanent  Channeling  Injunction" means an order or orders
         of the Bankruptcy  Court or the District Court  permanently and forever
         staying,  restraining,  and  enjoining an Entity from taking any action
         for the purpose of, directly or indirectly,  collecting, recovering, or
         receiving payment of, on, or with respect to any Asbestos-Related Claim
         or  Demand  (other  than  actions  brought  to  enforce  any  right  or
         obligation  under  the Plan,  any  Exhibits  to the Plan,  or any other
         agreement  or  instrument  between  the  Debtor  or New  Keene  and the
         Creditors'  Trust,  which actions shall be in conformity and compliance
         with the provisions hereof), including:

                    (a)  commencing,  conducting,  or  continuing in any manner,
         directly  or  indirectly,   any  suit,   action,  or  other  proceeding
         (including,  without  express or implied  limitation,  any thereof in a
         judicial,  arbitral,   administrative,   or  other  forum)  against  or
         affecting any Protected  Party or any property or interests in property
         of any Protected Party;

                    (b)  enforcing,   levying,  attaching  (including,   without
         express or implied limitation, any prejudgment attachment), collecting,
         or otherwise recovering by any means or in any manner, whether directly
         or indirectly,  any judgment, award, decree, or other order against any
         Protected  Party  or any  property  or  interests  in  property  of any
         Protected Party;

                    (c)  creating,  perfecting,  or  otherwise  enforcing in any
         manner,  directly or indirectly,  any encumbrance against any Protected
         Party or any property or interests in property of any Protected Party;

                    (d) setting  off,  seeking  reimbursement  of,  contribution
         from, or  subrogation  against,  or otherwise  recouping in any manner,
         directly or  indirectly,  any amount  against any liability owed to any
         Protected  Party  or any  property  or  interests  in  property  of any
         Protected Party; and

                    (e) proceeding in any manner in any place with regard to any
         matter that is subject to resolution  pursuant to the Creditors' Trust,
         except in conformity and compliance therewith.

               (86) "Petition Date" means December 3, 1993.

               (87) "PIGA Action" means that certain action bearing Civil Action
         No. 93-13525,  pending in the Court of Common Pleas, Montgomery County,
         Pennsylvania.

               (88) "Plan" means this Fourth Amended Plan of  Reorganization  of
         the  Debtor  consistent  with  the  Transactions   Stipulation,   which
         supersedes any prior plan of reorganization filed by the Debtor, as the
         same may be amended or modified from time to time.

               (89) "Plan  Estimates" means the aggregate amount of all payments
         to be set aside (i) in the Disputed  Claims Reserve and (ii) on account
         of all Compensation Estimates.

               (90) "Plan  Examiner"  means the  Honorable  William H.  Webster,
         appointed by the United States Trustee,  which appointment was approved
         by Order  of the  Bankruptcy  Court  dated  January  6,  1995,  and any
         successor thereto.

<PAGE>
                                       46


               (91)  "Plan  Payments"  means  those  payments  to be made by the
         Debtor  pursuant  to the  terms  of this  Plan to  holders  of  Allowed
         Administrative  Expense Claims,  Allowed Tax Claims,  Allowed  Priority
         Claims,  Allowed Secured Claims, Allowed Convenience Claims and Allowed
         General Unsecured Claims.

               (92)   "Priority   Claim"   means  any  Claim,   other  than  any
         Administrative  Expense  Claim or any Tax Claim,  which is  entitled to
         priority  in  right  of  payment  pursuant  to  section  507(a)  of the
         Bankruptcy Code.

               (93) "Protected Party" means any of the following parties:

                    (a) the Debtor;

                    (b) New Keene;

                    (c) any  Entity  that,  pursuant  to the Plan or  after  the
         Effective  Date,  becomes  a  direct  or  indirect  transferee  of,  or
         successor to, any assets of the Debtor,  New Keene,  or the  Creditors'
         Trust (but only to the extent  that  liability  is asserted to exist by
         reason of it becoming such a transferee or successor);

                    (d) any  Entity  that,  pursuant  to the Plan or  after  the
         Effective Date, makes a loan to New Keene or the Creditors' Trust or to
         a successor to, or transferee  of, any assets of the Debtor,  New Keene
         or the  Creditors'  Trust (but only to the  extent  that  liability  is
         asserted to exist by reason of such Entity becoming such a lender or to
         the extent any pledge of assets made in connection  with such a loan is
         sought to be upset or impaired);

                    (e) any Entity to the extent he, she, or it is alleged to be
         directly or indirectly  liable for the conduct of, Claims  against,  or
         Demands on, the Debtor, New Keene or the Creditors' Trust on account of
         Asbestos-Related Claims or Demands, including,  without limitation, the
         Transactions  Lawsuit Defendants,  the Subscribing  Individuals and the
         insurance   carriers  and  sureties  of  the   Corporate   Transactions
         Defendants in such  insurance  carriers'  and  sureties'  capacities as
         such; or

                    (f) any of the Debtor's present subsidiaries and each of the
         present   and   former   officers,    directors,   agents,   employees,
         representatives,   advisors,   financial   advisors,   accountants  and
         attorneys;

         provided,  however, that notwithstanding this or any other provision of
         this Plan to the contrary,  an Entity's  "Protected Party" status shall
         not preclude the Creditors'  Trust from pursuing claims against (i) the
         Transactions  Lawsuit  Defendants  in the  Transactions  Lawsuit;  (ii)
         Bairnco Corporation in the Bairnco NOL Action; (iii) Glenn W. Bailey in
         the Bailey  Lawsuit (as to those claims in the  complaint  not released
         under the Plan) and (iv) any insurance  carrier or surety that issued a
         policy or policies of  insurance  to, or on behalf of,  Keene or any of
         the above-referenced defendants.

               (94)  "Record  Date"  means 5:00 p.m.  (New York time) on the day
         that the Confirmation Order is entered,  or such other date and time as
         may be designated in the Confirmation Order.

<PAGE>
                                       47


               (95) "Registration Rights Agreement" means that agreement between
         New Keene and the Creditors' Trust,  substantially in the form attached
         hereto as Exhibit G and as may be amended  from time to time  according
         to its terms.

               (96) "Reinhold" means Reinhold Industries, Inc.

               (97) "Released Party" means each of the Debtor, New Keene and the
         Creditors' Trust or any of their respective  successors or assigns, and
         each of their present and former directors and officers, the Committee,
         its  members  and  representatives,   the  Legal  Representative,   the
         Transactions Claims Examiner, the Plan Examiner,  the Consultants,  the
         Transactions  Lawsuit  Defendants  in their  capacities  as  such,  the
         Subscribing  Individuals and the insurance carriers and sureties of the
         Corporate  Transactions  Defendants  in such  insurance  carriers'  and
         sureties' capacities as such, and each of the professionals retained by
         Order of the  Bankruptcy  Court by each of the Debtor,  New Keene,  the
         Creditors'  Trust,  the  Committee,   the  Legal  Representative,   the
         Transactions  Claims Examiner,  the Plan Examiner,  and the Consultants
         (excluding those professionals retained as special counsel to, or as an
         ordinary  course  professional  of,  the  Debtor  and  the  Committee);
         provided,  however,  that notwithstanding this or any provision of this
         Plan to the  contrary,  an Entity's  "Released  Party" status shall not
         preclude the  Creditors'  Trust from  pursuing  claims  against (i) the
         Transactions  Lawsuit  Defendants  in the  Transactions  Lawsuit;  (ii)
         Bairnco Corporation in the Bairnco NOL Action; (iii) Glenn W. Bailey in
         the Bailey  Lawsuit (as to those claims in the  complaint  not released
         under the Plan); and (iv) any insurance carrier or surety that issued a
         policy or policies of  insurance  to, or on behalf of,  Keene or any of
         the above-referenced defendants.

               (98)  "Retention  Program" means the  supplemental  severance and
         compensation  program  approved by the Bankruptcy  Court pursuant to an
         order dated June 7, 1995.

               (99)  "Rights to  Payment"  means the  Debtor's  right to receive
         payments  or  distributions  on account of its claim to tax refunds for
         taxable  years prior to the  Effective  Date and its  assertion  of the
         Manville Trust Claim and claims against Midland  Insurance  Company and
         the Integrity Insurance Company.

               (100)  "Schedules"  means the schedules of assets and liabilities
         and  statements of financial  affairs filed by the Debtor in accordance
         with section 521 of the Bankruptcy  Code and  Bankruptcy  Rule 1007, as
         such schedules and statements may be amended or supplemented  from time
         to time in  accordance  with the  Bankruptcy  Code  and the  Bankruptcy
         Rules; provided, however, that the Schedules shall not be amended after
         June 1,  1995  without  the  consent  of the  Committee  and the  Legal
         Representative  unless by motion  on  notice to the  Committee  and the
         Legal Representative.

               (101)  "Secured  Claim"  means  any  Claim,  other  than a Bonded
         Judgment Claim,  secured by a valid and unavoidable lien on or security
         interest in property  of the Debtor  pursuant to section  506(a) of the
         Bankruptcy  Code,  but  only  to  the  extent  of the  value  as of the
         Confirmation  Date of such lien or security  interest as  determined by
         Final Order of the  Bankruptcy  Court or as agreed to by the Debtor and
         the holder of such Claim.

<PAGE>
                                       48


               (102)  "Severance  Policy" means Keene's  pre-petition  severance
         policy  entitling all  employees  that were  terminated  other than for
         cause to severance  pay equal to one week's pay for each year  employed
         by Keene.

               (103)  "Share   Authorization   Agreement"   means  that  certain
         agreement between New Keene and the Creditors' Trust,  substantially in
         the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit H and as may be amended from time
         to time according to its terms.

               (104) "Stock  Dividends"  means all Cash dividends  Keene paid to
         holders of Old Common Stock during the years 1991 and 1992.

               (105) "Stock  Incentive  Plan" or "SIP" means the New Keene Stock
         Incentive Plan,  substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I
         and as may be amended from time to time according to its terms.

               (106)  "Subscribing  Individual"  means any  individual  who is a
         signatory to the Transactions Stipulation.

               (107) "Tax  Claim"  means a Claim of a  governmental  unit of the
         kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

               (108)  "Transactions  Claims  Examiner" means Thomas Moers Mayer,
         Jr., Esq.,  appointed by Orders of the Bankruptcy Court dated March 11,
         1994 and April 15, 1994, and any successor thereto.

               (109)   "Transactions   Lawsuit"  means  that  certain  adversary
         proceeding  bearing Adv. Proc. No. 95-9393A,  pending in the Bankruptcy
         Court and  commenced by the  Committee by complaint  dated June 8, 1995
         (as such complaint may be amended in accordance  with the  Transactions
         Stipulation).

               (110)  "Transactions  Lawsuit  Defendants"  means those  Entities
         named as defendants in the Transactions Lawsuit.

               (111)  "Transactions  Stipulation"  means that certain  agreement
         executed   between  and  among   Keene,   the   Committee,   the  Legal
         Representative and the Transactions Stipulation Claimants,  approved by
         the  Transactions  Stipulation  Order and  attached as Exhibit 5 to the
         Disclosure Statement.

               (112)  "Transactions   Stipulation  Claimant"  means  any  Entity
         holding a Transactions Stipulation Claim.

               (113)  "Transactions   Stipulation  Claims"  means  those  Claims
         against the Debtor  asserted by the Corporate  Transactions  Defendants
         and the Subscribing Individuals.

               (114)  "Transactions  Stipulation  Order"  means the Order of the
         Bankruptcy  Court  dated March 11,  1996,  approving  the  Transactions
         Stipulation and attached as Exhibit 6 to the Disclosure Statement.

               (115)  "Trust  Advisory   Committee"  means  the  three  advisors
         initially  chosen by the Committee and the Legal  Representative  whose
         duties,  obligations  and  compensation  shall  be as set  forth in the
         Creditors' Trust Agreement, and any successors thereto.

               (116) "Trustees" means the three individuals  initially  selected
         to act as  trustees  pursuant  to the  terms  of the  Creditors'  Trust
         Documents  to  administer  the  Creditors'  Trust,  and any  successors
         thereto.

<PAGE>
                                       49


               (117) "Ultimately Allowed Claim" or "Ultimately Allowed Interest"
         means any  Disputed  Claim or  Disputed  Interest to the extent that it
         becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in accordance with Article
         XVI of this Plan.

               (118) "Voting Procedures Order" means the order of the Bankruptcy
         Court  dated  March 11,  1996,  approving  and  authorizing  the voting
         procedures to be employed in this Chapter 11 Case,  including the Class
         4 Special Ballot, attached as Exhibit 4 to the Disclosure Statement.

         1.2 Other Terms. The words "herein," "hereof,"  "hereto,"  "hereunder,"
and  others  of  similar  import  refer to this  Plan as a whole  and not to any
particular  section,  subsection  or clause  contained in this Plan,  unless the
context  requires  otherwise.  Any term used in this  Plan  that is not  defined
herein  but that is  defined  in the  Bankruptcy  Code  shall  have the  meaning
assigned  to that  term in the  Bankruptcy  Code.  In  addition,  the  rules  of
construction  contained  in  section  102 of the  Bankruptcy  Code  apply to the
construction of this Plan.

                                   ARTICLE II

            PROVISION FOR TREATMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS

         2.1  Administrative  Expense Claims.  Each holder of an  Administrative
Expense  Claim that the Debtor,  with the consent of the Committee and the Legal
Representative  or, after the Effective  Date, New Keene with the consent of the
Creditors'  Trust,  does not dispute or which has been allowed by the Bankruptcy
Court,  shall be paid in full, in Cash, on or as soon as  practicable  after the
Effective Date; provided,  however, that Allowed  Administrative  Expense Claims
representing  obligations  incurred  by the  Debtor  in the  ordinary  course of
business  during the Chapter 11 Case  (other  than Fee Claims)  shall be paid in
full by the Debtor or performed by either New Keene or the Creditors'  Trust, as
the case may be, when due in the ordinary  course of business and in  accordance
with the  terms and  conditions  of the  particular  agreements  governing  such
obligations,  if any; provided,  further,  however, that Administrative  Expense
Claims  representing  compensation or  reimbursement  of expenses awarded by the
Bankruptcy Court pursuant to sections  503(b)(2),  503(b)(3) or 503(b)(4) of the
Bankruptcy Code shall be reserved for by Keene in full, in Cash, in such amounts
equal to the Compensation Estimates and paid by New Keene on the date upon which
the Bankruptcy Court enters an order allowing such Administrative  Expense Claim
and, to the extent that such reserve is  insufficient  to satisfy an Allowed Fee
Claim, the deficiency shall be paid by the Creditors' Trust; provided,  however,
that the  Debtor  shall also  reserve  sufficient  funds to satisfy  any and all
Administrative Expense Claims that may become Ultimately Allowed Claims.

                                   ARTICLE III

                      PROVISION FOR TREATMENT OF TAX CLAIMS

         3.1 Tax  Claims.  Each holder of an Allowed Tax Claim shall be paid the
full  amount of its  Allowed Tax Claim,  in Cash,  on or as soon as  practicable
after the Effective Date.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                       PROVISION FOR TREATMENT OF DEMANDS

         4.1 Demands. On the Effective Date, Demands shall be fully satisfied as
against  the  Debtor by  virtue  of the  distribution  of the  Creditors'  Trust
Distribution  to  the  Creditors'  Trust  for  the  benefit  of all  holders  of
Asbestos-Related  Claims and Demands pursuant to the terms and conditions of the

<PAGE>
                                       50


Creditors'  Trust  Documents.  Each  holder of a Demand  shall  have its  Demand
channeled  to  the  Creditors'   Trust  and  such  Demand  shall  be  assertable
exclusively  against the Creditors'  Trust in accordance with the provisions set
forth in the Creditors' Trust Documents.

                                    ARTICLE V

                     CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

         Pursuant to section 1122 of the  Bankruptcy  Code, set forth below is a
designation of classes of Claims against and Interests in the Debtor. A Claim or
Interest is classified  in a particular  class only to the extent that the Claim
or Interest qualifies within the description of the class and is classified in a
different  class to the  extent  the  Claim or  Interest  qualifies  within  the
description of that different class. In accordance with sections  1123(a)(1) and
524(g)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code,  Administrative Expense Claims, Tax Claims and
Demands are not classified.

         5.1 Priority Claims.

             Class 1. Class 1 consists of all Allowed Priority Claims.

         5.2 Secured Claims.

             Class 2.  Class 2 consists of the following Claims:

                       Class  2A.  Class  2A  consists  of  all  Allowed  Bonded
             Judgment Claims.

                       Class  2B.  Class  2B  consists  of all  Allowed  Secured
             Claims,  each of which will be within a separate subclass with each
             subclass to be deemed a separate Class for all purposes.

         5.3 Unsecured Claims.

             Class 3. Class 3 consists of all Allowed Convenience Claims.

             Class 4. Class 4 consists of the following Asbestos-Related Claims:

                       Class  4A--Asbestos-Related  Personal  Injury  Claims and
             Asbestos-Related Personal Injury Contribution Claims.

                       Class    4B--Asbestos    In    Buildings    Claims    and
             Asbestos-Related Building Contribution Claims.

             Class 5. Class 5 consists of all Allowed  Transactions  Stipulation
Claims.

             Class 6. Class 6 consists of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims.

         5.4 Interests.

             Class 7. Class 7 consists of all Allowed Common Stock  Interests in
the Debtor.

             Class 8. Class 8 consists of all Other Interests.

<PAGE>
                                       51


                                   ARTICLE VI

                IDENTIFICATION OF CLASSES OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
                     NOT IMPAIRED AND IMPAIRED BY THIS PLAN

         6.1 Classes of Claims and Interests Not Impaired by this Plan. Priority
Claims (Class 1), Bonded Judgment Claims (Class 2A),  Secured Claims (Class 2B),
Convenience  Claims (Class 3) and Transactions  Stipulation Claims (Class 5) are
not impaired by this Plan.  Pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy  Code,
the holders of such Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan,
and the votes of such holders shall not be solicited.

         6.2 Classes of Claims and Interests  Impaired by this Plan and Entitled
to Vote.  Asbestos-Related  Personal Injury Claims and Asbestos-Related Personal
Injury  Contribution  Claims  (Class  4A),  Asbestos  In  Buildings  Claims  and
Asbestos-Related  Building  Contribution  Claims (Class 4B),  General  Unsecured
Claims (Class 6), and Common Stock Interests (Class 7) are impaired by this Plan
and the holders of such Claims and  Interests  are entitled to vote to accept or
reject this Plan.

         6.3 Deemed Rejection of Other Interests.  Other Interests (Class 8) are
impaired by this Plan.  Pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy  Code, the
holders of such  Interests are deemed to have rejected this Plan,  and the votes
of such holders shall not be solicited.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

Priority Claims

         7.1 Priority Claims (Class 1). Class 1 Claims are not impaired.  On the
Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed  Priority Claim shall receive the full
amount of its Allowed Priority Claim in Cash.

Secured Claims

         7.2  Bonded  Judgment  Claims  (Class  2A).  Class  2A  Claims  are not
impaired.  Each holder of an Allowed Bonded Judgment Claim shall, subject to the
Appeal Rights,  be entitled to payment from the proceeds of the supersedeas bond
or escrow account securing its Claim.

         7.3 Secured Claims (Class 2B).  Class 2B Claims are not impaired.  With
respect to each Allowed Secured Claim, at the sole option of the Debtor, (a) the
legal,  equitable and  contractual  rights of such holder of an Allowed  Secured
Claim shall remain unaltered; (b) the holder of such Allowed Secured Claim shall
receive the full amount of its Allowed  Secured  Claim in cash on the  Effective
Date; (c) the holder of such Allowed Secured Claim shall have released to it the
collateral  securing  its Claim;  or (d) the  Debtor  shall  provide  such other
treatment  that will render the Allowed  Secured  Claim  unimpaired  pursuant to
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Unsecured Claims

         7.4  Convenience  Class  Claims  (Class  3).  Class  3  Claims  are not
impaired.  On the Effective  Date, each holder of an Allowed  Convenience  Claim
shall receive the full amount of its Allowed  Convenience  Claim, in Cash, up to
and including the amount of $1,000.

<PAGE>
                                       52


         7.5 Asbestos-Related  Claims (Class 4). Class 4 Claims are impaired. On
the  Effective  Date,  Asbestos-Related  Claims  shall  be fully  satisfied  and
discharged as against the Debtor by virtue of the distribution of the Creditors'
Trust  Distribution  to the  Creditors'  Trust for the benefit of all holders of
Asbestos-Related  Claims and Demands pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Creditors' Trust Documents.  Each holder of an Asbestos-Related Claim shall have
its Claim  channeled to the Creditors'  Trust and such Claim shall be assertable
exclusively  against the Creditors'  Trust in accordance  with the procedures of
the Creditors' Trust Documents.

         7.6 Transactions  Stipulation  Claims (Class 5). Class 5 Claims are not
impaired. On the Effective Date, Transactions  Stipulation Claims shall be fully
satisfied and  discharged as against the Debtor  pursuant to the benefits of the
Transactions Stipulation.

         7.7 General Unsecured Claims (Class 6). Class 6 Claims are impaired. On
the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed General  Unsecured  Claim,  unless
such holder has elected to be treated as an Allowed  Convenience  Claim in Class
3, shall  receive  such  holder's  pro rata share of a pool of  available  funds
totalling $250,000 in the aggregate.

Interests

         7.8 Common Stock  Interests  (Class 7). Class 7 Common Stock  Interests
are impaired.  On the  Effective  Date,  each holder of an Allowed  Common Stock
Interest shall receive its pro rata share of the Class 7 Equity Distribution.

         7.9 Other Interests (Class 8). Class 8 Other Interests are impaired. On
the  Effective  Date,  all  Other  Interests  shall be  cancelled,  annulled  or
extinguished, and the holders thereof shall not be entitled to receive or retain
any property or distribution pursuant to this Plan.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

 PROVISIONS OF SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THIS PLAN AND RELATED MATTERS

         8.1 Reorganization Securities. The following is a summary of certain of
the principal terms of the New Common Stock, which shall have such rights as set
forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, substantially in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The following summary is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation.
New Keene,  as a successor in interest to the Debtor,  will issue the New Common
Stock pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.

         8.2 Provisions of New Common Stock

(i)      Issuer:                         New Keene.

(ii)     Aggregate Number of             2,500,000 shares of New Common Stock,
         Authorized Shares:              1,480,000 shares to be designated as
                                         Class A New Common Stock and 1,020,000
                                         shares to be designated as Class B New
                                         Common Stock.

(iii)    Aggregate Number of Shares to   2,000,000 shares of New Common Stock.
         be Issued on Date:              on the Effective  Pursuant to the terms
                                         of  this  Plan,  the  Effective   Date,
                                         980,000  shares  of Class A New  Common
                                         Stock will be issued and distributed to
                                         the  holders of Class 7  Interests  and

<PAGE>
                                       53


                                         1,020,000  shares of Class B New Common
                                         Stock will be issued and distributed to
                                         the Trustees of the Creditors' Trust.

(iv)     Restriction on the Issuance     Pursuant  to  the  Share  Authorization
         of Additional Shares            Agreement,  substantially  in the  form
                                         attached   hereto  as   Exhibit  H,  no
                                         additional shares of Class A New Common
                                         Stock  shall be  authorized  or  issued
                                         without  the prior  written  consent of
                                         the holder of Class B New Common Stock;
                                         provided,  however,  that such  consent
                                         rights  require  that  the  Class B New
                                         Common Stock then outstanding represent
                                         not less than ten percent  (10%) of the
                                         aggregate   number  of  shares  of  New
                                         Common Stock then outstanding.

(v)      Dividends:                      New Keene may declare  dividends to the
                                         holders  of New Common  Stock,  and may
                                         pay such dividends in Cash, property or
                                         stock of New Keene,  as such  dividends
                                         may be from  time to time  declared  by
                                         the  Board  of  Directors  out  of  the
                                         legally  available  assets  or funds of
                                         New Keene.

(vi)     Voting Rights of Shares to be   After the Effective Date, in accordance
         Issued:                         with the  provisions of the Amended and
                                         Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation
                                         and Amended and Restated By-laws,  each
                                         share of Class A and Class B New Common
                                         Stock shall entitle the holder  thereof
                                         to one vote on account  of such  share;
                                         provided,  however,  that  in no  event
                                         shall  holders  of  Class A New  Common
                                         Stock  or  Class  B  New  Common  Stock
                                         authorize  an  amendment   which  shall
                                         adversely  affect class  voting  rights
                                         without  the  approval  of  such  other
                                         class.   The   Amended   and   Restated
                                         Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  New
                                         Keene shall provide for the election of
                                         one  director by holders of Class A New
                                         Common  Stock,  and for the election of
                                         two  directors by the holder of Class B
                                         New Common Stock until such time as the
                                         Class   B  New   Common   Stock   shall
                                         represent less than twenty-five percent
                                         (25%)  (but  greater  than ten  percent
                                         (10%))  of  the  aggregate   number  of
                                         shares  of  New   Common   Stock   then
                                         outstanding, in which event, the holder
                                         of Class B New Common Stock,  voting as
                                         a class, shall be entitled to elect one
                                         director and the holders of the Class A
                                         New  Common  Stock,  voting as a class,
                                         shall  be   entitled   to   elect   two
                                         directors;  provided,  however, that at
                                         such  time as the  Class  B New  Common

<PAGE>
                                       54


                                         Stock  shall  represent  less  than ten
                                         percent (10%) of the  aggregate  shares
                                         of New Common  Stock then  outstanding,
                                         all the  shares  of Class B New  Common
                                         Stock  held  by  the  Creditors'  Trust
                                         shall  convert  to  Class A New  Common
                                         Stock, at which time holders of Class A
                                         New Common  Stock  shall be entitled to
                                         elect all such directors.

(vii)    Restrictions Applicable         Class B New  Common  Stock  may be held
         Solely to Class B New           only by the Creditors'  Trust.  Class B
         Common Stock:                   New Common  Stock shall  become Class A
                                         New  Common   Stock  upon  the  earlier
                                         occurrence  of  any  of  the  following
                                         events:  (i)  such  Class B New  Common
                                         Stock  has  been   sold  or   otherwise
                                         transferred  by the  Creditors'  Trust;
                                         (ii) the total  votes  attributable  to
                                         all such  shares of Class B New  Common
                                         Stock  held  by  the  Creditors'  Trust
                                         aggregates  to less  than  ten  percent
                                         (10%) of the aggregate number of shares
                                         of New Common  Stock then  outstanding;
                                         or (iii) ten years  from the  Effective
                                         Date.

(viii)   Restrictions on Transfer of     In order to preserve  the  Debtor's net
         New Common Stock:               operating   losses,   the  Amended  and
                                         Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation
                                         will provide  that,  unless all members
                                         of the  Board  of  Directors  otherwise
                                         approve,  New Keene  will treat as null
                                         and void the  acquisition of New Common
                                         Stock by any  person  who is,  or would
                                         thereby    become,     a    four    and
                                         three-quarters      percent     (4.75%)
                                         shareholder  (within the meaning of the
                                         applicable  regulations  under  section
                                         382 of the Internal  Revenue Code). The
                                         New  Common  Stock   certificates  will
                                         contain  a legend  setting  forth  this
                                         restriction.

         8.3 Description of Stock  Incentive Plan.  While this Plan provides for
the establishment of the SIP, all awards,  vesting procedures and benefits which
may be derived thereunder shall be within the exclusive  discretion of the Board
of  Directors  of New  Keene.  Until  such time as the  Board  may grant  awards
thereunder,  no employee shall have any rights or  entitlements  to any specific
stock  incentive  or similar  compensation.  The  following  is a summary of the
principal  terms of the SIP and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
SIP, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I.

(i)      Number of Shares Subject to
         SIP:                            100,000  shares  of Class A New  Common
                                         Stock,  with a 10,000 maximum number of
                                         shares for any one  participant  as may
                                         be specified by the Board of Directors.

(ii)     Effective   Date:               The  SIP  shall  be  effective  on  the
                                         Effective Date.

<PAGE>
                                       55


(iii)    Form of Awards:                 Awards  may be  granted  in the form of
                                         options,   stock  appreciation   rights
                                         ("SAR")  "phantom"  stock or restricted
                                         stock,   in  the   discretion   of  the
                                         committee      (the       "Compensation
                                         Committee")  of the Board of  Directors
                                         of New Keene  appointed  to  administer
                                         the   SIP.   Options   may  be   either
                                         incentive   stock  options   qualifying
                                         under   section  422  of  the  Internal
                                         Revenue Code or non-qualified  options,
                                         as  determined   by  the   Compensation
                                         Committee.  SARs may be granted only in
                                         connection with a related  option.  The
                                         issuance  of any  shares of  authorized
                                         Class A New Common  Stock  pursuant  to
                                         the SIP is  subject  to the  consent of
                                         the Creditors'  Trust,  pursuant to the
                                         terms   of  the   Share   Authorization
                                         Agreement.   In  the  event   that  the
                                         Creditors' Trust declines to consent to
                                         the issuance of any  additional  shares
                                         of  Class A New  Common  Stock,  awards
                                         granted  pursuant  to the SIP may be in
                                         the  form  of  phantom  stock  or  SARs
                                         unless  New Keene  elects  to  purchase
                                         shares of Class A New  Common  Stock on
                                         the open market to satisfy SIP awards.

(iv)     Eligible Employees:             Any employee of New Keene or any of its
                                         subsidiaries    designated    by    the
                                         Compensation  Committee may be eligible
                                         to participate in the SIP.

(v)      Statutory Provisions:           The SIP is  designed  to  qualify  as a
                                         16b-3   plan   under   the   Securities
                                         Exchange Act of 1934 and to satisfy the
                                         requirements  of section  162(m) of the
                                         Internal Revenue Code,  relating to the
                                         deductibility of compensation in excess
                                         of  $1,000,000   annually,   and  shall
                                         contain  such terms and  conditions  as
                                         necessary to effectuate that design.

         8.4  Registration  Rights.  The following is a summary of the principal
terms of the Registration Rights Agreement,  and is qualified in its entirety by
reference  to the  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  substantially  in the  form
attached hereto as Exhibit G.

(i)      Issuer:                         New Keene

(ii)     Other Party:                    Creditors' Trust

(iii)    Conditions to Exercisability    Not  earlier  than  2  years  from  the
         of Rights:                      Effective  Date.  Other customary terms
                                         and provisions shall apply.

<PAGE>
                                       56


(iv)     Demands:                        The  Creditors'  Trust  shall  have the
                                         right  to  make  two  demands  for  the
                                         registration  of its Class B New Common
                                         Stock  as  Class  A New  Common  Stock;
                                         provided, however, that in no event may
                                         the Creditors'  Trust make a demand for
                                         the  registration of securities  within
                                         twelve (12) months of any prior  demand
                                         or registration.

(v)      Piggyback Rights:               The   Creditors'   Trust   shall   have
                                         unlimited  piggyback rights;  provided,
                                         however,  that (a) the number of shares
                                         subject to such rights shall not exceed
                                         the   number  of  shares   then   being
                                         registered  by New Keene and (b) if the
                                         underwriter  seeks to reduce the number
                                         of shares subject to registration, such
                                         reduction   shall  be   applied   first
                                         against the shares that the  Creditors'
                                         Trust seeks to register.

(vi)     Expenses:                       New  Keene  will  pay all  registration
                                         fees and  expenses in  connection  with
                                         any  registration  effected  under  the
                                         Registration      Rights     Agreement,
                                         including   the  cost  of  counsel  and
                                         accountants  retained  by New  Keene in
                                         connection   with  such   registration,
                                         except that the  Creditors'  Trust will
                                         pay the  fees and  expenses  of its own
                                         counsel  and  accountants,  if any,  as
                                         well as underwriters' fees and expenses
                                         and    underwriting    discounts    and
                                         commissions and transfer taxes incurred
                                         by the Creditors' Trust with respect to
                                         its New Common Stock being registered.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                              THE CREDITORS' TRUST

         9.1  Creation of the  Creditors'  Trust.  On the  Effective  Date,  the
Creditors' Trust shall be created and established,  pursuant to the terms of the
Creditors'  Trust  Documents,  as a  designated  settlement  fund or a qualified
settlement fund, within the meaning of section 468B of the Internal Revenue Code
and the  regulations  issued by the Internal  Revenue  Service  pursuant to said
statute.

         9.2  Transfer of Property to the  Creditors'  Trust.  On the  Effective
Date, the Debtor shall transfer,  or cause to be transferred,  to the Creditors'
Trust the Creditors' Trust Distribution.

         9.3 Assumption of Liabilities By the Creditors' Trust. In consideration
of the property  transferred  to the  Creditors'  Trust  pursuant to Section 9.2
hereof and in furtherance  of the purpose of the Creditors'  Trust (as set forth
in  Section  1.2 of the  Creditors'  Trust  Agreement,  this  Plan  and  Section
524(g)(2)(B)(i)  of the Bankruptcy  Code) the  Creditors'  Trust will assume all
liability  and  responsibility  for all  Asbestos-Related  Claims,  Demands  and
Transactions  Stipulation  Claims  within the  meaning of Section  524(g) of the

<PAGE>
                                       57



Bankruptcy Code. New Keene shall have no financial or other responsibilities for
or in connection  with such  Asbestos-Related  Claims,  Demands or  Transactions
Stipulation Claims.

         9.4 New Keene Line of Credit.  On the Effective  Date,  the  Creditors'
Trust  and  New  Keene  shall  enter  into  the  New  Keene   Credit   Facility,
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.

         9.5 Appointment of Trustees. The Creditors' Trust, initially,  shall be
managed by three independent  Trustees,  selected by the Committee and the Legal
Representative,  who have no  affiliation  with the  Debtor,  are not holders of
Asbestos-Related  Claims  or  Demands,  and  do  not  and  have  not  personally
represented,  in connection with an Asbestos-Related Claim or Demand, any Entity
who  asserts or who has  asserted  an  Asbestos-Related  Claim or  Demand.  Each
initial  Trustee  shall serve for a three year term or until the earlier of such
person's death, resignation or removal.  Thereafter,  the initial Trustees, with
the consent of the Trust  Advisory  Committee,  shall  designate one Trustee who
shall serve as the sole Trustee until his or her (i) death or  incapacity,  (ii)
removal or (iii)  resignation.  All  successor  Trustees  shall be  appointed in
accordance  with the terms and  conditions  contained  in the  Creditors'  Trust
Agreement.  Each Trustee shall be deemed to be (and the Confirmation Order shall
provide  that such  Trustee  is) a "party in  interest"  within  the  meaning of
section  1109(b) of the Bankruptcy  Code. On the Effective  Date, the Creditors'
Trust shall be deemed the  successor to the  Committee  with respect to any then
pending motions,  contested matters,  adversary  proceedings or appeals to which
the Committee was a party.

         9.6  Purpose and Goals of the  Creditors'  Trust.  The  purposes of the
Creditors'  Trust are: (i) to assume any and all  liabilities  of the Debtor and
its successors in interest with respect to any and all  Asbestos-Related  Claims
and Demands within the meaning of section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code; (ii) to
use the  assets  and  income of the  Creditors'  Trust to pay  holders  of valid
Asbestos-Related  Claims and Demands in  accordance  with the  Creditors'  Trust
Agreement  and  the   Asbestos-Related   Claims   Resolution  and   Distribution
Procedures;  and (iii) to otherwise comply in all respects with the requirements
of a trust set forth in section  524(g)(2)(B)(i)  of the Bankruptcy Code through
the provisions of the Creditors' Trust Agreement and the Asbestos-Related Claims
Resolution and Distribution Procedures.

         9.7 Compensation to and  Indemnification of the Trustees.  The Trustees
shall receive  compensation  for their services,  and shall be  indemnified,  in
accordance with the terms of the Creditors' Trust Agreement.

         9.8 Retention of Professionals and Employees.  The Creditors' Trust may
retain the services of attorneys, accountants,  valuation experts, employees and
other agents  necessary to assist and advise the Trustees in the  performance of
their duties in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Creditors' Trust
Documents.

         9.9 Payment of Certain Costs. New Keene, with the reasonable consent of
the Creditors' Trust, may retain professionals to facilitate the distribution of
Cash and other  property  pursuant to the Plan and to  prosecute  objections  to
Claims and Interests.  The Creditors' Trust shall be responsible for the payment
of the fees and expenses of such  professionals  within  thirty (30) days of the
submission by such professionals of reasonably detailed invoices. The Creditors'
Trust may  object  to the  payment  of such  invoices  within  ten days of their
submission;  provided, however, that the Creditors' Trust shall remain obligated
to pay the undisputed  portion of each such invoice within thirty (30) days from
the date of  submission.  The  resolution  of the  disputed  portion of any such

<PAGE>
                                       58



invoice,  if not otherwise  resolved by an agreement among such professional and
the  Creditors'  Trust,  shall be subject to the exclusive  jurisdiction  of the
Bankruptcy Court.

         9.10 Trust Advisory  Committee.  The Trust Advisory  Committee  ("TAC")
shall consult with and advise the  Trustees.  Members of the Committee and their
representatives  are eligible to serve as members of the TAC. The TAC shall have
such other duties and authority as set forth in the Creditors'  Trust Documents.
The fees and expenses of the TAC shall be paid by the  Creditors'  Trust and the
Creditors'  Trust shall  indemnify the TAC in  accordance  with the terms of the
Creditors'  Trust  Documents.  In  addition,  the TAC may retain the services of
attorneys,  accountants,  valuation experts and other professionals necessary to
the  performance  of its  duties.  The  TAC  shall  be  deemed  to be  (and  the
Confirmation  Order shall provide that the TAC is) a "party in interest"  within
the meaning of section 1109(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

         9.11 Certain  Property to be Held in Trust by New Keene.  If and to the
extent that any property of the Debtor under  applicable law or any  contractual
provision  cannot be  effectively  transferred  and  assigned to the  Creditors'
Trust,  or if New  Keene  shall  receive  any such  property  (and any  proceeds
thereof),  New Keene shall notify the Creditors' Trust  immediately upon receipt
of such property and, unless directed  otherwise by the Creditors'  Trust,  take
all reasonable actions to hold and retain such property in trust for the benefit
of the Creditors' Trust and, promptly upon receipt thereof, take such actions as
are necessary to perfect such trust; in the event the property is Cash, check or
negotiable instruments, New Keene shall deposit same in a trust account so named
for the benefit of the Creditors' Trust and,  following notice,  shall take only
such  actions  with  respect to such  property  (and  proceeds  thereof)  as the
Trustees reasonably may direct in writing.

         9.12 Preservation of Rights and Defenses.

         (a)  The   Creditors'   Trust   shall  have,   with   respect  to  each
Asbestos-Related  Claim or Demand,  among other things, all defenses  (including
but not  limited to all  defenses  under  section 502 of the  Bankruptcy  Code),
affirmative defenses, rights of setoff and recoupment,  counterclaims and rights
of  contribution,  reimbursement,  subrogation and indemnity (i) that the Debtor
would have had under  applicable law if (x) the Chapter 11 Case had not occurred
and (y) the holder of such  Asbestos-Related  Claim or Demand had asserted  such
Asbestos-Related  Claim or Demand by  initiating  civil  litigation  against the
Debtor, and (ii) that the Debtor now has or has ever had.

         (b) The rights and defenses of the Creditors' Trust with respect to the
Transactions Lawsuit and the Transactions Stipulation Claims shall be subject to
the terms and  conditions of the  Transactions  Stipulation.  The conduct of the
Transactions   Lawsuit  by  the  Creditors'   Trust  and  the   enforcement  and
satisfaction  by  the  Creditors'   Trust  of  any  judgment   obtained  in  the
Transactions Lawsuit against any Transactions Lawsuit Defendant shall be subject
in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Transaction  Stipulation.  No
findings of fact or  conclusions  of law entered in the course of the Chapter 11
Case or any provisions or statements in this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the
Transactions  Stipulation  or any orders  confirming  or  implementing  the Plan
(other than any findings of fact or conclusions of law entered by the Bankruptcy
Court in the Transactions  Lawsuit or the Bairnco NOL Action) shall have any res
judicata,  collateral  estoppel  or  other  similar  preclusive  effect  in  the
Transactions Lawsuit, the Bairnco NOL Action or in connection with the assertion
or  prosecution  of  the  Transactions   Stipulation  Claims  of  the  Corporate
Transactions Defendants or the Subscribing Individuals or the Creditors' Trust's
assertion or pursuit of defenses or objections thereto.

         9.13  Asbestos-Related  Claims Resolution and Distribution  Procedures.
The Creditors' Trust shall implement the Asbestos-Related  Claims Resolution and
Distribution  Procedures in accordance  with the terms of the  Creditors'  Trust
Documents.


<PAGE>
                                       59


                                    ARTICLE X

                    DESCRIPTION OF THE OPERATION OF NEW KEENE

         10.1 Creation of New Keene. On the Effective Date,  Reinhold will merge
with and into Keene. The Certificate of Merger shall be filed with the Secretary
of State of the State of Delaware on the Effective Date. Pursuant to the Merger,
all of the issued and  outstanding  capital stock of Reinhold shall be cancelled
and  Reinhold  shall be  merged  with and into the  Debtor.  Keene  shall be the
surviving  corporation of the Merger and shall be renamed  Reinhold  Industries,
Inc. The authorized  capital stock of New Keene shall be as set forth in Article
VIII hereof and shall be distributed as provided for elsewhere herein.

         10.2  Management  of New Keene.  On and after the Effective  Date,  the
management,  control  and  operation  of  New  Keene  will  become  the  general
responsibility  of the Board of Directors of New Keene. Upon consummation of the
Plan, the Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation and the Amended and
Restated  By-laws of New Keene will  provide  that the Board of Directors of New
Keene shall consist of three (3) directors.  One (1) of such directors  shall be
nominated by Keene's existing Board of Directors,  and such nominee shall be the
present Chief Executive  Officer of Reinhold.  The other two (2) directors shall
be selected  jointly by the  Committee and the Legal  Representative;  provided,
however,  that one of such nominees shall not represent or be retained on behalf
of any creditor or holder of a Demand.

         On the Effective  Date,  it is expected that the executive  officers of
New Keene (the  "Executive  Officers")  shall be as designated in the Disclosure
Statement and that their employment shall be governed by management contracts.

         10.3   Indemnification.   The  Amended  and  Restated   Certificate  of
Incorporation  and  Amended  and  Restated  By-laws  of New  Keene  provide  for
indemnification  of New Keene's  directors  and  officers to the fullest  extent
permitted by applicable law now or hereafter in effect.

         10.4 New Keene Credit Facility.  Pursuant to the terms of the New Keene
Credit Facility, New Keene shall have the ability to draw on a $1.5 million line
of credit  extended  by the  Creditors'  Trust.  The New Keene  Credit  Facility
provides  that New  Keene  may make  draws on the line of credit up to a maximum
amount  of $1.5  million  at any  time  over a two  year  period  following  the
Effective Date, and requires that New Keene's obligations  thereunder be paid in
full on the third anniversary of the Effective Date.

         10.5 Permanent Channeling Injunction. New Keene shall have the benefits
of the Permanent Channeling Injunction,  as more fully set forth in Article XVII
hereof.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                      ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THIS PLAN

         11.1  Each  Impaired  Class  Entitled  to Vote  Separately.  Except  as
otherwise  provided  by this Plan,  the holders of Claims or  Interests  in each
impaired class of Claims or Interests, other than the holders of Other Interests
in Class 8, shall be entitled to vote  separately as a class to accept or reject
this  Plan.  Class 8 is deemed to have  rejected  the Plan  pursuant  to section
1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.

         11.2 Estimation of Class 4 Claims for Voting Purposes.  Pursuant to the
Voting  Procedures  Order, the Claims of holders of Class 4A and 4B Claims shall
be Allowed,  for voting  purposes  only, on the terms and  conditions  specified
therein.

<PAGE>
                                       60


         11.3  Acceptance  by  Impaired  Classes of Claims.  Pursuant to section
1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, an impaired class of Claims,  including  without
limitation Class 4 and Class 6 Claims,  shall have accepted this Plan if (1) the
holders  (other than Claims  held by any holder  designated  pursuant to section
1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code) of at least two-thirds (2/3) in dollar amount of
the Allowed Claims  actually voting in such class have voted to accept this Plan
and (2) more than one-half (1/2) in number (other than Claims held by any holder
designated  pursuant to section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy  Code) of such Allowed
Claims actually voting in such class have voted to accept this Plan.

         11.4  Acceptance by Impaired  Class of  Interests.  Pursuant to section
1126(d) of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  an  impaired  class of  Interests  shall have
accepted  this Plan if the  holders  (other  than  Interests  held by any holder
designated  pursuant  to  section  1126(e) of the  Bankruptcy  Code) of at least
two-thirds  (2/3) in amount of the  Allowed  Interests  actually  voting in such
class have voted to accept this Plan.

         11.5  Presumed  Acceptance  of Plan.  Classes  1,  2A,  2B, 3 and 5 are
unimpaired under this Plan and,  therefore,  are  conclusively  presumed to have
accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.

         11.6   Cramdown.   Class  8  is  deemed  to  have  rejected  the  Plan.
Accordingly,  the  Debtor  shall  invoke  cramdown  with  respect  to such class
pursuant to section  1129(b) of the  Bankruptcy  Code.  In addition,  if Class 7
votes to reject the Plan, the Debtor shall invoke  cramdown with respect to such
Class; provided, however, that Class 7 shall, in such event, nevertheless retain
such treatment as specified in Section 7.8 of this Plan.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         12.1 Conditions to  Confirmation.  The following  conditions must occur
and be satisfied, or be waived, on or before the Confirmation Date:

               (a)  The  Confirmation  Order  shall  have  been  signed  by  the
         Bankruptcy  Court and duly  entered  on the docket  maintained  for the
         Chapter  11 Case by the  Clerk  of the  Bankruptcy  Court,  in form and
         substance  reasonably  acceptable to the Debtor,  the Committee and the
         Legal Representative;

               (b) The Voting  Procedures  Order  shall have been  signed by the
         Bankruptcy  Court and duly  entered  on the docket  maintained  for the
         Chapter  11 Case by the  Clerk  of the  Bankruptcy  Court,  in form and
         substance  reasonably  acceptable to the Debtor,  the Committee and the
         Legal  Representative,  and such  Voting  Procedures  Order  shall have
         become a Final Order;

               (c) The Transactions  Stipulation Order shall have been signed by
         the Bankruptcy Court and duly entered on the docket  maintained for the
         Chapter  11 Case by the  Clerk  of the  Bankruptcy  Court,  in form and
         substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtor, the Committee, the Legal
         Representative and the Corporate Transactions Defendants;

               (d) The  Bankruptcy  Court  shall have  signed an Order or Orders
         approving   the    Creditors'    Trust    Documents,    including   the
         Asbestos-Related  Claims  Resolution and Distribution  Procedures,  and
         such  Order or  Orders  shall  have  been duly  entered  on the  docket
         maintained by the Clerk of the Bankruptcy  Court, in form and substance
         reasonably  acceptable  to the  Debtor,  the  Committee  and the  Legal
         Representative;

<PAGE>
                                       61


               (e) The Bankruptcy Court shall have signed an Order, which may be
         the  Confirmation   Order,   establishing   the  Permanent   Channeling
         Injunction and the  injunction  set forth in Section 17.1,  which Order
         shall have been duly entered on the docket  maintained  by the Clerk of
         the Bankruptcy  Court, in form and substance  reasonably  acceptable to
         the Debtor, the Committee and the Legal Representative;

               (f) The Bankruptcy Court shall have signed an order, which may be
         the  Confirmation  Order,   converting  the  Coleman  Injunction  to  a
         permanent  injunction,  as set forth in Section 17.1, which Order shall
         have been duly  entered  on the docket  maintained  by the Clerk of the
         Bankruptcy  Court, in form and substance  reasonably  acceptable to the
         Debtor,  the  Committee,  the Legal  Representative  and the  Corporate
         Transactions Defendants;

               (g) All Causes of Action shall be preserved and  provision  shall
         have been made to transfer the Causes of Action to the Creditors' Trust
         for prosecution by the Creditors' Trust; and

               (h) The Bankruptcy Court shall have made the following  findings,
         each of which shall be contained in the Confirmation Order:

                    (i) The Permanent Channeling Injunction is to be implemented
               in connection with the Creditors' Trust.

                    (ii) At the time of the  order  for  relief,  Keene had been
               named as a defendant  in personal  injury,  wrongful  death,  and
               property  damage actions seeking  recovery for damages  allegedly
               caused  by  the  presence  of,  or  exposure  to,   asbestos  and
               asbestos-containing products.

                    (iii) The Creditors'  Trust,  as of the Effective Date, will
               assume   the   liabilities   of  the  Debtor   with   respect  to
               Asbestos-Related  Claims,  Demands and  Transactions  Stipulation
               Claims  within the  meaning of section  524(g) of the  Bankruptcy
               Code.

                    (iv) The  Creditors'  Trust is to be  funded  in whole or in
               part by  securities  of the Debtor and by the  obligation  of the
               Debtor to make future payments, including dividends.

                    (v) The Creditors'  Trust is to own a majority of the voting
               shares of New Keene.

                    (vi) The Creditors'  Trust is to use its assets or income to
               pay Asbestos-Related Claims and Demands.

                    (vii) The  Debtor is likely  to be  subject  to  substantial
               future  Demands  for  payment  arising out of the same or similar
               conduct or events that gave rise to the  Asbestos-Related  Claims
               and  Demands  that  are  addressed  by the  Permanent  Channeling
               Injunction.

                    (viii) The actual amounts,  numbers and timing of the future
               Demands cannot be determined.

                    (ix)   Pursuit  of  such  Demands   outside  the  procedures
               prescribed  by the Plan is likely to threaten the Plan's  purpose
               to  deal  equitably  with  Asbestos-Related   Claims  and  future
               Demands.

<PAGE>
                                       62


                    (x)  The  terms  of  the  Permanent  Channeling  Injunction,
               including any provisions  barring  actions  against the Protected
               Parties, pursuant to section 524(g)(4)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code,
               are set forth in the Plan and in the Disclosure Statement.

                    (xi) The  Plan  establishes,  in  Classes  4A and B  thereof
               (Asbestos-Related  Claims),  separate  classes of claimants whose
               Claims are to be addressed by the Creditors' Trust.

                    (xii) The holders of Class 4 Claims, voting as a class, have
               voted, by at least 75 percent (75%) of those voting,  in favor of
               the Plan.

                    (xiii) Pursuant to court orders or otherwise, the Creditors'
               Trust  will  operate  through   mechanisms  such  as  structured,
               periodic,  or  supplemental  payments,  pro  rata  distributions,
               matrices,  or  periodic  review of  estimates  of the numbers and
               values of present  Asbestos-Related  Claims and Demands, or other
               comparable mechanisms, that provide reasonable assurance that the
               Creditors'  Trust will value,  and be in a financial  position to
               pay,  Asbestos-Related  Claims and Demands that  involve  similar
               Claims in substantially the same manner.

                    (xiv) The Legal  Representative was appointed as part of the
               proceedings  leading  to  issuance  of the  Permanent  Channeling
               Injunction  for the purpose of protecting  the rights of Entities
               that might subsequently  assert Demands that are addressed in the
               Permanent Channeling Injunction and transferred to the Creditors'
               Trust.

                    (xv)  Identifying each Protected Party is fair and equitable
               with respect to Entities that might  subsequently  assert Demands
               against  any such  Protected  Party,  in  light  of the  benefits
               provided,  or to be provided,  to the  Creditors'  Trust by or on
               behalf of the Debtor and any such Protected Party.

         12.2 Conditions to Effectiveness of Plan. The following conditions must
occur and be satisfied,  or waived,  on or before the Effective Date or the Plan
shall not become effective:

               (a) There  shall not be any stay in effect  with  respect  to the
          Confirmation Order;

               (b) The Transactions  Stipulation Order shall have become a Final
          Order;

               (c)  The   Confirmation   Order  and,  if  separate,   the  Order
          establishing the Permanent Channeling Injunction, shall, to the extent
          required by Section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, have been issued or
          affirmed by the United States District Court for the Southern District
          of New York (the "District Court") and shall have become a Final Order
          or Final  Orders and shall have been duly entered on the docket of the
          Clerk of the District Court;

               (d) The Order,  which may be the Confirmation  Order,  converting
          the Coleman Injunction into a permanent injunction shall have become a
          Final Order;

               (e)  The   Confirmation   Order  and  the  Permanent   Channeling
          Injunction shall be in full force and effect;

<PAGE>
                                       63


               (f) The Trustees of the  Creditors'  Trust and the Trust Advisory
          Committee shall have been selected in accordance with the terms of the
          Creditors' Trust Agreement;

               (g) All Trustees of the Creditors'  Trust shall have executed the
          Creditors' Trust Agreement;

               (h) The  Certificate  of Merger  shall  have been  filed with the
          Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

               (i) The Keene 27 Action and all litigation to be dismissed as set
          forth  in  the  Stipulation  and  Order  of  Settlement   Regarding  a
          Consensual Plan of  Reorganization of the Debtor entered into on March
          28,  1995 shall have been  dismissed  with  prejudice  pursuant to the
          terms hereof and a Final Order shall have been entered dismissing such
          actions and providing for the release and injunctive  relief described
          in Section 17.3(b) hereof; and

               (j)  The  aggregate   amount  of  Allowed  and  Disputed  General
          Unsecured Claims (Class 6) shall not exceed $5 million.

         12.3 Waiver of Conditions. None of the conditions contained in Sections
12.1 and Section 12.2 hereof may be waived,  in whole or in part, except jointly
by the Debtor,  the Committee and the Legal  Representative,  in a writing to be
filed with the Bankruptcy Court,  without any further notice to any Entity other
than as may be required by the Bankruptcy  Court,  without leave or order of the
Bankruptcy  Court  or any  other  formal  action;  provided,  however,  that the
conditions   relating  to  the  Transactions   Stipulation  Order,  the  Coleman
Injunction,  and the General  Unsecured Claims cap may not be waived without the
additional  written  consent of the  Corporate  Transactions  Defendants,  which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

              TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

         13.1  Assumption/Rejection.  Pursuant  to  section  1123(b)(2)  of  the
Bankruptcy Code, all executory contracts and unexpired leases of the Debtor that
have not already  been  assumed or rejected  shall be deemed  rejected as of the
Effective Date unless there is then pending before the Bankruptcy Court a motion
for the assumption and assignment of such executory  contract  and/or  unexpired
lease.

         13.2 Claims  Based on  Rejection  of  Executory  Contracts or Unexpired
Leases. An Allowed Claim arising from the rejection of an executory  contract or
an unexpired lease shall be classified and treated as a Class 3 or Class 6 Claim
depending on the amount thereof.  Pursuant to the Order  Establishing  Last Date
for Filing Proofs of Claim for  Non-Asbestos-Related  General  Claims entered on
September 28, 1994,  all proofs of claim with respect to Claims arising from the
rejection,  pursuant to this Article XIII,  of executory  contracts or unexpired
leases must be filed with the  Bankruptcy  Court on or before the later to occur
of: (i) thirty  (30) days after the date of entry of an order of the  Bankruptcy
Court  approving such rejection or (ii) thirty (30) days after service of notice
of such rejection,  if such rejection  occurs by expiration of time fixed by the
Bankruptcy  Court, or such Claims shall be forever barred against the Debtor and
its estate and the assets and properties of New Keene and the Creditors'  Trust.
Any Entity that fails to file proof of its Claim  arising  from such a rejection
within the period set forth above shall be forever barred from asserting a Claim
against the Debtor,  New Keene or the Creditors'  Trust, any of their respective
affiliates or the property or interests in property of the Debtor,  New Keene or
the Creditors' Trust, or any of their respective affiliates.


<PAGE>
                                       64


                                   ARTICLE XIV

                           IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS PLAN

         14.1 Vesting of Property. Except as otherwise provided by this Plan, in
accordance  with sections  1123(a)(5)  and 1141 of the  Bankruptcy  Code, on the
Effective Date, title to property of the Debtor shall pass to New Keene free and
clear of all  Claims,  Demands,  Interests,  liens and  encumbrances  including,
without  limitation,  all  Asbestos-Related  Claims,  Demands  and  Transactions
Stipulation  Claims.  Also, on the Effective Date, title to the Creditors' Trust
Distribution  shall pass to the  Creditors'  Trust free and clear of all Claims,
Interests,   liens   and   encumbrances,    except   liabilities   relating   to
Asbestos-Related Claims, Demands and Transactions Stipulation Claims.

         14.2 Cancellation of Securities, Notes or Other Instruments; Release of
Liens. (a) As of the Effective Date, all Interests,  notes or other  instruments
evidencing a Claim,  Demand or Interest shall be cancelled and rendered void and
each of the transfer books maintained for any such Claim, Demand, Interest, note
or other instrument shall be closed.

         (b) Except for the right to receive the distributions, if any, provided
for by this  Plan,  the  holder  of a  Claim,  Demand,  Interest,  note or other
instrument shall have no rights arising from or relating to such Claim,  Demand,
Interest, note or other instrument on and after the Effective Date.

         14.3  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and By-laws.  The  certificate of
incorporation and the by-laws of Keene shall be superseded, amended and restated
substantially  in the  forms  set forth as  Exhibits  A and B hereto,  and as so
amended and  restated  shall,  as of the  Effective  Date,  be in full force and
effect.

         14.4 Corporate  Authority.  The entry of the  Confirmation  Order shall
constitute a direction and authorization to and of the Debtor, New Keene and the
Creditors'  Trust to take or cause to be taken any corporate action necessary or
appropriate  to  consummate  the  provisions  of this  Plan,  including  without
limitation,   the   adoption  of  the  Amended  and  Restated   Certificate   of
Incorporation  and the  Amended  and  Restated  By-laws or  similar  constituent
documents  for New Keene,  the selection of directors and officers of New Keene,
the  adoption  of the  SIP,  the  distribution  of  Cash  and the  issuance  and
distribution  of the New Common  Stock,  the adoption,  execution,  delivery and
implementation  of all  contracts,  instruments,  releases and other  agreements
relating to this Plan, and all such actions taken or caused to be taken shall be
deemed authorized and approved in all respects without any further action by the
stockholders or directors of the Debtor or New Keene.

         14.5 Retiree Benefits. New Keene as the contributing sponsor within the
meaning of ERISA will  continue and maintain  the Pension  Plan.  New Keene will
comply with all funding and other requirements of ERISA.

         Unless and until the Pension Plan has been  terminated,  the Debtor and
New Keene will have no debt due the Pension Plan or the PBGC, and,  accordingly,
any liabilities due the PBGC for any unfunded benefits  liabilities shall not be
affected in any way by this  reorganization,  including  the  discharge.  If the
Pension Plan has not been terminated prior to the  Confirmation  Date, any Claim
by the  Pension  Plan  or the  PBGC  shall  be  treated  as  arising  after  the
Confirmation  Date. Upon the Effective Date, any Claim that the PBGC has, or may
have asserted, shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.

<PAGE>
                                       65


         14.6 Term of Existing  Injunctions or Stays.  Unless otherwise provided
in the  Plan,  all  injunctions  or stays in  effect  on the  Confirmation  Date
pursuant to sections  105(a) or 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise shall
remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                       PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

         15.1 Time of Distributions  Under this Plan.  Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Plan,  except with respect to Section 15.7 and Article XVI of
this Plan, payments and distributions on account of Allowed Claims,  Demands and
Allowed  Interests,  and the transfer set forth in Section 9.2 hereof,  shall be
made by the Debtor or New Keene on the Effective  Date or as soon  thereafter as
is  reasonably  practicable  (but in no event later than ten (10)  Business Days
after the Effective Date).

         15.2  Settlement  Regarding  Distributions.  Notwithstanding  any other
provisions contained herein, distributions to holders of Allowed Claims, Demands
and Allowed  Interests  shall be as specified  in this Plan,  unless such holder
agrees to accept less favorable treatment by settlement or otherwise.

         15.3 Distributions to Creditors' Trust. Any and all distributions to be
made to the Creditors' Trust pursuant to the terms of this Plan shall be made to
the   Trustees  of  the   Creditors'   Trust  for  the  benefit  of  holders  of
Asbestos-Related  Claims and Demands,  all in accordance  with  applicable  law,
including without limitation, the laws governing trusts.

         15.4  Record  Date.  As of the close of business on the Record Date the
transfer  ledger of Old  Common  Stock  shall be closed,  and there  shall be no
further  changes  in the  holders  of record  thereof.  New Keene  shall have no
obligation  to  recognize  any  transfer  of  the  Old  Common  Stock  occurring
thereafter.  New Keene shall be entitled  instead to recognize  and deal for all
purposes  herein with only those holders of record stated on the transfer ledger
for the Old Common Stock as of the close of business on the Record Date.

         15.5 Manner of  Payments  Under This Plan.  Solely for the  purposes of
making  distributions  pursuant to the Plan,  on the  Effective  Date,  the Plan
Payments and the Plan Estimates shall be transferred to New Keene and maintained
in separate interest bearing  accounts.  Any Cash payment to be made pursuant to
the terms of this Plan may be made by a check or wire  transfer or as  otherwise
required or provided in applicable agreements.

         15.6 Rounding.  (a) Cash.  Whenever any payment of a fraction of a cent
would  otherwise be called for, the actual  payment  shall reflect a rounding of
such fraction to the nearest whole cent,  with one-half cent being rounded up to
the nearest whole cent.

         (b) No Fractional Shares.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to
the  contrary,  no  fractional  shares of New Common Stock will be  distributed.
Whenever  any  distribution  of a fraction of a share of New Common  Stock would
otherwise be called for,  the actual  distribution  shall  reflect a rounding of
such  fraction  down to the nearest  whole  number of shares.  Any shares of New
Common Stock  remaining  due to the rounding of such shares shall be held by New
Keene as Treasury Stock.

         15.7 Undeliverable Distributions;  Unclaimed Property. (a) If New Keene
is unable to make payment or  distribution  to the holder of an Allowed Claim or
an Allowed Interest under this Plan for lack of a current address for the holder
or otherwise,  New Keene will file with the Bankruptcy Court the name, if known,

<PAGE>
                                       66


and last known  address of the  holder  and the  reason  for  inability  to make
payment, and if, after the passage of 60 days and after any additional effort to
locate  the  holder  that the  Bankruptcy  Court  may  direct,  the  payment  or
distribution  still cannot be made, the payment or distribution  and any further
payment or distribution to the holder shall be treated as unclaimed  property in
accordance with Section 15.7(b) hereof.

         (b) If any distribution of property  remains  unclaimed for a period of
one (1) year after it has been  delivered  in  accordance  with this Plan to the
holder  entitled  thereto,  such  unclaimed  property shall be forfeited by such
holder,  whereupon  all  right,  title  and  interest  in and to such  unclaimed
property (i) shall  immediately and irrevocably  vest in the Creditors' Trust if
such  property  was to be  distributed  on account of an Allowed  Administrative
Expense Claim,  an Allowed Tax Claim or an Allowed Class 1, 2, 3 or 6 Claim,  or
(ii) shall  immediately and irrevocably vest with New Keene if such property was
to be distributed on account of an Allowed Class 7 Common Stock Interest.

         15.8  Transmittal  of  Distributed  Property  and  Notices.  Except  as
otherwise  provided in this Plan and except as otherwise may be agreed to by the
Debtor or New  Keene  and the  holder of a  particular  Claim or  Interest,  any
property or notice to which such holder  shall become  entitled  pursuant to the
provisions  of this Plan,  shall be  delivered  to such holder by regular  mail,
postage prepaid,  in an envelope addressed to such holder as he or she or his or
her authorized  agent may direct in a request filed,  on or before the Effective
Date,  with the Bankruptcy  Court (or filed,  after the Effective Date, with New
Keene),  but if no such request is filed,  to the address shown in the Schedules
or to such holder's counsel known to the Debtor,  or, if a different  address is
stated in a proof of claim  duly  filed,  to such  address.  In all cases  where
delivery  or  distribution  is  effectuated  by mail,  the date of  delivery  or
distribution shall be the date of mailing. Property delivered in accordance with
this Section 15.8 will be deemed  delivered to the holder  regardless of whether
such property is actually received by such holder.

         15.9 Full and Final Satisfaction.  Except as otherwise provided by this
Plan,  all  payments  and other  distributions  made  pursuant  to the terms and
conditions  of this Plan  shall be in full and final  satisfaction,  settlement,
release and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, discharge of all Claims,
Demands and Interests.

         15.10  No   Distribution   in  Excess  of  Allowed   Amount  of  Claim.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary herein,  no holder of an Allowed Claim
shall  receive on account of such Claim any  distribution  (of a value set forth
herein or in the  Disclosure  Statement) in excess of the Allowed Amount of such
Claim,  excluding payments on account of interest due and payable from and after
the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

         15.11 Withholding Taxes. Any federal,  state or local withholding taxes
or other  amounts  required to be  withheld  under any  applicable  law shall be
deducted from any payments or other  distributions  hereunder or otherwise.  All
holders of Claims shall be required to provide  information  to  effectuate  the
withholding of such taxes.

         15.12 Payment Dates.  Whenever any payment or other  distribution to be
made of the  distributions  pursuant  to the  terms of this Plan is due on a day
other than a Business Day, such payment or distribution  will instead be made on
the next  Business  Day and shall be deemed  to have  been  completed  as of the
required date.

         15.13 Setoffs.  For purposes of determining  the Allowed Amount of each
Claim on which a  distribution  shall be made,  the Debtor or New Keene,  as the
case may be, may, but shall not be required  to, set off against any Claim,  any

<PAGE>
                                       67



claims of any nature  whatsoever  the Debtor may have against the claimant,  but
neither  the failure to do so nor the  allowance  of any Claim  hereunder  shall
constitute  a waiver or release by the Debtor or New Keene of any such claim the
Debtor may have against any such claimant.

                                   ARTICLE XVI

         PROCEDURE FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED CLAIMS AND DISPUTED INTERESTS

         16.1  Applicability.  The  procedure  set forth in this Article XVI for
resolving  Disputed Claims and Disputed  Interests shall apply to all Claims and
Interests,  other than Bonded  Judgment  Claims,  Asbestos In Buildings  Claims,
Asbestos-Related Personal Injury Claims and Transactions Stipulation Claims.

         16.2  Objections  to  and  Estimation  and  Resolution  of  Claims  and
Interests.  An objection to the allowance of a Claim or Interest,  or any motion
pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy  Code to estimate any Claim,  shall
be in writing and must be filed with the  Bankruptcy  Court by the  Debtor,  the
Committee or the Legal Representative  (each, an "Objecting Party"), as the case
may be, on or before the Confirmation Date, or such later date as the Bankruptcy
Court may fix;  provided,  however,  that any party in interest may object to an
application  for  allowance of  compensation  and  reimbursement  of expenses of
professionals  under  section 330 of the  Bankruptcy  Code;  provided,  further,
however, that objections to Asbestos-Related Claims (other than Asbestos-Related
Building  Contribution Claims and Asbestos-Related  Personal Injury Contribution
Claims)  and  Bonded  Judgment  Claims  shall be  addressed  exclusively  by the
Creditors'  Trust and  Transactions  Stipulation  Claims  shall be dealt with in
accordance with the Transactions Stipulation.

         16.3  Procedure.  The Objecting Party shall litigate the merits of each
Disputed Claim and each Disputed  Interest until determined by a Final Order and
shall  litigate  the  amount  at which a  Disputed  Claim or  Interest  shall be
estimated;  provided,  however,  that subject to the approval of the  Bankruptcy
Court,  the Objecting Party may compromise and settle any objection to any Claim
or Interest.

         16.4  Payments and  Distributions  With Respect to  Ultimately  Allowed
Claims or Ultimately Allowed Interests. Payments or other distributions shall be
made on account of a Disputed  Claim or a Disputed  Interest  within thirty (30)
days after the date that such  Disputed  Claim or Disputed  Interest  becomes an
Ultimately Allowed Claim or Ultimately Allowed Interest; provided, however, that
no  payments  or other  distributions  shall be made on account of any  Disputed
Class 6 Claim or Class 7 Interest until thirty (30) days after the date that the
last  Disputed  Class 6 Claim or Class 7 Interest  challenged  by any  Objecting
Party becomes an Ultimately Allowed Claim or Ultimately Allowed Interest,  or is
disallowed.  Holders  of  Disputed  Claims or  Disputed  Interests  that  become
Ultimately  Allowed  Claims  or  Ultimately  Allowed  Interests  shall be bound,
obligated  and governed in all  respects by the  provisions  of this Plan.  Upon
disallowance  of a Disputed  Claim,  other than a  Disputed  Class 6 Claim,  the
consideration  reserved for such Claim (together with interest  accrued thereon)
shall vest with the Creditors'  Trust in accordance with Section 16.5(b) of this
Plan.  Upon  disallowance  of a  Disputed  Class 6 Claim or a  Disputed  Class 7
Interest,  the consideration reserved for such Class 6 Claim or Class 7 Interest
shall vest with New Keene whereupon New Keene shall  distribute such property to
the members of such Class in accordance with Section 16.5(b) of the Plan.

<PAGE>
                                       68


         16.5 Reserves for Disputed  Claims and Interests.  (a) On or as soon as
practicable after the Effective Date, New Keene shall reserve for the account of
each holder of a Disputed  Claim or Disputed  Interest,  (i) that property which
would otherwise be  distributable to such holder on such date in accordance with
this Plan were such Disputed  Claim or Disputed  Interest an Allowed Claim or an
Allowed  Interest,  as  applicable,  on such date or (ii) such other property as
such  holder and New Keene may  agree.  If  applicable,  New Keene  shall  place
property  reserved  pursuant to this Section 16.5 in an interest  bearing escrow
fund (which need not be segregated, but for which separate book entries shall be
kept by New Keene) for each class to be established  and maintained by New Keene
pending resolution of such Disputed Claims or Disputed  Interests.  Cash held in
any reserve  established  for Disputed  Claims (the "Disputed  Claims  Reserve")
shall be invested in a manner consistent with the requirements of section 345 of
the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy  Court.  Any voting rights of
Class A New Common  Stock  held in  reserve  on  account of a Disputed  Interest
shall, until such securities are released from such reserve,  be deemed voted in
identical  proportions  to all other  Class A New  Common  Stock that shall have
voted.

         (b) Any Disputed  Claims  Reserve shall be terminated by New Keene once
all distributions and other dispositions of Cash and/or Class A New Common Stock
required  hereunder have been made in accordance with the terms of this Plan. To
the extent that any Cash or other property  remains in a Disputed Claims Reserve
established  pending the resolution of Disputed  Administrative  Expense Claims,
Disputed Tax Claims or Disputed Class 1, 2B or 3 Claims  (including any interest
accrued  thereon),  and such reserve has been terminated in accordance with this
Section 16.5(b),  such Cash or other property shall  immediately and irrevocably
vest in the  Creditors'  Trust  which  shall  thereafter  be  empowered  to take
whatever steps may be reasonably necessary to exercise control over such Cash or
other  property.  To the  extent  that any Cash or shares of Class A New  Common
Stock remain in a Disputed  Claims  Reserve  established  pending  resolution of
Disputed Class 6 Claims or Disputed Class 7 Interests, and such reserve has been
terminated in accordance with this Section 16.5(b), such Cash or shares of Class
A New Common  Stock,  as the case may be,  shall be  distributed,  on a pro rata
basis, to Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests of the same class.

         16.6 Funding of Objections  Process.  On and after the Effective  Date,
the  Creditors'  Trust  will  pay the  fees and  expenses  of the  professionals
retained by New Keene, with the reasonable consent of the Creditors' Trust, that
are  associated  with the filing and  prosecution  of  objections  to Claims and
Interests  within 30 days after the submission of a reasonably  detailed invoice
to the Trustees setting forth such fees and expenses. Within ten (10) days after
the submission of an invoice,  the Creditors' Trust may object to all or part of
such invoice; provided, however, that the Creditors' Trust shall be obligated to
pay the  undisputed  portion  of such  invoice  within  thirty  (30) days of its
submission.  In the event that the  parties  cannot  resolve  any  dispute  with
respect to the invoice within thirty (30) days after its submission,  either the
Creditors' Trust or the affected  professional may apply to the Bankruptcy Court
for resolution of the matter.

                                  ARTICLE XVII

                          EFFECTS OF PLAN CONFIRMATION

         17.1 Discharge, Releases and Injunction.

         (a)  Except  as  otherwise  specifically  provided  by this  Plan,  the
distributions  and rights  that are  provided  in this Plan shall be in complete
satisfaction,  release and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, discharge
of (i) all Claims and Demands against,  liabilities of, liens on, obligations of
and Interests in the Debtor, New Keene or the Creditors' Trust or the assets and

<PAGE>
                                       69



properties of the Debtor,  New Keene or the Creditors'  Trust,  whether known or
unknown,  and (ii) all  causes  of  action,  whether  known or  unknown,  either
directly or derivatively  through the Debtor or New Keene,  against the Released
Parties based on the same subject  matter as any Claim,  Demand or Interest,  in
each case, regardless of whether a proof of Claim or Interest was filed, whether
or not  Allowed,  and  whether or not the holder of such Claim or  Interest  has
voted  on this  Plan,  or  based on any act or  omission,  transaction  or other
activity  or  security,  instrument  or other  agreement  of any kind or  nature
occurring,  arising or existing  prior to the  Effective  Date that was or could
have been the subject of any Claim, Demand or Interest, in each case, regardless
of whether a proof of Claim or  Interest  was filed,  whether or not Allowed and
whether or not the holder of such Claim or Interest has voted on this plan.

         Furthermore,  but in no way limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,
except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, any Entity accepting any
distributions or rights pursuant to this Plan shall be presumed  conclusively to
have  released the  Released  Parties from any cause of action based on the same
subject  matter as the Claim,  Demand or Interest on which the  distribution  or
right is received to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

         The  satisfactions,  releases and  discharges set forth in this Section
17.1 shall also act as an injunction against any Entity commencing or continuing
any action,  employment of process or act to collect,  offset, affect or recover
any Claim, Demand, Interest or cause of action satisfied, released or discharged
hereunder.

         On and  after the  Effective  Date,  the  Coleman  Injunction  shall be
converted  to a  permanent  injunction  for the  benefit  of New  Keene  and the
Creditors'  Trust,  consistent with the terms and conditions of the Transactions
Stipulation,  and shall  prohibit any action or suit,  with the exception of the
Transactions Lawsuit, against the Transactions Lawsuit Defendants.

         (b) Notwithstanding Section 17.1(a) or any other provision of this Plan
to the contrary,  the release and injunction set forth in Section  17.1(a) shall
not serve to release or enjoin  claims by the  Creditors'  Trust against (i) the
Transactions  Lawsuit  Defendants  in the  Transactions  Lawsuit;  (ii)  Bairnco
Corporation  in the  Bairnco  NOL  Action;  (iii)  Glenn W. Bailey in the Bailey
Lawsuit (as to those counts in the  complaint  not released  under the Plan) and
(iv) any  insurance  carrier  or  surety  that  issued a policy or  policies  of
insurance to, or on behalf of, Keene or any of the above-referenced defendants.

         17.2 Permanent  Channeling  Injunction and Keene 27 Injunction.  On and
after the Effective  Date,  the Protected  Parties shall obtain the benefits and
protections of the Permanent Channeling  Injunction.  In addition,  on and after
the  Effective  Date,  the  Debtor,  New Keene and  their  respective  officers,
directors and agents shall obtain the benefits and  protections  of the Keene 27
Injunction.

         17.3 No Release of Causes of Action.

         (a)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this Plan,  pursuant  to
section   1123(b)(3)  of  the  Bankruptcy  Code,  the  Creditors'  Trust  (as  a
representative  of the  Debtor's  estate)  shall  obtain  title  to and have the
exclusive right to and may commence,  enforce,  prosecute,  manage and/or settle
against any Entity all Causes of Action of the Debtor,  including  those covered
by the Coleman Injunction,  that arose before the Effective Date,  including all
Causes of Action of a trustee and debtor-in-possession under the Bankruptcy Code
and any and all claims  and causes of action  arising  under  federal,  state or
other applicable law; provided,  however, that the estate will not commence, and

<PAGE>
                                       70


the  Creditors'  Trust shall not obtain the right to commence  any  avoidance or
recovery action relating to payments made pursuant to the MIC Program,  the 1992
Employee  Retention  Program or the Severance  Policy, or in connection with the
Advisory Board or the Stock  Dividends or relating to the Indemnity  Payments as
against  the  Debtor's  current  and former  officers  and  directors  except as
otherwise asserted in the Bailey Lawsuit.

         (b) The Causes of Action  preserved  in Section  17.3 shall not include
the Keene 27 Action.  As required by Section 12.2, on the  Effective  Date,  the
Debtor shall dismiss with prejudice the Keene 27 Action and such dismissal shall
be deemed to be in complete satisfaction and release of all claims and causes of
action that the Debtor may have  against any of the  defendants  in the Keene 27
Action.  In consideration  for such dismissal and release,  the Debtor,  and its
officers,  directors,  agents and  attorneys at the time the Keene 27 Action was
commenced,  shall be deemed  released from any claim or cause of action that the
estate or any  defendant  in the Keene 27 Action has or may have arising from or
in any way, directly or indirectly  relating to the preparation,  dissemination,
discussion,  filing and/or  prosecution  of the Keene 27 Action and the Keene 27
Injunction shall be entered to effectuate such release.

         17.4 Exculpation. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, none of the
Released  Parties shall have or incur any liability to any Entity for any act or
omission  in  connection  with or arising out of the  formulation,  preparation,
dissemination,     prosecution,    confirmation,    consummation,    discussion,
implementation  or administration  of this Plan, the Disclosure  Statement,  any
contract,  release,  or other agreement or document created or entered into, the
property to be distributed  under the Plan, or any other action taken or omitted
to be taken in  connection  with the  Chapter 11 Case or this  Plan,  except for
gross negligence or willful misconduct, and in all respects shall be entitled to
rely  upon  the  advice  of   counsel   with   respect   to  their   duties  and
responsibilities under the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         18.1 Retention of  Jurisdiction.  The business and assets of the Debtor
shall  remain  subject to the  jurisdiction  of the  Bankruptcy  Court until the
Effective Date. From and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise  provided
by law, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain and have exclusive  jurisdiction  over
New Keene and the Chapter 11 Case for the purpose of  determining  all  disputes
and other issues  presented  by or arising  under this Plan  including,  without
limitation, the following matters:

               (a) to allow,  disallow,  estimate,  liquidate or  determine  any
          Claim  against or  Interest  in the Debtor and to enter or enforce any
          order  requiring  the  filing of any such Claim or  Interest  before a
          particular  date, and to resolve any and all disputes  relating to any
          Claim or Interest,  except in each case an  Asbestos-Related  Personal
          Injury Claim, an Asbestos In Buildings  Claim, a Bonded Judgment Claim
          or a Transactions Stipulation Claim;

               (b) to  determine  requests  for  payment of Claims  entitled  to
          priority under section 507(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, including any
          and  all  interim  and  final   applications   for   compensation  for
          professional   services   rendered  and   disbursements   incurred  in
          connection therewith;

               (c) to resolve any and all controversies  and disputes  regarding
          the  interpretation  and enforcement as may be necessary to effectuate
          the consummation and full and complete implementation of this Plan;

<PAGE>
                                       71


               (d) to resolve any and all controversies  and disputes  regarding
          the  implementation  or  interpretation  of the  Creditors'  Trust and
          related  matters,  including,  without  limitation,  the settlement of
          accounts, the resolution of disputes between the TAC and the Trustees,
          and the  termination  of the  Creditors'  Trust,  as those matters are
          provided   for  in   paragraphs   2.2(f),   5.1(c)  and   6.2(a)(iii),
          respectively,  of the Creditors'  Trust  Agreement,  but excluding all
          matters related to the Permanent Channeling  Injunction,  as set forth
          in Section 18.2 hereof;

               (e) to enter  orders in aid of the  execution  of this Plan,  and
          releases  provided for in this Plan,  including,  without  limitation,
          appropriate  orders (which may include contempt or other sanctions) to
          protect the Debtor,  its  affiliates  and other  Entities from actions
          prohibited under Article XVII of this Plan;

               (f)  to  remedy  any  defect  or   omission  or   reconcile   any
          inconsistency in the Confirmation Order;

               (g) to determine  any and all  applications,  motions,  adversary
          proceedings  and contested  matters  pending on the Effective Date and
          arising  under,  arising in or related to the  Chapter 11 Case or this
          Plan,  including  any  remands of  appeals  that may be pending on the
          Effective Date;

               (h) to  enforce  the  provisions  of this  Plan  relating  to the
          distributions to be made hereunder;

               (i) to resolve any action brought to avoid or otherwise determine
          the validity, extent,  enforceability,  priority and perfection of any
          lien or other encumbrance on any property of the Debtor;

               (j) to  determine  any  and  all  pending  applications  for  the
          rejection or  disaffirmance of executory  contracts or leases,  and to
          hear and  determine,  and if need be to liquidate,  any and all Claims
          arising therefrom;

               (k) to resolve any disputes  concerning  any reserve  established
          for  Disputed  Claims  or  Disputed  Interests  or the  administration
          thereof;

               (l) to resolve any disputes concerning any release of a nondebtor
          hereunder or the  injunction  against  acts,  employment of process or
          actions against such nondebtor arising hereunder;

               (m) to  resolve  any  disputes  concerning  whether a Entity  had
          sufficient  notice of the Chapter 11 Case, any  applicable  Claims bar
          date,  the hearing on the  approval  of the  Disclosure  Statement  as
          containing adequate  information,  and the hearing on the confirmation
          of this Plan for the purpose of determining whether a Claim, Demand or
          Interest is  satisfied,  released or  discharged  hereunder or for any
          other purpose;

               (n) to  determine  such other  matters as may be set forth in the
          Confirmation   Order  or  that  may  arise  in  connection   with  the
          implementation of this Plan;

               (o) to resolve any disputes  regarding  any invoice  submitted to
          the  Creditors'  Trust  by a  professional  for fees  and/or  expenses
          associated  with the prosecution or settlement of objections to Claims
          or Interests; and

<PAGE>
                                       72


               (p) to  enter  a  final  decree  closing  the  Chapter  11  Case.
          Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 18.1, the reference
          to the Bankruptcy Court with respect to the Transactions Lawsuit shall
          be withdrawn as provided in the Transactions Lawsuit Stipulation.

         18.2 Jurisdiction as to the Permanent Channeling Injunction. The United
States  District  Court  for the  Southern  District  of New York  shall  retain
jurisdiction  over any  proceeding  that  involves  the  validity,  application,
construction, or modification of the Permanent Channeling Injunction.

         18.3  Binding  Effect  of Plan.  The  provisions  of this  Plan and the
rights,  benefits  and  obligations  of any Entity  named or referred to in this
Plan,  including without limitation New Keene, any holder of a Claim,  Demand or
Interest and the Creditors' Trust,  shall be binding upon, and will inure to the
benefit of, such Entity's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, assigns,
agents, officers and directors.

         18.4 Withdrawal of this Plan. The Debtor  reserves the right,  upon the
written  consent of the  Committee and the Legal  Representative,  to revoke and
withdraw  this Plan as the plan of  reorganization  for the Debtor's  Chapter 11
Case,  at any time  prior to the  entry of the  Confirmation  Order  or,  if the
conditions  set forth in Section 12.2 hereof  cannot be satisfied for any reason
after the Confirmation Date, at any time up to the Effective Date. If the Debtor
revokes or withdraws  this Plan or if the  Confirmation  Date or Effective  Date
does not occur, then this Plan shall be deemed null and void.

         18.5  Modification of this Plan. Prior to the entry of the Confirmation
Order, the Debtor reserves the right,  upon the written consent of the Committee
and the Legal  Representative,  and in accordance  with the Bankruptcy  Code, to
amend or modify this Plan, and after the entry of the  Confirmation  Order,  the
Debtor  may,   upon  the  written   consent  of  the  Committee  and  the  Legal
Representative, upon order of the Court, amend or modify this Plan in accordance
with section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or remedy any defect or omission or
reconcile any  inconsistency  in this Plan in such manner as may be necessary to
carry out the purpose and intent of this Plan; provided, however, that this Plan
may not be amended or modified in any manner that materially  affects the rights
or  obligations  of the Corporate  Transactions  Defendants  or the  Subscribing
Individuals without the consent of each Corporate Transactions Defendant.

         18.6  Transfer  of  Documents.  On  the  Effective  Date,  or  as  soon
thereafter as reasonably  practicable,  the Debtor or New Keene, as the case may
be, shall transfer or make available to the Creditors' Trust any and all records
of Keene.

         18.7 Cooperation.  The Debtor, New Keene and the Creditors' Trust shall
cooperate with each other and provide each other with  reasonable  assistance in
connection with the performance of this Plan and the Creditors' Trust Documents.

         18.8  Transfer of all  Privilege.  All  privileges  which the Debtor is
entitled  to  assert,  including  but not  limited to  attorney/client  and work
product privileges, shall be transferred on the Effective Date to the Creditors'
Trust. The Creditors' Trust, in its sole and absolute discretion, may assert any
applicable privileges or use, disclose or waive any applicable privileges of the
Debtor  with  respect to any  information  or  documents  received  or  obtained
pursuant to this Section  18.8. In addition,  New Keene shall make  available to
the  Creditors'  Trust any  persons  then  employed  by New Keene as a director,
officer, employee,  professional,  agent or representative,  at reasonable times
and on a reasonable  basis, at the cost and expense of the Creditors'  Trust, to
assist the  Creditors'  Trust in the  performance  of its duties,  including the
prosecution  of the  Causes  of  Action.  The  Debtor  shall be  deemed  to have

<PAGE>
                                       73


authorized the Creditors' Trust, at the Creditors' Trust's cost and expense, for
itself and in the name of the Debtor,  to the extent  permitted  by law (or with
the consent of the  person(s) in  question),  to obtain from any of the Debtor's
current and former attorneys,  special counsel,  ordinary course  professionals,
accountants,   advisors,   professionals,    officers,   directors,   employees,
representatives or agents any and all information and documents which the Debtor
would be entitled or permitted to obtain;  provided,  however, that in the event
legal action is required to obtain such information or documents, or any cost or
expense shall be incurred in connection  therewith,  the Creditors'  Trust shall
take  such  action,  either in its name,  or,  if  required,  in the name of the
Debtor,  and the Creditors'  Trust shall bear all legal fees, costs and expenses
related thereto.

         18.9  Confidentiality.  The Creditors'  Trust shall not be obligated or
required to disclose to New Keene any  information,  documents  or  professional
advice it receives or obtains relating or referring to the Causes of Action.

         18.10 Tax Provision. The issuance,  transfer or exchange of a security,
or the making,  delivery or recording of a deed or other  instrument of transfer
under this Plan  shall  constitute  the  issuance,  transfer  or  exchange  of a
security  or the making or  delivery of an  instrument  of  transfer  within the
meaning of section 1146(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, and shall not be taxed either
to the Debtor's  estate,  as seller,  or to the transferee or recipient  thereof
under any law imposing a stamp tax or similar tax.

         18.11 Notices. All notices or requests to the Debtor in connection with
this  Plan  shall be in  writing  and will be deemed  to have  been  given  when
received by first class mail,  postage prepaid or by overnight courier addressed
to:

(i)      Keene Corporation
         757 Third Avenue
         New York, New York 10017
         Attention:  Mr. Timothy E. Coyne

         with a copy to:

         Berlack, Israels & Liberman LLP
         Attorneys for Debtor and Debtor in Possession
         120 West 45th Street
         New York, New York 10036
         Attention:  Edward S. Weisfelner, Esq.;

(ii)     Marcus Montgomery P.C.
         Attorneys for Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors
         53 Wall Street
         New York, New York 10005-2899
         Attention:  John J. Preefer, Esq.;

                  and

(iii)    Matthew Gluck, Esq.
         Legal Representative of Future Claimants
         Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson
         One New York Plaza
         New York, New York 10004.

<PAGE>
                                       74


         All notices and  requests to Entities  holding any Claim or Interest in
any class shall be sent to them at their last known address or to the last known
address of their  attorney of record who has filed a notice of appearance in the
Chapter 11 Case. The parties listed above,  or any successors  thereto,  and any
such holder of a Claim or Interest may  designate  in writing any other  address
for purposes of this Section  18.11,  which  designation  will be effective upon
receipt.

         18.12 Dissolution and Termination of Authority.  On the Effective Date,
the  Committee  shall be  dissolved,  and the members of the Committee and their
representatives, the Legal Representative, the Transactions Claims Examiner, the
Plan Examiner,  the  Consultants  and their  respective  professionals,  and the
Debtor's  legal  and  financial  advisors,   shall  thereupon  be  released  and
discharged of and from all further duties,  responsibilities and obligations, if
any, related to, arising from and in connection with services  rendered in their
respective capacities in the Chapter 11 Case.

         18.13  Headings.  The  headings  used in this  Plan  are  inserted  for
convenience only and neither constitute a portion of this Plan nor in any manner
affect the provisions of this Plan.

         18.14 Severability.  Should any provision in this Plan be determined to
be unenforceable, then, and in that event, this Plan shall be deemed modified to
delete such provision,  and such  determination  shall in no way limit or affect
the  enforceability  and operative effect of any or all other provisions of this
Plan.

         18.15 Entire  Agreement.  This Plan and the Exhibits hereto  constitute
and contain the entire  agreement  of the  parties  with  respect to the subject
matter hereof and, upon the Effective Date,  collectively  supersede any and all
prior negotiations, correspondence,  understandings and agreements regarding the
subject  matter hereof,  including but not limited to, that certain  Stipulation
and Order of Settlement  Regarding a Consensual  Plan of  Reorganization  of the
Debtor entered into on March 28, 1995.

Dated:     New York, New York,
           March 11, 1996

                                           KEENE CORPORATION



                                           By: /s/ TIMOTHY E. COYNE
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Name:  Timothy E. Coyne
                                               Title:  Vice President--Finance

BERLACK, ISRAELS & LIBERMAN LLP
Counsel to Keene Corporation,
Debtor and Debtor in Possession
120 West 45th Street
New York, New York 10036
(212) 704-0100



By:  /s/ Edward S. Weisfelner
     ------------------------------
     Edward S. Weisfelner (EW 5581)
     Janice B. Grubin (JG 1544)




<PAGE>
                                       75





                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                              TO
                                                                        THE PLAN


















                Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
                          of Reinhold Industries, Inc.




<PAGE>
                                       76





                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
                            REINHOLD INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                    ARTICLE I

         The  name  of  the  corporation   (the   "Corporation")   is:  Reinhold
Industries, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II

         The address of its  registered  office in the State of Delaware is 1209
Orange Street in the City of Wilmington,  County of New Castle.  The name of its
registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

                                   ARTICLE III

         The nature of the  business or purposes to be  conducted or promoted by
the  Corporation  is  to  engage  in  any  lawful  act  or  activity  for  which
corporations may be organized under the General  Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware (the "DGCL").

                                   ARTICLE IV

         The authorized  amount of the capital stock of the  Corporation and the
number  and par value of the shares of which it is to  consist  are two  million
five hundred thousand (2,500,000) shares, consisting of one million four hundred
eighty  thousand  (1,480,000)  shares of Class A New Common Stock,  par $.01 per
share ("Class A New Common Stock"),  and one million twenty thousand (1,020,000)
shares of Class B New Common Stock, par value $.01 per share; provided, however,
that upon the  conversion  of Class B New  Common  Stock into Class A New Common
Stock,  pursuant to this Article IV(8), the number of authorized shares of Class
A New Common Stock shall  automatically  be  increased  by the number  shares of
Class B New Common Stock so  converted  and the number of  authorized  shares of
Class B New  Common  Stock  shall  be  decreased  by the  number  of  shares  so
converted,  but in no event shall the authorized number of shares of Class A New
Common Stock exceed two million five hundred thousand (2,500,000).  (Class A New
Common Stock and Class B New Common Stock are hereinafter  collectively referred
to as the "Common Stock").  No shares of capital stock of the Corporation of any
class shall be issued without voting power as  hereinafter  provided.  Except as
otherwise set forth in this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  Class A New Common
Stock and Class B New Common  Stock  shall be  identical  and shall  entitle the
holder thereof to the same rights and privileges. The designations, preferences,
privileges and voting powers of each class of stock of the Corporation,  and the
restrictions or qualifications thereof, or manner of determining the same, shall
be as follows:

          1. Except as provided  herein,  the holders of the Common  Stock shall
     have and possess all rights  appertaining to full voting and  participating
     common  stock  of  a  corporation  organized  under  the  Delaware  General
     Corporation Law.

          2.  The  affirmative  vote  of  the  holders  of  a  majority  of  the
     outstanding  shares of Common  Stock  shall be required  to  authorize  the
     following:  (i) any amendment to the  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the
     Corporation;  provided,  however,  that in no event shall any  amendment be
     adopted  which  would  adversely  affect  the  voting  rights of either the
     holders  of Class A New Common  Stock or the  holders of Class B New Common
     Stock, as the case may be, without the consent of the holders of a majority
     of the  outstanding  shares of the class  whose  rights  will be  adversely

<PAGE>
                                       77




     affected thereby; (ii) any amendment to the By-laws of the Corporation upon
     which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote; provided, however, that
     any amendment of Article II or Article III of the By-laws shall require the
     affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of
     each of the Class A New  Common  Stock and the  Class B New  Common  Stock;
     (iii)  any  merger  or   consolidation  of  the  Corporation  with  another
     corporation  or entity upon which  holders of Common  Stock are entitled to
     vote; and (iv) any sale of assets or plan of dissolution of the Corporation
     upon which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote.

          3. (a) The holders of the Class A New Common Stock, voting as a class,
     shall elect one director of the  Corporation  until such time as the number
     of shares of Class B New  Common  Stock  represents  less than  twenty-five
     (25%)  percent  of the  aggregate  number of shares  of Common  Stock  then
     outstanding,  in which event the  holders of the Class A New Common  Stock,
     voting as a class, shall elect two directors of the Corporation;  provided,
     however,  that at such  time  all of the  remaining  shares  of Class B New
     Common  Stock shall have been  converted to Class A New Common Stock as set
     forth in Article IV(5)(b),  the holders of Class A New Common Stock, voting
     as a class, shall elect all of the directors of the Corporation.

              (b) Each  director  elected  by the  holders of Class A New Common
     Stock  shall be  elected  by a  majority  of the  shares of the Class A New
     Common Stock voting at such time.

          4. (a) The holders of the Class B New Common Stock, voting as a class,
     shall elect two directors of the Corporation  until such time as the number
     of shares of Class B New  Common  Stock  represents  less than  twenty-five
     (25%)  percent  of the  aggregate  number of shares  of Common  Stock  then
     outstanding,  in which event the  holders of the Class B New Common  Stock,
     voting as a class, shall elect one director.

              (b) Each  director  elected  by the  holders of Class B New Common
     Stock  shall be elected  by a majority  of the shares of Class B New Common
     Stock voting at such time.

          5. Shares of Class B New Common Stock shall automatically be converted
     into shares of Class A New Common Stock as follows:

              (a) If the Creditors'  Trust,  as established  pursuant to Section
     9.1 of the Debtor's  Third Amended Plan of  Reorganization  (the "Plan") of
     Keene  Corporation  (Case No. 93 B 46090 (SMB),  United  States  Bankruptcy
     Court, Southern District of New York), shall assign, transfer or dispose of
     any shares of Class B New Common  Stock  (other  than to an entity in which
     the Creditors' Trust owns all of the beneficial  interests or in connection
     with the pledge or hypothecation of such Class B New Common Stock to secure
     bona fide  indebtedness  which is not  convertible  into Class B New Common
     Stock),  each such share so assigned,  transferred  or disposed of shall be
     converted into one share of Class A New Common Stock;

              (b) Upon the  earlier  to occur  of (A) the date  upon  which  the
     number of shares of Class B New Common Stock shall  represent less than ten
     (10%) percent of the aggregate shares of Common Stock then outstanding, and
     (B) the date  occurring ten years from the Effective  Date (as such term is
     defined  in the  Plan),  all of the then  remaining  shares  of Class B New
     Common Stock shall be converted into Class A New Common Stock;

              (c) Upon  conversion  of shares of Class B New  Common  Stock into
     shares of Class A New Common Stock,  the holder of Class B New Common Stock
     shall surrender the certificate  representing such Class B New Common Stock
     to the  Corporation,  which will  issue new  certificates  reflecting  such
     conversion.

<PAGE>
                                       78


          6. No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled,  as a matter
     of right,  to subscribe  for or purchase any part of any new or  additional
     issue of stock of any class whatsoever of the Corporation, or of securities
     convertible  into stock of any class  whatsoever,  whether now or hereafter
     authorized or whether issued for cash or other  consideration  or by way of
     dividend.

          7. Each holder of Common  Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each
     share held by such holder.

          8.  (a)  Except  as  otherwise   provided  herein,  for  a  period  of
     twenty-five   (25)  months  from  the   Effective   Date,   (A)  no  holder
     ("Transferor")  of shares of Common Stock shall transfer,  convey,  assign,
     pledge or otherwise dispose  (including  without  limitation  distributions
     from the  Creditors  Trust,  to any  beneficiary  thereof)  of all,  or any
     interest in, the shares of Common Stock of such holder,  or grant an option
     or  contractual  right  ("Rights")  to  acquire  ownership  of such  shares
     (whether or not currently exercisable) (collectively,  a "Transfer") to any
     person  or  entity  or group of  persons  or  entities  acting  in  concert
     ("Transferee")  and no Transferee shall acquire ownership of such shares or
     Rights if,  immediately  following such Transfer,  such  Transferee owns or
     thereby  acquires  ownership of more than four and  three-quarters  (4.75%)
     percent of issued and outstanding  shares of Common Stock (a Transferee who
     has or acquires more than the allowed  ownership  percentage is hereinafter
     referred to as a "Prohibited Transferee") and (B) no Transfer shall be made
     by a person or entity or a group of persons or  entities  acting in concert
     ("Prohibited  Transferor")  who own five (5%) percent or more of the issued
     and outstanding  Shares of Common Stock.  (Any Transfer  prohibited by this
     Article IV(8) is hereinafter referred to as a "Prohibited  Transfer").  For
     these  purposes,  a Transferee's  ownership  percentage of the Common Stock
     shall be determined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
     as amended, and the Treasury Regulations  promulgated  thereunder which are
     applicable  on the date of such  actual  or  purported  transfer  and shall
     include direct ownership and adjustments for indirect ownership as required
     under such statute and regulations.

              (b) Within thirty (30) days of obtaining  actual  knowledge of any
     Transfer,  the Corporation may demand in writing that the Transferor making
     a Transfer of, or the  Transferee  acquiring,  such Common Stock  provide a
     certificate  ("Certificate")  to the  Corporation  within  ten (10) days of
     receipt of such notice,  which  Certificate sets forth the aggregate number
     of  shares  of  Common  Stock  owned,  in  title  or  beneficially,  by the
     Transferor or the Transferee both preceding and following such Transfer and
     such other information  (including,  but not limited to, direct or indirect
     interests  in  other  entities  owning  shares  of  Common  Stock,   family
     relationships  with  persons  owning  shares of  Common  Stock or direct or
     indirect   interests  in  entities  owning  such  shares,  and  options  or
     contractual  rights to purchase  shares of Common Stock) as the Corporation
     shall  reasonably  deem  necessary to determine  the  Transferor's  and the
     Transferee's  percentage  ownership  of Common  Stock for  purposes of this
     Article IV(8).

              (c) If, upon review of the Certificate and other available  facts,
     the  Corporation  determines  that the  Transferee  is, or by reason of the
     transfer has become, a Prohibited  Transferee,  or that the Transferor is a
     Prohibited  Transferor,  the  Corporation  shall  declare the transfer to a
     Prohibited  Transfer under this Article IV(8),  and the  acquisition of the
     shares or Rights by the Prohibited Transferee or the Transfer of the shares
     or Rights by a Prohibited  Transferor,  as the case may be, shall be deemed
     null and void ab initio, the transfer agent for the Corporation shall treat
     the shares subject to the Prohibited Transfer (including any shares subject
     to  Rights)  as having  never  been  transferred  to, or  acquired  by, the

<PAGE>
                                       79



     Prohibited Transferee,  or the Transferee of a Prohibited  Transferor,  and
     the Corporation's  books and records shall reflect that no Transfer of such
     shares has occurred,  unless the Board of Directors of the  Corporation  by
     unanimous  consent shall waive, in writing,  the provisions of this Article
     IV(8) with respect to such transfer.

              (d)  In  the  event  of  a  Prohibited  Transfer,   any  purported
     Transferee  shall not be  entitled  to any rights as a  shareholder  of the
     Corporation,  including,  but not  limited  to,  the  right to vote  shares
     subject to a  Prohibited  Transfer,  and the right to receive any  dividend
     distributions,  including liquidating distributions on account thereon, and
     the purported  Transferee  shall,  upon written demand by the  Corporation,
     return any and all distributions  which such Transferee shall have received
     from the Corporation  with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to
     a Prohibited Transfer.

              (e)  Each  certificate  evidencing  Common  Stock  shall  bear the
     following restrictive legend:

                    (A)  The front of such certificate  shall bear a conspicuous
                         legend reading as follows:

                         "THE TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  HEREBY IS
                         SUBJECT TO  RESTRICTION  PURSUANT  TO THE  AMENDED  AND
                         RESTATED   CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION  OF  REINHOLD
                         INDUSTRIES,  INC.,  WHICH  RESTRICTION IS SUMMARIZED ON
                         THE BACK OF THIS CERTIFICATE."

                    (B)  The  back  of  such  certificate  shall  bear a  legend
                         reading as follows:

                              "Transfer  of the  shares of  Common  Stock of the
                         Corporation  is restricted  in accordance  with Article
                         IV(8)  of  the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
                         Incorporation of the  Corporation,  which prohibits the
                         acquisition  of the  ownership of shares,  or rights to
                         acquire  shares,  of Common Stock by a person or entity
                         or persons or entities  acting in concert which has, or
                         thereby  would  have,  ownership  of more than four and
                         three  quarters  (4.75%)  percent  of  the  issued  and
                         outstanding shares of Common Stock, as determined under
                         Section  382 of  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as
                         amended,  and  the  Treasury  Regulations   promulgated
                         thereunder (collectively,  "Section 382"). The transfer
                         of shares,  or rights to acquire shares, by a person or
                         entity or persons or entities  acting in concert  which
                         has  ownership  of five (5%)  percent of the issued and
                         outstanding   Common  Stock  of  the  Corporation,   as
                         determined  under  Section 382,  also is  restricted in
                         accordance  with  Article  IV(8)  of  the  Amended  and
                         Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation.  Any transfer
                         prohibited by Article IV(8) of the Amended and Restated
                         Certificate of Incorporation  of the Corporation  shall
                         be null and void ab initio and will not be reflected on
                         the books and  records of the  Corporation,  unless the
                         restrictions are waived by the unanimous consent of the
                         Board of Directors of the Corporation."

<PAGE>
                                       80


                                    ARTICLE V

         The Corporation's Board of Directors shall consist of three members who
shall be elected as provided in Article IV.

                                   ARTICLE VI

         In  furtherance  and  not in  limitation  of the  powers  conferred  by
statute,  the  by-laws  of the  Corporation  may be made,  altered,  amended  or
repealed  by a  majority  vote of the entire  board of  directors  (except  with
respect  to  Article II or Article  III of the  by-laws,  which may be  altered,
amended or repealed  only by a unanimous  vote of the entire board of directors)
or by the vote of the  stockholders,  approving  the  alteration,  amendment  or
repeal, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of Article IV(2).

                                   ARTICLE VII

         1. The  Corporation  shall  indemnify to the fullest  extent  permitted
under and in  accordance  with the laws of the State of Delaware  any person who
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending
or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or  investigative  by reason of the fact that he is or was a director,  officer,
employee  or  agent  of or in  any  other  capacity  with  another  corporation,
partnership,   joint  venture,  trust  or  other  enterprise,  against  expenses
(including  attorneys'  fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably  incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he  reasonably  believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation,  and with respect
to any criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to believe his
conduct was unlawful.

         2.  Expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)  incurred in defending  any
civil,  criminal,  administrative  or investigative  action,  suit or proceeding
shall (in the case of any action,  suit or proceeding  against a director of the
Corporation)  or may (in the case of any action,  suit or proceeding  against an
officer,  trustee,  employee or agent) be paid by the  Corporation in advance of
the final  disposition  of such action,  suit or proceeding as authorized by the
Board upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the  indemnified  person
to  repay  such  amount  if it shall  ultimately  be  determined  that he is not
entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this paragraph.

         3. The  indemnification,  advancement  of expenses and other rights set
forth in this Paragraph  shall not be exclusive of any  provisions  with respect
thereto  in  the  by-laws  or  any  other  contract  or  agreement  between  the
Corporation and any officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation.

         4. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII,  subparagraphs
1,  2  or  3,  nor  the  adoption  of  any  provision  of  this  Certificate  of
Incorporation  inconsistent  with  Article VII,  subparagraphs  1, 2 or 3, shall
eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII, subparagraphs 1, 2 and 3, in
respect of any matter occurring before such amendment,  repeal or adoption of an
inconsistent  provision  or in  respect  of any cause of  action,  suit or claim
relating  to any  such  matter  which  would  have  given  rise  to a  right  of
indemnification  or right to receive  expenses  pursuant  to this  Article  VII,
subparagraphs  1, 2 or 3, if such  provision had not been so amended or repealed
or if a provision inconsistent therewith had not been so adopted.

<PAGE>
                                       81


         5. No director  shall be personally  liable to the  Corporation  or any
stockholder  for monetary  damages for breach of  fiduciary  duty as a director,
except for any matter in  respect  of which  such  director  (A) shall be liable
under  Section 174 of the DGCL or any amendment  thereto or successor  provision
thereto, or (B) shall be liable by reason that, in addition to any and all other
requirements  for liability,  he: (i) shall have breached his duty of loyalty to
the Corporation or its stockholders; (ii) shall not have acted in good faith or,
in failing to act, shall not have acted in good faith; (iii) shall have acted in
a manner involving  intentional  misconduct or a knowing violation of law or, in
failing to act, shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or
a knowing  violation  of law; or (iv) shall have  derived an  improper  personal
benefit.

         If the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law is amended after the date of
incorporation  of  the  Corporation  to  authorize  corporation  action  further
eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors,  then the liability
of a director of the  Corporation  shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest
extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

         6. This Certificate of Merger shall be effective on or such date as the
Order hereinabove referred to shall provide.

Dated:                    , 1996

ATTEST:                                      REINHOLD INDUSTRIES, INC.



- ----------------------------                 By:-------------------------------
Secretary                                       Name:
                                                Title:



ATTEST:                                      KEENE CORPORATION



- ----------------------------                 By:-------------------------------
Secretary                                       Name:
                                                Title:




<PAGE>
                                       82




                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                                                                              TO
                                                                        THE PLAN


















                          Amended and Restated By-laws
                          of Reinhold Industries, Inc.
                          (formerly, Keene Corporation)




<PAGE>
                                       83




                         AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS OF
                            REINHOLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
                          (FORMERLY, KEENE CORPORATION)

                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES

         SECTION  1.  Delaware  Office.   The  registered   office  of  Reinhold
Industries,  Inc.  (the  "Corporation")  within the State of  Delaware  shall be
maintained at the office of CT Corporation in the City of Dover, County of Kent.

         SECTION 2. Other Offices.  The  Corporation  may also have an office or
offices and keep the books and records of the  Corporation,  except as otherwise
may be required by law, in such other place or places, either within or without,
the  State of  Delaware,  as the  Board of  Directors  of the  corporation  (the
"Board") may from time to time determine or the business of the  Corporation may
require.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

         SECTION  1. Place of  Meetings.  All  meetings  of holders of shares of
capital stock of the Corporation  shall be held at the office of the Corporation
in the State of Delaware or at such other place,  within or without the State of
Delaware,  as may from time to time be fixed by the Board or  specified or fixed
in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

         SECTION 2. Annual  Meetings.  An annual meeting of  stockholders of the
Corporation  for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other
business as may properly come before the meeting (an "Annual  Meeting") shall be
held on the first  Tuesday of each [ ],  commencing , 1997 or on such other date
and at such time as may be fixed by the Board.  If the Annual  Meeting shall not
be held on the day  designated,  the  Board  shall  call a  special  meeting  of
stockholders as soon as practicable for the election of directors.

         SECTION 3. Special Meetings.  Special meetings of stockholders,  unless
otherwise provided by law, may be called at any time by the Board, the President
or stockholders  owning, in the aggregate,  twenty-five (25%) percent or more of
the outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation.  Any such call must specify the
matters to be acted upon at such  meeting and only such  matters  shall be acted
upon thereat.

         SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings.  Except as otherwise  may be required by
law,  notice of each  meeting of  stockholders,  whether an Annual  Meeting or a
special meeting, shall be in writing, shall state the purpose or purposes of the
meeting,  the place,  date and hour of the meeting  and,  unless it is an Annual
Meeting,  shall  indicate that the notice is being issued by or at the direction
of the  person or persons  calling  the  meeting,  and a copy  thereof  shall be
delivered or sent by mail,  not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days
before the date of said meeting,  to each  stockholder  entitled to vote at such
meeting.  In the event that a meeting  relates solely to matters in which either
only the  holders  of Class A New Common  Stock or Class B New Common  Stock may
vote,  such notice  shall be given only to the holders of such class as shall be
entitled  to vote  thereon.  If mailed,  such  notice  shall be directed to such
stockholder  at  his  address  as  it  appears  on  the  stock  records  of  the
Corporation,  unless he shall have filed with the  Secretary  a written  request
that notices to him be mailed to some other  address,  in which case it shall be
directed to him at such other address.  Notice of an adjourned  meeting need not
be given if the time and  place to which  the  meeting  is to be  adjourned  was
announced  at the  meeting at which the  adjournment  was taken,  unless (i) the
adjournment  is for more than thirty (30) days or (ii) the Board shall fix a new
record date for such adjourned meeting after the adjournment.

<PAGE>
                                       84


         SECTION 5. Quorum.  At each meeting of stockholders of the Corporation,
the holders of shares  having  majority of the voting power of the capital stock
of the Corporation  issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat shall be
present or  represented  by proxy to constitute a quorum for the  transaction of
business,  except as otherwise provided by law; provided,  however,  that if the
meeting is called for the purpose of, or relates to, the  election of  directors
and the  Corporation  has both Class A New  Common  Stock and Class B New Common
stock  outstanding,  a quorum  shall  consist of the holders of shares  having a
majority of the shares of Class A New Common  Stock and a majority of the shares
of Class B New Common Stock, respectively.

         SECTION 6.  Adjournments.  In the absence of a quorum at any meeting of
stockholders  or any  adjournment  or  adjournments  thereof,  holders of shares
having  a  majority  of  the  voting  power  of the  capital  stock  present  or
represented  by proxy at the meeting  may adjourn the meeting  from time to time
until a quorum shall be present or represented  by proxy.  At any such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented by proxy, any business
may be transacted  which might have been  transacted  at the meeting  originally
called if a quorum had been present or represented by proxy thereat.

         SECTION 7. Voting.  Except as otherwise  provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation (the  "Certificate of  Incorporation")  at each
meeting of stockholders,  every stockholder of the corporation  entitled to vote
shall be entitled to one vote for every share of capital  stock  standing in his
name on the stock records of the  Corporation  (i) at the time fixed pursuant to
Section  6 of  Article  VII  of  these  By-Laws  as  the  record  date  for  the
determination  of stockholders  entitled to vote at such meeting,  or (ii) if no
such record date shall have been fixed, then at the close of business on the day
next preceding the day on which notice  thereof shall be given.  At each meeting
of stockholders, all matters shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast at
such meeting by the holders of shares of capital stock present or represented by
proxy and  entitled to vote  thereon,  a quorum  being  present,  except where a
different vote is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

         SECTION  8.   Inspectors.   For  each  election  of  directors  by  the
stockholders  and in any  other  case in which it  shall  be  advisable,  in the
opinion of the Board,  that the voting  upon any matter  shall be  conducted  by
inspectors of election,  the Board shall appoint two inspectors of election. If,
for any such election of directors or the voting upon any such other matter, any
inspector  appointed by the Board shall be  unwilling or unable to serve,  or if
the Board shall fail to appoint  inspectors,  the chairman of the meeting  shall
appoint the  necessary  inspector or  inspectors.  The  inspectors so appointed,
before entering upon the discharge of their duties, shall be sworn faithfully to
execute the duties of inspectors with strict impartiality,  and according to the
best of their ability,  and the oath so taken shall be subscribed by them.  Such
inspectors  shall  determine  the  number  of  shares  of  capital  stock of the
Corporation  outstanding and the voting power of each of the shares  represented
at the  meeting,  the  existence  of a quorum,  and the  validity  and effect of
proxies,  and shall receive votes,  ballots or consents,  hear and determine all
challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and
tabulate all votes, ballots or consents,  determine the result, and do such acts
as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all  stockholders
on request of the  chairman of the meeting or any  stockholder  entitled to vote
thereat,  the  inspectors  shall  make a report  in  writing  of any  challenge,
question or matter  determined by them and shall  execute a  certificate  of any
fact found by them.  No director or candidate  for the office of director  shall
- -act  as  an  inspector  of  election  of  directors.  Inspectors  need  not  be
stockholders.

<PAGE>
                                       85


                                   ARTICLE III

                                    DIRECTORS

         SECTION 1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be
managed by or under the direction of the Board.  The Board may select one of its
members to be  Chairman  of the  Board.  The  Chairman  of the Board  shall,  if
present,  preside at all meetings of the Board and of the  stockholders.  If the
Chairman is not present, the members of the Board then present will elect one of
the members so present to serve as Acting Chairman.

         SECTION 2. Number,  Election  and Terms.  The total number of directors
constituting  the  entire  Board  shall be  three.  Any  vacancies  on the Board
resulting  from  death,  resignation,  disqualification,  removal or other cause
shall be filled as follows:

          (a) If the vacancy relates to a director who was elected by the holder
     of the Class B New Common Stock of the  Corporation,  such vacancy shall be
     filled by such holder.

          (b) If the  vacancy  relates  to a  director  who was  elected  by the
     holders  of the  Class A New  Common  Stock of the  Corporation,  and there
     remain  one or more  directors  elected  by the  holders of the Class A New
     Common  Stock,  such vacancy shall be filled by the  affirmative  vote of a
     majority of such remaining  directors,  or by the sole  remaining  director
     elected by such holders if there shall be only one such director;  however,
     if there is no remaining director elected by the holders of the Class A New
     Common Stock,  the remaining  directors shall call a special meeting of the
     holders  of the Class A New  Common  Stock for the  purpose  of  electing a
     director to fill such vacancy.

Any  director  elected in  accordance  with either of this  Section 2(a) or 2(b)
shall hold office until the Annual  Meeting at which the term of office to which
such director has been elected expires and until such director's successor shall
have been duly elected and qualified.

         SECTION 3.  Nominations  of Directors;  Election.  Nominations  for the
election of directors may be made by the Board or by any stockholder entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors who complies with the procedures set
forth in this Section 3. Directors shall be at least 21 years of age.  Directors
need not be  stockholders.  At each meeting of stockholders  for the election of
directors at which a quorum is present, the persons receiving a plurality of the
votes cast shall be elected directors.  All nominations by stockholders shall be
made  pursuant to timely  notice in proper  written form to the Secretary of the
Corporation. To be timely, except in the case of a director to be elected by the
holder of the Class B New Common  Stock at a Special  Meeting,  a  stockholder's
notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the  principal  executive
offices of the  Corporation  not less than  thirty (30) days nor more than sixty
(60) days prior to the meeting;  provided,  however, that in the event that less
than  forty  (40) days  notice  or prior  public  disclosure  of the date of the
meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely
must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day
following  the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or
such public disclosure was made. To be in proper written form, such stockholders
notice  shall set forth in writing (i) as to each  person  whom the  stockholder
proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director,  all  information
relating to such person that is required to be  disclosed  in  solicitations  of
proxies for  election  of  directors,  or is  otherwise  required,  in each case
pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended,  including,  without limitation, such person's written consent to being
named in the proxy  statement  as a nominee  and to  serving  as a  director  if

<PAGE>
                                       86



elected;  and (ii) as to the  stockholder  giving the  notice,  (x) the name and
address,  as they appear on the Corporations  books, of such stockholder and (y)
the class and number of shares of the Corporation  which are beneficially  owned
by such  stockholder.  In the event that a stockholder  seeks to nominate one or
more directors,  the Secretary  shall appoint two  inspectors,  who shall not be
affiliated with the Corporation, to determine whether a stockholder has complied
with this Section 3. If the inspectors  shall  determine that a stockholder  has
not complied  with this Section 3, the  inspectors  shall direct the chairman of
the  meeting  to  declare  to the  meeting  that a  nomination  was not  made in
accordance with the procedures prescribed by the By-Laws of the Corporation, and
the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and the defective  nomination shall
be disregarded.

         SECTION 4. Place of  Meetings.  Meetings  of the Board shall be held at
the Corporation's office in the State of Delaware or at such other place, within
or without such State,  as the Board may from time to time determine or as shall
be specified or fixed in the notice or waiver of notice of any such meeting.

         SECTION 5.  Regular  Meetings.  Regular  meetings of the Board shall be
held quarterly in accordance with a yearly meeting schedule as determined by the
Board;  or such  meetings may be held on such other days and at such other times
as the Board may from time to time determine.  Notice of regular meetings of the
Board need not be given except as otherwise required by these By-Laws.

         SECTION  6.  Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings  of the Board may be
called by the Chairman or the  President and shall be called by the Secretary at
the request of any two directors.

         SECTION 7. Notice of Meetings.  Notice of each  special  meeting of the
Board (and of each regular meeting for which notice shall be required),  stating
the  time,  place  and  purposes  thereof,  shall be  mailed  to each  director,
addressed to him at his  residence or usual place of business,  or shall be sent
to him by telex, cable or telegram so addressed, or shall be given personally or
by telephone on twenty-four hours' notice.

         SECTION 8.  Quorum and Manner of  Acting.  The  presence  of at least a
majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient
to  constitute  a quorum for the  transaction  of business at any meeting of the
Board.  Except  where a different  vote is required by law, the  Certificate  of
Incorporation or these By-Laws,  the act of a majority of the directors  present
at any meeting at which a quorum shall be present shall be the act of the Board;
provided,  however,  that the affirmative  vote of the entire Board of Directors
shall be  required  to amend  Article II or Article  III of these  By-laws.  Any
action  required or  permitted  to be taken by the Board may be taken  without a
meeting if all the directors  consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution
authorizing the action.  The resolution and the written  consents thereto by the
directors shall be filed with the minutes of the  proceedings of the Board.  Any
one or more directors may  participate in any meeting of the Board by means of a
conference  telephone or similar  communications  equipment allowing all persons
participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time.  Participation
by such means shall be deemed to  constitute  presence in person at a meeting of
the Board.

                  SECTION 9. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by
         giving  written  notice to the  Corporation;  provided,  however,  that
written notice
to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary shall be
deemed to constitute  notice to the  Corporation.  Such  resignation  shall take
effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time  specified  therein and,
unless otherwise specified therein,  acceptance of such resignation shall not be
necessary to make it effective.

<PAGE>
                                       87


         SECTION 10.  Removal of  Directors.  Any  director  may be removed from
office,  with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of such number of shares
of Common Stock as would be  sufficient  to elect him if then voted at a meeting
held to elect the entire Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                             COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

         SECTION 1.  Appointment  and Powers of Executive  Committee.  The Board
may,  by  resolution  adopted  by the  affirmative  vote  of a  majority  of the
authorized  number of directors,  designate an Executive  Committee of the Board
which shall  consist of such number of members  (but not less than three) as the
Board shall determine, one of whom shall be the President. Except as provided by
Delaware  law,  during the  interval  between  the  meetings  of the Board,  the
Executive  Committee  shall possess and may exercise all the powers of the Board
in the  management  and  direction  of  all  the  business  and  affairs  of the
Corporation (except the matters  hereinafter  assigned to any other Committee of
the Board),  in such manner as the  Executive  Committee  shall deem in the best
interests of the Corporation in all cases in which specific directions shall not
have been  given by the  Board.  A  majority  of the  members  of the  Executive
Committee  shall  constitute  a quorum for the  transaction  of  business by the
committee and the act of a majority of the members of the committee present at a
meeting at which a quorum  shall be present  shall be the act of the  committee.
Either the  President or the Chairman of the  Executive  Committee  may call the
meetings of the Executive Committee.

         SECTION 2. Appointment and Powers of Audit Committee. The Board may, by
resolution  adopted  by the  affirmative  vote of a majority  of the  authorized
number of  directors,  designate an Audit  Committee  of the Board,  which shall
consist of such number of members of the Board as the Board shall determine. The
Audit  Committee  shall  (i)  make  recommendations  to  the  Board  as  to  the
independent  accountants  to be  appointed  by the Board;  (ii)  review with the
independent  accountants  the  scope of their  examination;  (iii)  receive  the
reports of the  independent  accountants and meet with  representatives  of such
accountants for the purpose of reviewing and considering  questions  relating to
their examination and such reports;  (iv) review, either directly or through the
independent accountants,  the internal accounting and auditing Procedures of the
Corporation;  and (v) perform such other functions as may be assigned to it from
time to time by the  Board.  The Audit  Committee  may  determine  its manner of
acting  and fix the time and  place of its  meetings,  unless  the  Board  shall
otherwise  provide.  A  majority  of the  members of the Audit  Committee  shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by the committee and the act
of a majority  of the members of the  committee  present at a meeting at which a
quorum shall be present shall be the act of the committee.

         SECTION 3. Other  Committees.  The Board may, by resolution  adopted by
the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the  authorized  number of  directors,
designate  members of the Board to constitute such other committees of the Board
as the Board may determine.  Such committees  shall in each case consist of such
number of directors as the Board may determine, and shall have and may exercise,
to the extent  permitted by law,  such powers as the Board may delegate to them,
in the respective resolution, appointing them. Each such committee may determine
its manner of acting and fix the time and place of its meeting, unless the Board
shall otherwise  provide.  A majority of the members of any such committee shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by the committee and the act
of a majority of the members of such  committee  present at a meeting at which a
quorum shall be present shall be the act of the committee.

<PAGE>
                                       88


         SECTION 4. Action by Consent;  Participation  by  Telephone  or Similar
Equipment.  Unless the Board shall  otherwise  provide,  any action  required or
permitted  to be taken by any  committee  may be taken  without a meeting if all
members of the  committee  consent in writing to the  adoption  of a  resolution
authorizing the action.  The resolution and the written  consents thereto by the
members of the committee  shall be filed with the minutes of the  proceedings of
the  committee  by means  of  conference  telephone  or  similar  communications
equipment  by means of which all persons  participating  in the meeting can hear
one another.  Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at
a meeting of the committee.

         SECTION 5. Changes in  Committees;  Resignations.  The Board shall have
power, by the affirmative a majority of the authorized  number of directors,  at
any time,  change the members of, to fill  vacancies  in, and to  discharge  any
committee of the Board.  Any member of any such committee may resign at any time
by giving  notice to the  Corporation;  provided,  however,  that  notice to the
Board, the Chairman of the Board,  President,  the chairman of such committee or
the Secretary  shall be deemed to  constitute  notice to the  Corporation.  Such
resignation  shall take effect upon  receipt of such notice or at any later time
specified therein;  and, unless otherwise specified therein,  acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any member of any such
committee  may be removed at any time,  either  with or  without  cause,  by the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the  authorized  number of any meeting of the
Board called for that.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS

         SECTION 1. Number and  Qualification.  The Corporation  shall have such
officers as may be necessary or desirable  for the business of the  Corporation.
There shall be elected by the Board persons having the titles and exercising the
duties (as  prescribed by the By-Laws or by the Board) of Chairman of the Board,
President,  Vice  President,  Treasurer  and  Secretary,  and such other persons
having such other titles and such other duties as the Board may  prescribe.  The
same  person may hold more than one office.  The  Chairman of the Board shall be
elected from among the directors.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the
officers of the Corporation  shall be elected by the Board at the annual meeting
of the  Board,  and shall be elected to hold  office  until the next  succeeding
annual  meeting of the Board.  In the event of the failure to elect  officers at
such annual  meeting,  officers may be elected at any regular or special meeting
of the Board.  Each  officer  shall hold  office  until his  successor  has been
elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

         SECTION 2.  Resignations.  Any officer may resign at any time by giving
written notice to the Corporation;  provided, however, that notice to the Board,
the President, Chairman of or the Secretary shall be deemed to constitute notice
to the  Corporation.  Such  resignation  shall take effect upon  receipt of such
notice or at any later time specified therein.

         SECTION 3. Vacancies. Any vacancy among the officers, whether caused by
death,  resignation,  removal or any other cause,  shall be filled in the manner
prescribed for election or appointment to such office.

         SECTION  4.  President.  The  President  shall be the  chief  executive
officer of the  corporation.  The  President  shall have  general and day to day
supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation. He shall perform the
duties  incident to the office of the  President  and all such other  duties and
shall have such other powers as are  specified  in these  By-Laws or as shall be
assigned to or conferred  upon him from time to time by the Board by  resolution
or in any employment agreement approved by the Board.

<PAGE>
                                       89


         SECTION 5. Vice  President.  Each Vice  President  shall  perform  such
duties and  exercise  such powers as may be assigned to him from time to time by
the Board.  In the absence of a  President,  the duties of a President  shall be
performed  and his  powers may be  exercised  by such Vice  President  as may be
designated by the President or, failing such  designation,  such duties shall be
performed and such power may be exercised by each Vice President in the order of
their  earliest  election  to that  office;  subject  in any case to review  and
superseding action by the President.

         SECTION 6.  Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of,
and responsibility for, all funds and securities of the Corporation,  shall keep
full and accurate  accounts of receipts and  disbursements in books belonging to
the Corporation,  shall deposit all moneys and other valuables for the credit of
the  corporation  in such  depositaries  as may be designated  pursuant to these
By-Laws,  shall  receive,  and give receipts for,  moneys due and payable to the
Corporation  from  any  source  whatsoever,  shall  disburse  the  funds  of the
Corporation  and shall render at all regular  meetings of the Board, or whenever
the Board may  require,  an account of all his  transactions  as  Treasurer.  He
shall,  in general,  perform all the duties  incident to the office of Treasurer
and all such  other  duties as may be  assigned  to him from time to time by the
President or such other officers whom the Treasurer reports.

         SECTION 7. Secretary. The Secretary shall, if present, act as secretary
of, and keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board,  the Executive  Committee
and other  committees  of the Board and the  stockholders  in one or more  books
provided  for  that  purpose,  shall  see  that all  notices  are duly  given in
accordance  with these By-Laws and as required by law, shall be custodian of the
seal of the  corporation and shall affix and attest the seal to all documents to
be executed on behalf of the  Corporation  under its seal. He shall, in general,
perform all the duties  incident to the office of  Secretary  and all such other
duties  as may be  assigned  to him from time to time by the  President  or such
other officer to whom the secretary reports.

         SECTION 8.  Additional  Officers.  The Board may by resolution  appoint
such  other  officers  and  agents as it may deem  appropriate,  and such  other
officers and agents shall hold their  offices for such terms and shall  exercise
such powers and perform  such duties as may be  determined  from time to time by
the Board.

         SECTION 9. Bonds of Officers.  If required by the Board, any officer of
the  Corporation  shall give a bond for the faithful  discharge of his duties in
such amount and with such surety or sureties as the Board may require.

         SECTION 10.  Salaries.  The  salaries of all officers and agents of the
Corporation  shall be fixed by the Board.  No officer  shall be  prevented  from
receiving  any such  salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director  of
the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                    CONTRACTS, CHECKS, LOANS, DEPOSITS, ETC.

         SECTION 1. Contracts.  The Board may authorize any officer or officers,
agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter into any contract
or to execute and deliver any instrument,  which authorization may be general or
confined to specific  instances;  and,  unless so  authorized  by the Board,  no
officer,  agent or  employee  shall  have any  power  or  authority  to bind the
Corporation  by any contract or  engagement or to pledge its credit or to render
liable pecuniarily for any purpose or for any amount.

<PAGE>
                                       90


         SECTION 2. Checks, etc. All checks,  drafts, bills of exchange or other
orders  for the  Payment of money out of the funds of the  corporation,  and all
notes or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation,  shall be signed in
the name and on behalf of the  Corporation  in such manner as shall from time to
time be authorized by the Board, which  authorization may be general or confined
to instances.

         SECTION  3.  Loans.  No loan  shall  be  contracted  on  behalf  of the
corporation,  and no  negotiable  paper  shall be  issued  in its  name,  unless
authorized  by the Board,  which  authorization  may be general or  confined  to
specific  instances.  All  bonds,  debentures,  notes and other  obligations  or
evidences  of  indebtedness  of the  Corporation  issued for such loans shall be
made, executed and delivered as the Board shall authorize.

         SECTION  4.  Deposits.  All  funds  of the  Corporation  not  otherwise
employed shall be deposited from time to time for the credit of the  Corporation
in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as may be selected by or in
the manner designated by the Board. The Board or designees may make such special
rules and regulations with respect to such bank accounts,  not inconsistent with
the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, as they may
deem advisable.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  CAPITAL STOCK

         SECTION 1. Stock  Certificate.  Each  stockholder  shall be entitled to
have,  in such  form as  shall  be  approved  by the  Board,  a  certificate  or
certificates signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President, and by either
the  Treasurer  or an  Assistant  Treasurer  or the  Secretary  or an  Assistant
Secretary (except that, when any such certificate is countersigned by a transfer
agent or registered by a registrar  other than the Corporation or an employee of
the Corporation, the signatures of any such officers may be facsimiles, engraved
or printed),  which may be sealed with the seal of the  Corporation  (which seal
may be a  facsimile,  engraved or printed),  certifying  the number of shares of
capital stock of the  Corporation  owned by such  stockholder.  In the event any
officer  who has signed or whose  facsimile  signature  has been placed upon any
such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is
issued,  such  certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect
as if he were such  officer  at the date of its issue.  Certificates  evidencing
shares of  Common  Stock  shall  bear the  restrictive  legend  required  by the
Certificate  of   Incorporation   relating  to  Net  Operating   Losses  of  the
Corporation.

         SECTION 2. List of  Stockholders  Entitled to Vote.  The officer of the
Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation  shall prepare
and make or cause to be  prepared or made,  at least ten (10) days before  every
meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at
the meeting  arranged  in  alphabetical  order,  and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares of capital stock  registered in the name of
each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder,
for any purpose germane to the meeting,  during ordinary  business hours,  for a
period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting,  either at a place within
the city where the meeting is to be held,  which place shall be specified in the
notice of the meeting,  or, if not so the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be  produced  and kept at the time and place of the  meeting
for  the  duration  thereof,  and may be  inspected  by any  stockholder  of the
Corporation who is present.

<PAGE>
                                       91


         SECTION 3. Stock Ledger.  The stock ledger of the Corporation  shall be
the only evidence as to who are the  stockholders  entitled to examine the stock
ledger,  the list  required by Section 2 of this Article VII or the books of the
Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

         SECTION 4.  Transfers  of Capital  Stock.  Transfers  shares of capital
stock  of the  Corporation  shall  be  made  only  on the  stock  ledger  of the
Corporation  by  the  holder  of  record  thereof,  by  his  attorney  thereunto
authorized  by power of attorney  duly  executed and filed with the Secretary of
the  Corporation,  or by the  transfer  agent  of the  Corporation,  and only on
surrender of the certificate or certificates  representing such shares, properly
endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer  power.  The Board may
make such additional  rules and regulations as it may deem advisable  concerning
the issue and transfer of certificates  representing shares of the capital stock
of the Corporation.

         SECTION 5. Lost Certificates. The Board may direct a new certificate to
be  issued in place of any  certificate  theretofore  issued by the  Corporation
alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed,  upon the making of an affidavit
of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost,  stolen
or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate,  the Board may,
in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof,  require
the  owner  of  such  lost,  stolen  or  destroyed  certificate,  or  his  legal
representative,  to give the  Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as
indemnity  against  any claim  that may be made  against  the  corporation  with
respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

         SECTION 6. Fixing of Record  Date.  In order that the  Corporation  may
determine  the  stockholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
stockholders or any adjournment  thereof,  or entitled to receive payment of any
dividends or other  distributions  or allotments  of any rights,  or entitled to
exercise any rights in respect to any change,  conversion  or exchange of stock,
or for the purpose of any other lawful action,  the Board may fix, in advance, a
record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10)
days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any
other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or
to vote at a meeting  of  stockholders  shall  apply to any  adjournment  of the
meeting;  provided,  however,  that the Board may fix a new record  date for the
adjourned meeting.

         SECTION 7.  Beneficial  Owner.  The  Corporation  shall be  entitled to
recognize the exclusive  right of a person  registered on its books as the owner
of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for
calls and  assessments a person  registered on its books as the owner of shares,
and shall not be bound to recognize  any equitable or other claim to or interest
in such shares on the part of any other person,  whether or not the  Corporation
shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   FISCAL YEAR

         The Corporation's fiscal year shall coincide with the calendar year.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                      SEAL

         The  corporate  seal  shall be in such form as the  Board of  Directors
shall prescribe.

<PAGE>
                                       92


                                    ARTICLE X

                                WAIVER OF NOTICE

         Whenever   any  notice  is  required  by  law,   the   Certificate   of
Incorporation  or  these  By-Laws  to be  given  to any  director,  member  of a
committee or stockholder,  a waiver thereof in writing,  signed by the person or
persons entitled to such notice,  whether signed before or after the time stated
in such written waiver, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Attendance of
a person  at a meeting  shall  constitute  a waiver  of notice of such  meeting,
except when such person attends a meeting for the express  purpose of objecting,
at the  beginning  of the  meeting,  to the  transaction  of any business on the
grounds  that the  meeting  is not  lawfully  called or  convened.  Neither  the
business  to  be  transacted  at,  nor  the  purpose  of,  any  meeting  of  the
stockholders,  directors,  or  members  of a  committee  of  Directors  need  be
specified in any written waiver of notice.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   AMENDMENTS

         These  By-Laws  or any of them may be amended  or  supplemented  in any
respect at any time,  either (i) at any meeting of  stockholders;  provided that
any amendment or supplement  proposed to be acted upon at any such meeting shall
have been described or referred to in the notice of such meeting; or (ii) at any
meeting of the Board,  provided that any amendment or supplement  proposed to be
acted upon at any such meeting  shall have been  described or referred to in the
notice of such meeting or an  announcement  with respect thereto shall have been
made at the last previous Board meeting,  and provided further that no amendment
or supplement  adopted by the Board shall vary or conflict with any amendment or
supplement adopted by the stockholders.



<PAGE>
                                       93




                                                                       EXHIBIT C
                                                                              TO
                                                                        THE PLAN


















                              Certificate of Merger
                          of Reinhold Industries, Inc.
                             into Keene Corporation




<PAGE>
                                       94




                            CERTIFICATE OF MERGER OF
                            REINHOLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                      INTO
                                KEENE CORPORATION

         The undersigned  corporation organized and existing under and by virtue
of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

         FIRST:  That  the  name  and  state  of  incorporation  of  each of the
constituent corporations of the merger is as follows:

           NAME                                         STATE OF INCORPORATION

     Keene Corporation..........................              Delaware
     Reinhold Industries, Inc...................              Delaware


         SECOND:  That provision for the making of this Certificate of Merger of
Reinhold  Industries,  Inc.  into  Keene  Corporation  and for the making of the
amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Keene  Corporation is contained
in an  order,  dated , 1996,  of the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Court  for the
Southern  District  of  New  York  (the  "Bankruptcy  Court"),  in In  re  Keene
Corporation, Case No. 93 B 46090.

         THIRD:  That this  Certificate  of Merger  has been duly  executed  and
acknowledged  by the officers of the  corporation so designated in such order of
the  Bankruptcy  Court in  accordance  with  Sections 251 and 303 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

         FOURTH:  That the name of the  surviving  corporation  of the merger is
"Keene Corporation", which name is being changed as set forth below.

         FIFTH:   That  the  Certificate  of   Incorporation  of  the  surviving
corporation  of the merger shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety
as follows:


                     [To be attached to Amended and Restated
                          Certificate of Incorporation]



<PAGE>
                                       95


                                                                       EXHIBIT D
                                                                              TO
                                                                        THE PLAN


















                           Creditors' Trust Agreement




<PAGE>
                                       96



                            CREDITORS TRUST AGREEMENT

         This Creditors Trust Agreement  ("Trust  Agreement")  dated as of among
Keene Corporation,  as trustor (the "Trustor" or the "Debtor"), Archie R. Dykes,
Richard A. Lippe, and John J. Robbins, as Trustees, and New Keene.

         WHEREAS,  the Trustor filed a voluntary petition for relief under Title
11 of Chapter 11 of the United States Code (the  "Bankruptcy  Code") on December
3, 1993 and proposed a plan of reorganization (the "Plan")* which called for the
establishment of the Creditors Trust (the "Trust"); and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Plan,  the Trust is to use its assets  and/or
income to liquidate and to pay in accordance with the Asbestos  Related Personal
Injury and Asbestos In Buildings Claims  Resolution and Distribution  Procedures
attached hereto as Exhibit A and B  (collectively,  the  "Procedures")  Asbestos
Related Claims and Demands against the Debtor, as defined in Sections 101(5) and
524(g)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, respectively; and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant  to the Plan,  the Trust is intended to qualify as a
"designated settlement fund" or a "qualified settlement fund" within the meaning
of Section 1.468B-1 of the Treasury  regulations  promulgated under Section 468B
of the Internal Revenue Code; and

         WHEREAS,  the Bankruptcy  Court (the "Court") has  determined  that the
Trust and the Plan satisfy all the prerequisites  for a supplemental  injunction
pursuant to Section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code,  which Permanent  Channelling
Injunction  has been entered in connection  with the Order  confirming the Plan;
and

         WHEREAS,  in order to effectuate  the Debtor's Plan, to provide for the
payment of Asbestos Related Claims and Demands and to receive the benefits under
the  Internal  Revenue Code of so providing  for certain of such  payments,  the
Trustor  desires  to enter  into this  Trust  Agreement  with the  Trustees  and
transfer the  Creditors  Trust  Distribution  (the "Trust  Assets") to the Trust
pursuant hereto.

         NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                              DECLARATION OF TRUST

         1.1 Name. The Trust shall be known as the "Keene Creditors Trust", and
the Trustees may transact the business and affairs of the Trust in that name.


- -----------------------------

*        Unless the  context  requires  otherwise, all  capitalized  terms used
         herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings assigned thereto in
         the  Plan  for  Keene Corporation  as  confirmed  by an  Order  of the
         Bankruptcy Court.


<PAGE>
                                       97


         1.2  Purpose.  The  purposes  of  the  Trust  are  (i)  to  assume  the
liabilities within the meaning of Section  524(g)(2)(B)(i)(1)  of the Bankruptcy
Code of the  Debtor and its  successors  in  interest  resulting  from  personal
injury,  wrongful death, or property-related damage attributable to the presence
of, or exposure to, the Debtor's asbestos or asbestos-containing  products; (ii)
to use the Trust  Assets and income to pay  holders  of valid  Asbestos  Related
Claims and Demands in accordance  with this Trust  Agreement and the Procedures;
and (iii) to otherwise  comply in all respects with the  requirements of a trust
set forth in Section 524(g)(2)(B)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code.

         1.3 Transfer of Assets. The Trustor hereby transfers and assigns to the
Trust the assets  listed on  Schedule 1 attached  hereto  (the  "Trust  Assets")
having heretofore  obtained all consents and taken all other steps  prerequisite
to such transfer and assignment.  New Keene, as the successor to the Trustor for
this  purpose,  shall  take any and all  steps as may be  further  necessary  to
effectuate fully the transfer and assignment of the Trust Assets.

         1.4 Acceptance of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities.

         (a) In connection  with and in furtherance of the purposes of the Trust
and subject to Section 4.4,  below,  the Trustees  hereby  expressly  accept the
transfer  and  assignment  to the Trust of the Trust Assets and the Trust hereby
further   expressly   assumes   liability   within   the   meaning   of  Section
524(g)(2)(B)(i)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code for, and undertakes and shall control,
liquidating in accordance  with the  Procedures all Asbestos  Related Claims and
Demands.

         (b) The Trust shall indemnify New Keene for any expenses,  costs,  fees
(including  attorneys  fees),  judgments,   settlements,  or  other  liabilities
asserted  at any time  after  the  Effective  Date of the Plan  arising  from or
incurred in connection with an Asbestos Related Claim or Demand. Nothing in this
section or any other section of this Trust  Agreement  shall be construed in any
way to limit  the  scope,  enforceability,  or  effectiveness  of the  Permanent
Channelling  Injunction  issued by the Bankruptcy  Court in connection  with the
Plan.

                                   ARTICLE II

                          POWERS; TRUST ADMINISTRATION

         2.1  Powers.  (a)  Subject to the  limitations  set forth in this Trust
Agreement, the Trustees shall have the power to take any and all such actions as
in the judgment of the Trustees are necessary or  convenient  to effectuate  the
purposes  of the Trust,  including,  without  limitation,  each power  expressly
granted in Subsection 3.1(c) below and any power reasonably incidental thereto.

         (b) Except as provided in the Plan or otherwise  specified herein,  the
Trustees  need not obtain an order of approval  of any court in the  exercise of
any power or discretion conferred hereunder.

         (c) Without  limiting the  generality of Subsection  2.1(a) above,  the
Trustees shall have the power to:

               (i) receive  and hold the Trust  Assets,  and invest  monies held
          from  time to time  therein,  transfer,  exchange  or sell  any or all
          assets of the Trust on such terms as the Trust considers proper and to
          sell all or any part of the securities  issued by the Trustor that are
          included in the Trust Assets, subject to the restrictions set forth in
          the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of New Keene;

               (ii) supervise and administer the Procedures;

<PAGE>
                                       98


               (iii) pay  Trust  expenses,  liabilities  and to pay  Claims  and
          Demands as such Claims and Demands are  determined in accordance  with
          the Procedures or otherwise;

               (iv)  borrow  money  and  issue  notes  and  other  evidences  of
          indebtedness  (which notes or other  evidences of  indebtedness  shall
          exonerate the Trustees from personal  liability with respect  thereto)
          in the ordinary  course of operations  for payment of  indemnification
          liabilities and other Trust expenses and the Claims;

               (v)  enter  into  any  other  agreement  required  by the Plan or
          reasonably  necessary  or  beneficial  to  implement  the Plan and the
          Procedures  and  perform all of the  Trust's  obligations  thereunder,
          including,  without  limitation,  enter into any agreement  with other
          asbestos claims resolution organizations to implement the Procedures;

               (vi) commence,  prosecute,  settle, dismiss or abandon any of the
          Causes of Action;

               (vii) extend a line of credit to New Keene  pursuant to the terms
          of the New Keene Credit Facility;

               (viii) exercise all rights and benefits  accruing to the Trust as
          owner of any shares of New Common  Stock that the Trust shall own from
          time to time;

               (ix)  establish  such funds,  reserves  and  accounts  within the
          Trust,  in  addition  to the funds  created  hereby,  as deemed by the
          Trustees to be useful in carrying out the purposes of the Trust;

               (x) sue and be sued and participate,  as a party or otherwise, in
          any  judicial,   administrative,   arbitrative  or  other  proceeding,
          including, without limitation, in connection with the Procedures;

               (xi) adopt and amend any by-laws desirable for the administration
          of the Trust;

               (xii)  appoint such  officers and hire such  employees and engage
          such legal, financial and other advisors,  professionals and agents as
          the  business of the Trust  requires  and to delegate to such  persons
          such powers,  authority, and discretion as the Trustees deem advisable
          or necessary in order to carry out the purposes of the Trust,  and pay
          the Trustees, subject to Section 4.5 and pay such officers, employees,
          advisors  and agents  reasonable  compensation  as  determined  by the
          Trustees and properly documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses;

               (xiii)  to  pay  the   compensation   and   properly   documented
          out-of-pocket  expenses  and costs of the  members  of the TAC and any
          legal,  financial and other advisors or professionals  retained by the
          TAC;

               (xiv) enter into such other  arrangements  with third  parties as
          are deemed by the  Trustees to be useful in carrying  out the purposes
          of the Trust (including, without limitation, engaging an Entity having
          trust powers to act as paying agent, depositary, custodian, or trustee
          with  respect  to  funds,  reserves  or  accounts  created  hereby  or
          established pursuant hereto);

<PAGE>
                                       99


               (xv)  indemnify  (and  purchase   insurance   indemnifying)   the
          Trustees, officers,  employees, agents, advisors and professionals and
          representatives  of the  Trust,  the  members  of the  TAC  and  their
          professionals  and advisors and New Keene to the fullest extent that a
          corporation organized under New York law is from time to time entitled
          to  indemnify   its   directors,   officers,   employees,   agents  or
          representatives;

               (xvi)  enter  into  any  contract  or  otherwise  engage  in  any
          transaction  with  any  Trustee  or any  Entity  affiliated  with  any
          Trustee, provided,  however, that such contract or such transaction is
          approved by the  unanimous  vote of the Trustees  voting  thereon,  it
          being  understood that to the extent  permitted by law the usual rules
          prohibiting fiduciaries from dealing with themselves as individuals or
          from  dealing with respect to any manner in which they have a personal
          interest shall not apply to the Trustees;

               (xvii)  delegate  any  or  all of  the  discretionary  power  and
          authority  herein  conferred  at any time with  respect  to all or any
          portion of the Trust Assets to any one or more  reputable  individuals
          or recognized  institutional  advisors or investment  managers without
          liability  for any action  taken or omission  made because of any such
          delegation;

               (xviii) associate with, contract with and/or use the resources of
          and/or merge with any other claims resolution facility if the Trustees
          shall determine by unanimous vote that such claims resolution facility
          has the capacity to evaluate and/or pay Claims and Demands in a manner
          generally  consistent with the purposes of the Trust and the Plan, and
          not inconsistent with the Procedures; and

               (xix)   execute  and  deliver   such  deeds,   leases  and  other
          instruments  as the  Trustees  consider  proper in  administering  the
          Trust.

         (d) The  Trustees  on behalf  of the Trust  shall not have the power to
guarantee  any debt of other  Entities,  except in  connection  with the sale of
Trust Assets in which case the Trust shall have the power to provide a guarantee
in an amount not exceeding the consideration received by the Trust on the sale.

         2.2 Administration. (a) The Trust shall be administered as follows:

               (i) Offices.  The  principal  office of the Trust shall be in the
          City of [New York] or at such other place, within or without the State
          of [New York],  as the Trustees may from time to time  determine to be
          necessary for the efficient and  cost-effective  administration of the
          Trust.

               (ii) Regular  Meetings.  Regular  meetings of the Trustees may be
          held at such  time as from  time to time  shall be  determined  by the
          Trustees with notice to the TAC; provided,  however, that the Trustees
          shall meet at least once per  calendar  quarter  during the first year
          following the  execution of this  agreement and at least once per year
          thereafter.

               (iii) Special Meetings;  Notice. Special meetings of the Trustees
          shall be held whenever called by the Managing Trustee (defined below).
          Notice of each such  meeting  shall be  mailed  by first  class  mail,
          postage prepaid, to each Trustee and the members of the TAC, addressed
          to them at their  residences  or usual  places of  business,  at least
          three  days  before the date on which the  meeting  is to be held,  or
<PAGE>
                                      100



          shall be sent to such place by facsimile,  telegraph,  cable, radio or
          wireless,  or be delivered personally or by hand or by express mail or
          overnight  courier or by telephone,  not later than the day before the
          day on which such  meeting is to be held.  Such notice shall state the
          place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose(s) for which it is
          called. In lieu of the notice to be given as set forth above, a waiver
          thereof in writing,  signed by the  Trustees  entitled to receive such
          notice  and by the  members  of the TAC,  either  before  or after the
          meeting,  shall be deemed  equivalent  thereto  for  purposes  of this
          Section.

               (iv) Action  Without a Meeting;  Meeting by Conference  Call. Any
          action  required  or  permitted  to be  taken  at any  meeting  of the
          Trustees  or the TAC may be  taken  without  a  meeting  if all of the
          Trustees or all the  members of the TAC,  as the case may be,  consent
          thereto in writing,  and the  writing or  writings  are filed with the
          minutes of proceedings of the Trustees or the TAC.

               The Trustees or members of the TAC may  participate  in a meeting
          of the Trustees or the TAC, as the case may be, by means of conference
          telephone or similar communication equipment provided that all persons
          participating  in the meeting can hear each other.  Participation in a
          meeting pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute presence in person
          at such meeting.

         (b) Accounting Period. The accounting period for the Trust (the "Fiscal
Year") shall be selected by the Trustees.

         (c) Delivery of Trust Documents to New Keene. The Trustees shall timely
file or shall deliver to New Keene such  documents and other  information as New
Keene may  reasonably  require in order to permit it to timely  file such income
tax and other  returns  and  statements  as are  required  of it to comply  with
applicable  provisions  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  state  law and any
regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (d) Annual  Reports.  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared and filed
with the Court, with copies to the members of the TAC, as soon as available but,
in any event,  within 90 days  following  the end of each Fiscal Year, an annual
report  containing  financial  statements  of  the  Trust  (including,   without
limitation,  a balance sheet and a statement of operations for such Fiscal Year)
audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the Trustees and
certified by such firm as to fairness of presentation and consistency,  a report
on the number of Claims  received and the number of Claims  liquidated,  if any,
and the amount per Claim paid or payable and such other information as the Trust
deems relevant.

         (e) Tax Returns.  The  Trustees  shall timely file income tax and other
returns and statements and comply with all  withholding  obligations as required
under  applicable  provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and state law and any
regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (f) Settlement of Trustees' Accounts.  Notwithstanding any state law to
the contrary, the Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the settlement of
the accounts of the  Trustees,  whether such account is rendered by the Trustees
themselves  or is sought by any person  holding  an  Asbestos  Related  Claim or
Demand or other person.  The Trustees shall render successive  accounts covering
periods of one year.  In addition,  an account  shall be rendered for the period
ending on the date of the  death,  resignation,  removal  or  retirement  of any
Trustee.  Upon the  acceptance of any such account by the Court after hearing on
notice  to New  Keene,  the  TAC and  such  other  parties  as the  Court  shall
designate,  the  Trustees  shall be  discharged  from any further  liability  or

<PAGE>
                                      101


responsibility  to any person  holding an  Asbestos  Related  Claim or Demand or
other Person, as to all matters embraced in such account.

                                   ARTICLE III

                       ACCOUNTS, PAYMENTS AND INVESTMENTS

         3.1 Accounts.

         (a) The  Trustees  may,  from time to time,  create  additional  funds,
reserves and accounts  within the Trust as they may deem  necessary,  prudent or
useful in order to provide for the payment of Trust expenses, Claims and Demands
or otherwise to  effectuate  the purposes of the Trust and may,  with respect to
any such fund, reserve or account, restrict the use of monies therein.

         (b) After  establishing a reasonable  reserve for expenses of the Trust
including indemnification of the Trustees and the TAC, if required, the Trustees
shall  promptly  establish  a separate  fund (the  "Litigation  Reserve")  which
Litigation Reserve shall be separately  maintained solely for the prosecution of
the Causes of Action in an amount  determined  by the Trustees to be  sufficient
for the costs and expenses of the full prosecution of the Causes of Action.  The
Litigation  Reserve shall be maintained as a separate fund until the Transaction
Lawsuit and the  Bairnco  Lawsuit are  concluded.  The amount of the  Litigation
Reserve shall be determined with the advice and consent of the TAC.

         (c) After payment of expenses of the Trust, including, establishment of
a reserve  for the  reasonable  future  expenses  of the Trust,  the  Litigation
Reserve  pursuant  to  Section  3.1(b)  above and line of credit to New Keene as
provided for in  subsection  2.1(c)(vii)  and, if  necessary,  a reserve for the
indemnification  of the  Trustees  and  the  TAC,  the  remaining  Cash  and any
additional cash received by the Trust, net of expenses  ("Available Cash") shall
be allocated into two funds as follows:

               (i) 92 1/2% of the first $100 million of Available  Cash;  90% of
          Available  Cash  between  $100  million  and $150  million  and 87% of
          Available  Cash  above  $150  million  shall  be  held  in a fund  for
          distributions  to holders of Asbestos  Related  Personal Injury Claims
          and Demands (the "Asbestos Personal Injury Fund");

               (ii) 7 1/2% of the first $100  million of  Available  Cash 10% of
          Available  Cash between $100 and $150 million and 12 1/2% of Available
          Cash above $150 million shall be held in a fund for  distributions  to
          holders of Asbestos  in  Building  Damage  Claims  (the  "Asbestos  in
          Building Claims").

         3.2 Payments.

         (a) At such time as the Trust has at least  $30  million  of  Available
Cash, the Trust shall:

               (i)  cause  estimates  to be made of the  numbers  and  values of
          pending and  projected  Asbestos  Related  Personal  Injury Claims and
          Demands with the  assistance  of a consultant  familiar  with asbestos
          disease claim  projections  and at the same time cause estimates to be
          made of the total Available Cash and non cash assets held by the Trust
          except for the  Causes of Action  unless at the time a  settlement  is
          pending.

               (ii) calculate the pro rata share of the Asbestos Personal Injury
          Fund for the payment of  Asbestos-Related  Personal  Injury Claims and
          Demands so that the holders  thereof shall receive  substantially  the
          same percentage payment on subsequent distribution dates;

<PAGE>
                                      102


               (iii) make  distributions  from the Asbestos Personal Injury Fund
          in accordance with Procedures.

               (iv) make distributions from the Asbestos in the Building Fund in
          accordance with the Procedures.

         (b) At any  time  subsequent  to the  distribution  of  Available  Cash
pursuant  to  Section  3.2(a) as the  Trustees  believe  they are likely to have
Available Cash to pay claimants, the Trust shall cause an additional estimate to
be made of the numbers and values of Asbestos-Related Personal Injury Claims and
Demands  and  valuation  of Trust  Assets in the same  manner as in  subsections
3.2(a) (i) and (ii) above, and shall cause  additional  distributions to be made
in the same manner as in subsections 3.2(a)(iii) and 3.2(a)(iv) above.

         (c)  Recognizing  that it is  desirable  to make  payment to  claimants
expeditiously,  provided  it  is  economically  prudent  given  the  funds  then
available to the Trust,  nevertheless the Trustees may determine to defer making
any payments under either of the Procedures if the Trustees,  after consultation
with the TAC,  determine  that the  administrative  costs of such an expeditious
payment is proportionately so significant that no payment should be made pending
receipt of additional funds.

         (d) In making any  estimates,  judgments  or decisions  concerning  the
amounts to be paid, percentages,  pro rata payments, and timing of payments, the
judgment and  decisions of the Trustees  shall be final and  conclusive  and not
subject to review.

         3.3  Investments.  Investment  of  funds  held in the  Trust  shall  be
invested in the manner in which individuals of ordinary prudence, discretion and
judgment  would act in the  management  of their  own  affairs,  subject  to the
following limitations and provisions:

         (a) The Trust shall not acquire, directly or indirectly,  equity in any
Entity (other than New Keene and its  subsidiaries,  successors  and assigns) or
business enterprise if, immediately following such acquisition,  the Trust would
hold more than 5% of the equity in such Entity or business enterprise unless (1)
such Entity or business  enterprise is an asbestos claims processing facility or
(2) such equity has been conveyed to the Trust in full or partial  consideration
for  settlement of a lawsuit in which the Trust is a plaintiff.  The Trust shall
not hold,  directly  or  indirectly,  more than 10% of the  equity in any Entity
(other than New Keene and its subsidiaries,  successors and assigns) or business
enterprise,  unless (1) such Entity or business enterprise is an asbestos claims
processing facility or (2) such equity has been conveyed to the Trust in full or
partial  consideration  for  settlement  of a  lawsuit  in which  the Trust is a
plaintiff.

         (b) The Trust shall not acquire nor hold any long-term debt  securities
unless such securities (i) are rated "A" or higher by Moody's Investors Service,
Inc.  ("Moody's"),  "AA" or higher by Standard & Poor's  Corporation  ("S&P") or
have been given an  equivalent  investment  grade  rating by another  nationally
recognized  statistical  rating  agency  or  (ii)  have  been  issued  or  fully
guaranteed  as to principal  and interest by the United States of America or any
agency or instrumentality  thereof or (iii) unless (1) such securities have been
issued by an asbestos  claims  processing  facility or (2) such  securities have
been conveyed to the Trust in full or partial  consideration for settlement of a
lawsuit in which the Trust is a plaintiff.

         (c) The Trust  shall not  acquire  nor hold for longer than ninety days
any commercial  paper unless such commercial  paper is rated "Prime-1" or higher
by Moody's or "A-1" or higher by S&P or has been given an equivalent  investment
grade rating by another nationally recognized statistical rating agency.

<PAGE>
                                      103


         (d) The Trust  shall not  acquire  nor hold any equity in any Entity or
business  enterprise  (other than New Keene,  its  subsidiaries,  successors and
assigns)  unless such equity is in the form of securities  which are traded on a
national  securities  exchange  or major  international  securities  exchange or
through the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation
System or unless (1) such Entity or business  enterprise  is an asbestos  claims
processing facility or (2) such equity has been conveyed to the Trust in full or
partial  consideration  for  settlement  of a  lawsuit  in which  the Trust is a
plaintiff.

         (e) The Trust  shall not acquire nor hold any  preferred  stock  unless
such preferred  stock is rated "B" or higher by Moody's or "B+" or higher by S&P
or has been given an equivalent  investment  grade rating by another  nationally
recognized  statistical  rating  agency,  and also complies with  subsection (d)
above or unless  such  preferred  stock is (1)  preferred  stock of an  asbestos
claims processing  facility or (2) such preferred stock has been conveyed to the
Trust in full or partial  consideration for settlement of a lawsuit in which the
Trust is a plaintiff.

         (f)  The  Trust  shall  not  acquire  any  debt   securities  or  other
instruments   issued  by  any  Entity  (other  than  debt  securities  or  other
instruments  issued or fully  guaranteed  as to  principal  and  interest by the
United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof) if, following
such  acquisition,  the aggregate market value of all securities and instruments
issued by such Entity held by the Trust would exceed 5% of the  aggregate  value
of the Trust  Assets,  unless  (1) such  Entity  or  business  enterprise  is an
asbestos claims  processing  facility or (2) such securities or instruments have
been conveyed to the Trust in full or partial  consideration for settlement of a
lawsuit  in which the Trust is a  plaintiff.  The Trust  shall not hold any debt
securities or other instruments issued by any Entity (other than debt securities
or other instruments  issued or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by
the United  States of America or any agency or  instrumentality  thereof) to the
extent that the aggregate  market value of all such  securities and  instruments
issued by such Entity held by the Trust would exceed 10% of the aggregate  value
of the Trust  Assets,  unless  (1) such  Entity  or  business  enterprise  is an
asbestos claims  processing  facility or (2) such securities or instruments have
been conveyed to the Trust in full or partial  consideration for settlement of a
lawsuit in which the Trust is the plaintiff.

         (g) The Trust shall not acquire  nor hold any  certificates  of deposit
unless all publicly held  long-term  debt  securities,  if any, of the financial
institution  issuing the certificate of deposit and the holding company, if any,
of which such  financial  institution  is a  subsidiary,  meet the standards set
forth in Section 3.3(b), above.

         (h) The Trust  shall not acquire  nor hold any  repurchase  obligations
unless, in the opinion of the Trustees, they are adequately collateralized.

         (i) Notwithstanding the foregoing guidelines,  the Trust shall have the
authority  to  extend  credit  to New  Keene as  described  above in  Subsection
2.1(c)(vii) hereof.

         3.4 Source of Payments.  All Trust  expenses and payments in respect of
Claims and Demands shall be payable solely out of the Trust Assets.  Neither the
Trustees nor any  officer,  agent or employee of the Trust nor any member of the
TAC,  nor the  Trustor  nor any of its present  subsidiaries  nor any  director,
officer,  employee or agent of the Trustor or any of their subsidiaries shall be
liable for the payment of any Trust expense,  Claim,  Demand or liability of the
Trust  except as  provided in the Plan,  and no Entity  shall look to any of the
foregoing  Entities  for  satisfaction  of any such  expense,  Claim,  Demand or
liability;  provided,  however, that nothing in this Section 3.4 shall limit the
right of the  Trustees  and the Trust to claim  against  any  officer,  agent or
employee  of  the  Trust,  the  Trustor,  or any  officer,  director,  agent  or
subsidiary of the Trustor for breach of employment  agreement or other breach of
duty to the Trust.

<PAGE>
                                      104


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    TRUSTEES

         4.1 Number; Managing Trustee.

         (a) There shall be three  Trustees  (the "Initial  Trustees")  from the
commencement  of the Trust until the  expiration  of the initial term of service
described  below in Section 4.2.  The Initial  Trustees  shall be those  persons
named in the signature page hereto.  After the Initial Term,  there shall be one
Trustee until the termination of the Trust in accordance with the terms hereof.

         (b) One of the Initial Trustees selected by the Trustees shall serve as
Managing  Trustee and shall be  compensated  for his or her services as Managing
Trustee.  The  Managing  Trustee  shall  serve  as the  Trust's  liaison,  shall
coordinate  and  schedule   meetings  of  the  Trustees  and  shall  handle  all
administrative matters that come before the Trust.

         4.2 Term of Service.

         (a) Each Initial  Trustee  shall serve for a period of three years (the
"Initial Term") or until his or her death,  incapacity,  resignation or removal.
If any such event  should  occur  within the Initial  Term a  successor  will be
appointed.

         (b) After the Initial  Term,  the Trustees  shall select one Trustee to
serve as the sole Trustee until his or her (i) death or incapacity, (ii) removal
or (iii) resignation.

         (c) Any Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to each of the
remaining  Trustees  and the TAC.  Such  notice  shall  specify a date when such
resignation  shall take  effect,  which shall not be less than 30 days after the
date such notice is given, unless the remaining Trustees after consultation with
the TAC consent to an earlier date for the effect of a resignation.

         (d) Any Trustee may be removed  for cause by the  majority  vote of the
other  Trustees,  such removal to take effect at such time as the Trustees shall
by such vote determine.

         4.3 Appointment of Successor Trustee.

         (a) In the event of a vacancy  during the Initial  Term in the position
of  Trustee,  the vacancy  shall be filled by  unanimous  vote of the  remaining
Trustees  after  consultation  with the TAC,  who shall  take into  account  the
relevant provisions hereof.

         (b) If,  after the  Initial  Term has  expired,  a vacancy is caused by
death,  incapacity,  resignation  or removal of the sole Trustee,  the TAC shall
nominate a successor trustee for approval of the Court. Before a vacancy occurs,
after the Initial Term, the sole Trustee may appoint a successor with consent of
the TAC.

         (c)  Immediately  upon the  appointment of any successor  Trustee,  all
rights,  titles,  duties,  powers  and  authority  of  the  predecessor  Trustee
hereunder shall be vested in and undertaken by the successor Trustee without any
further  act. No successor  Trustee  shall be liable  personally  for any act or
omission of his predecessor.

<PAGE>
                                      105


         4.4  Liability of Trustees.  No Trustee shall be liable to the Trust or
to any  beneficiary  thereof  except  for his own gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct.  No Trustee shall be liable for any act or omission-of  any officer,
agent or employee of the Trust unless such Trustee  acted with gross  negligence
or willful  misconduct in the  selection or retention of such officer,  agent or
employee.

         4.5 Compensation and Expenses of Trustees.

         (a) Each of the  Trustees  shall  receive  compensation  for his or her
services as Trustee in the amount of $30,000  per annum.  The  Managing  Trustee
shall  receive an  additional  compensation  of $20,000 per annum.  The Trustees
shall also  receive  $1000 per diem for  meetings of the Trust  attended by such
Trustee  and other  Trust  business.  All such  amounts  shall be  increased  or
decreased  annually  at the rate of the  Consumer  Price  Index for  urban  wage
earners and  clerical  workers  (U.S.  City  Average)  unadjusted  for  seasonal
variation,  published  by the Bureau of Labor  Statistics  of the United  States
Department of Labor.

         (b) All properly documented reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses
incurred by the  Trustees in  connection  with the  performance  of their duties
hereunder shall be promptly reimbursed by the Trust.

         4.6 Indemnification of Trustees and Others.

         (a) The  Trustees  shall be  indemnified  by the  Trust to the  fullest
extent that a corporation or a trust  organized  under New York law is from time
to time  entitled to indemnify its  directors  against any and all  liabilities,
expenses, claims, damages or losses incurred by them in the performance of their
duties  hereunder.   Additionally,   each  member  of  the  TAC   (collectively,
"Additional  Indemnitees")  who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a
party to any threatened,  pending or completed action, suit or proceeding of any
kind,  whether civil,  administrative  or  arbitrative,  by reason of any act or
omission of such Additional  Indemnitees  with respect to (i) the liquidation of
any Claims,  (ii) the  administration of the Trust and the implementation of the
Procedures,  (iii) the prosecution of the Causes of Action,  and (iv) any action
provided for in this  agreement,  shall be indemnified and defended by the Trust
against expenses, costs and fees (including attorneys' fees), judgments, awards,
costs, amounts paid in settlement, and liabilities of all kinds incurred by each
Additional  Indemnitee in connection with or resulting from such action suit, or
proceeding,  unless there is a final  determination of a Court with jurisdiction
that such Additional  Indemnitee  acted other than in good faith and in a manner
such Additional  Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the
best interests of the holders of Claims and Demands.

         (b) Reasonable  expenses,  costs and fees (including  attorneys'  fees)
incurred by or on behalf of a Trustee or  Additional  Indemnitee  in  connection
with  any  action,  suit,  or  proceeding,   whether  civil,  administrative  or
arbitrative  from  which  they are  indemnified  by the Trust  pursuant  to this
Section 4.6, may be paid by the Trust in advance of the final disposition.

         (c) The Trustees shall have the power,  generally or in specific cases,
to cause the Trust to  indemnify  the  employees  and agents of the Trust to the
same extent as provided in this Section 4.6 with respect to the Trustees.

         (d) To  the  extent  any  indemnification  under  Section  4.6 of  this
Agreement   with  respect  to  an  action,   suit,  or  proceeding   requires  a
determination  that  indemnification  is  proper  in  the  circumstances,   such
determination  shall be made by the Trustee or Trustees  who were not parties to
such action,  suit, or proceeding,  if at least one such Trustee was or is not a

<PAGE>
                                      106



party;  otherwise,  the  determination  as to each  Trustee  will be made by the
remaining Trustee or Trustees, regardless of whether or not he, she or they were
or are parties.

         (e) The Trustee may purchase and maintain  reasonable amounts and types
of  insurance  on behalf of any  individual  who is or was a  Trustee,  officer,
employee,  agent or representative of the Trust or Additional Indemnitee against
liability  asserted  against or incurred by such  individual in that capacity or
arising  from his or her  status  as a  Trustee,  member  of the  TAC,  officer,
employee, agent, professional advisor or representative thereof.

         4.7 Trustees' Lien. The Trustees shall have a prior lien upon the Trust
Assets to secure the payment of any amounts payable to them pursuant to Sections
4.5 and 4.6.

         4.8 Trustees'  Employment of Advisors.  The Trustees may, but shall not
be  required  to,   consult  with  counsel,   accountants,   appraisers,   other
professionals  or  advisors  and  other  parties  deemed by the  Trustees  to be
qualified as experts on the matters submitted to them (regardless of whether any
such party is an affiliated party of any Trustee or is otherwise affiliated with
any of the Trustees in any manner, except as otherwise expressly provided for in
this  Trust  Agreement)  and the  advice  of any  such  parties  on any  matters
submitted to them by the Trustees shall be full and complete  authorization  and
protection in respect of any action taken or not taken by the Trustees hereunder
in good faith and in accordance with the advice of any such party.

         4.9 Additional Qualifications.

         (a) No Trustee or related party of a Trustee  shall  represent or shall
have  represented  the Trustor or any Entity who asserts or has asserted a Claim
against Keene Corporation.

         (b) No Trustee shall own any securities of Keene Corporation, New Keene
or any of its  affiliates  or have  any  other  financial  interest,  direct  or
indirect, in the Keene Corporation, New Keene, or any of its affiliates.

         (c) If there has been a violation of Subsection (a) or (b), above,  the
Trustee involved shall be subject to removal pursuant to Section 4.2(d), above.

         4.10 Trustees' Service As Director of Reorganized  Keene. No Trustee is
prohibited  from serving as a director of New Keene.  If any Trustee serves as a
director of New Keene, he or she shall not receive compensation for such service
over and above the  compensation  received  as a Trustee  under  Section 4.5 but
shall  receive  a per diem  allowance  in the  amount  that New  Keene  pays its
directors for their attendance at meetings.

         4.11 Bond.  Notwithstanding  any state law to the contrary each Trustee
(including  any  successor  trustee)  shall be exempt  from  giving  any bond or
security in any jurisdiction.

                                    ARTICLE V

                         THE TRUSTEE ADVISORY COMMITTEE

         5.1 Duties. a. Consultation. The Trustee shall consult with the TAC and
the TAC shall  assist the  Trustees in the  implementation  of the Trust and the
Procedures  generally by providing  consulting services with respect to material
issues  affecting the Trust  including,  but not limited to,  implementation  of
Procedures,  development of payment rules, forms and procedures,  releases, time
frames  and  other  matters  specified  herein  and  in  the  Procedures.  Where
consultation  is required under the Trust or the  Procedures,  the Trustees need
only seek advice and counsel from the TAC.


<PAGE>
                                      107



         b.  Consent.  The Trustees  shall be obligated to obtain the consent of
the TAC in  writing  in order to (1)  implement  material  changes in any Claims
Resolution  Procedures;  (2) dismiss,  settle or abandon Transaction Lawsuit and
Bairnco  Lawsuit;  (3) associate  with another  claims  facility;  (4) amend any
provision of the Trust Agreement;  (5) effect termination of this Trust pursuant
to Sections  6.2(a) (i), (ii), or (iii);  (6) select a successor  Trustee during
the Initial Term,  and (7) determine the Litigation  Reserve.  The TAC shall not
unreasonably withhold any consent required hereunder.

         c. Court approval.  Any proposed action or decision of the Trustees for
which the consent of the TAC is required as to which the TAC  withholds  consent
may be taken only upon Court approval after reasonable  notice to each member of
the TAC.

         5.2 Procedures.  With respect to any matter relating to the Trust as to
which the  consultation or consent of the TAC is expressly  required,  the Trust
shall:

               (i) provide the TAC reasonable access to the relevant  documents,
          records and reports and to experts and advisors  retained by the Trust
          and to the  Trust  staff  during  such time as the  decision  is being
          considered;

               (ii) bring the proposed decision to the attention of the TAC; and

               (iii)  provide the TAC with no fewer than 30 days to comment with
          respect to the proposed  decision,  unless the TAC agrees to a shorter
          period.

         5.3 Number; Chairperson

         (a) At the  commencement of the Trust,  there shall be three members of
the TAC (the "Initial TAC Members") who shall serve until the  expiration of the
Initial TAC Term defined  below in Section 5.4. The Initial TAC Members shall be
selected by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.

         (b) There shall be a chairperson of the TAC selected by the Initial TAC
Members.  The chairperson  shall act as the TAC's liaison,  shall coordinate and
schedule  meetings of the TAC and shall handle all  administrative  matters that
come before the TAC.

         (c) After  expiration of the Initial TAC Term,  the  Chairperson of the
TAC, plus one other member of the TAC selected by the Initial TAC Members, shall
serve  until  the  termination  of the  Trust or his or her  death,  incapacity,
resignation  or removal and in such event,  the remaining  member shall serve as
the sole TAC member.

         5.4 Term. (a) The Initial TAC Members shall serve for a period of three
years  (the  "Initial  TAC  Term")  subject  to  any  member's   earlier  death,
incapacity, removal or resignation.

         (b) Any  member  of the TAC may  resign at any time by at least 30 days
written  notice to each of the remaining  members  specifying the date when such
resignation shall take place.

         (c) A member of the TAC may be  removed  from  office by the  unanimous
vote of the remaining  members of the TAC and a determination  of the Bankruptcy
Court that such removal is appropriate upon cause shown.

         5.5 Successors.  In the event of a vacancy in the membership of the TAC
during the Initial TAC Term,  the vacancy shall be filled by the unanimous  vote
of the remaining Initial TAC Members.

<PAGE>
                                      108


         5.6 Quorum. The presence of two members during the Initial TAC Term and
so long as there are two members  serving  shall  constitute a quorum of the TAC
for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, the members present
may adjourn  the  meeting  from time to time  without  notice.  In order for the
Trustees to obtain  consent of the TAC with respect to actions listed in Section
5.1 hereof and otherwise  specified in this Agreement,  the TAC must approve the
Trustees' recommendation by a majority unless otherwise specified herein.

         5.7  TAC's  Employment  of  Advisors.  The TAC may,  but  shall  not be
required to, consult with counsel, accountants,  appraisers,  advisors and other
parties on the matters  submitted to them  (regardless of whether any such party
is an affiliated party of any member of the TAC or is otherwise  affiliated with
any of the TAC in any manner,  except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in this
Trust Agreement) and the advice of any such parties on any matters  submitted to
them by the TAC  shall be full and  complete  authorization  and  protection  in
respect of any action taken or not taken by the TAC  hereunder in good faith and
in accordance with the advice of any such party.

         5.8 Compensation and Expenses of Members of the TAC and their advisors.
The Chairperson of the TAC shall receive $25,000 as compensation  for his or her
service plus $1,000 per diem. Each member of the TAC shall receive  compensation
for his or her  services  as a member in the  amount of  $20,000  per annum plus
$1,000 per diem for  meetings of the TAC. All  properly  documented,  reasonable
out-of-pocket  costs and expenses incurred by the TAC members in connection with
the  performance of their duties  hereunder  will be promptly  reimbursed by the
Trust.

         5.9 Liability of TAC. No member of the TAC shall be liable to the Trust
or to any  beneficiary  thereof  except for his or her own gross  negligence  or
willful misconduct. No member of the TAC shall be liable for any act or omission
of any member,  advisor,  agent or employee of the TAC unless the TAC acted with
gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct  in the selection or retention of such
member, advisor, agent or employee.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         6.1  Irrevocability.  The Trust is  irrevocable,  but this agreement is
subject to amendment as provided herein.

         6.2 Termination.

         (a) The Trust shall terminate on the date (the "Termination Date") that
is 90 days after the first occurrence of any of the following:

               (i) the Trustees in their sole discretion decide to terminate the
          Trust  because (A) they deem it  unlikely  that new  Asbestos  Related
          Claims or Demands will be filed against the Trust and (B) all Asbestos
          Related  Claims  duly filed with the Trust  have been  liquidated  and
          satisfied and twelve  consecutive  months have elapsed during which no
          new Asbestos Related Claim has been filed with the Trust;

               (ii) the date on which the  Bankruptcy  Court order becomes final
          which  has  approved  the  arrangements  the  Trustees  have  made  to
          establish Claims handling agreements and other necessary  arrangements
          with  suitable  third  parties  adequate  to  discharge  all  expected
          remaining obligations and expenses of the Trust in a manner consistent
          with this Trust Agreement and the Procedures;

<PAGE>
                                      109


               (iii)  if  in  the  judgment  of  the  Trustees,   the  continued
          administration  of the Trust is  uneconomic  or  inimical  to the best
          interests of the persons holding  Asbestos  Related Claims and Demands
          and the  Trustees  have  obtained  an  order  of the  Court  that  the
          termination  of the Trust will not expose or subject  New Keene or any
          successor  in  interest to any  increased  or undue risk of having any
          Asbestos  Related Claims and Demands asserted against it or them or in
          any way  jeopardize  the validity or  enforceability  of the Permanent
          Channeling Injunction; or

               (iv) 21 years less 91 days  after the death of the last  survivor
          of all the  descendants  of Joseph P.  Kennedy,  Sr. of  Massachusetts
          living on the date hereof.

         (b)  On  the  Termination  Date,  after  payment  of  all  the  Trust's
liabilities has been provided for, all funds remaining in the Trust estate shall
be  transferred  to charitable  organization(s)  selected by the Trustees  using
their reasonable  discretion;  provided,  however, that (i) if practicable,  the
charitable  organization(s) shall be related to the treatment,  research, or the
relief of suffering of individuals  suffering from asbestos disorders,  and (ii)
the tax-exempt organization(s) shall not bear any relationship to New Keene.

         (c) As soon as  practicable  after the  Termination  Date,  the Trustee
shall (i) certify to the Court that all conditions  precedent to the Termination
Date have been  satisfied and (ii) file a final  accounting  and serve a copy on
the TAC and the  Trustor.  Thereupon,  the  Trust  shall  be  dissolved  and the
Trustee(s) and the TAC discharged.

         6.3 Amendments.  This Trust  Agreement may be amended,  modified and/or
supplemented by unanimous vote of the Trustees only with the consent of the TAC.

         6.4  Cooperation.  New Keene and the Trust shall each  cooperate to the
extent  reasonably  requested by the other in the  handling of  Asbestos-Related
Claims and Demands and the  prosecution of the Causes of Action and generally in
the  operation of the Trust for the purposes set forth  herein.  New Keene shall
transfer  to the Trust  such  claim  files and other  documents  related  to the
Asbestos  Related Claims as are under its custody or control,  and shall use its
best  efforts  to make  available  its  present or former  officers,  directors,
employees,  agents or representatives to the extent the Trust deems such persons
necessary  to appear  at any  trial or  arbitration  proceeding  related  to the
liquidation of the Asbestos  Related Claims.  To the extent the valuation of any
assets of the Trust are  necessary  for the tax  returns of New  Keene,  (a) the
Trust shall  provide New Keene with such  valuation  and (b) New Keene shall use
such valuation in its tax returns.

         6.5  Severability.  Should any  provision  in this Trust  Agreement  be
determined  to be  unenforceable,  such  determination  shall in no way limit or
affect the  enforceability  and operative effect of any and all other provisions
of this Trust Agreement.

         6.6 Notices. Notices to claimants shall be given at the address of such
claimants,  or, where  applicable,  such claimants'  Attorney of Record, in each
case  as  provided  on  such  claimant   Claim  forms.   Any  notices  or  other
communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered
at the addresses  designated below, or sent by telex or telecopy pursuant to the
instructions  listed below,  or mailed by registered or certified  mail,  return
receipt  requested,  postage  prepaid,  addressed  as follows,  or to such other
addresses as may hereafter be furnished by New Keene to the Trustees and the TAC
or by the Trustees and the TAC to New Keene in compliance with the terms hereof.

<PAGE>
                                      110


To the Trust or the Trustees:

         Mr. Archie R. Dykes
         Capital City Holdings Inc.
         Rivergate Executive Park
         907 Two Mile Parkway
         Suite D-5
         Goodlettsville, TN 37072

         Richard A. Lippe, Esq.
         Meltzer, Lippe, Goldstein, Wolf,
           Schlissel & Sazer
         The Chancery
         190 Willis Avenue
         Mineola, NY 11501

         Mr. John J. Robbins
         112 Walton Heath
         Williamsburg, VA 23188

With a copy to:

         George A. Davidson, Esq.
         Hughes Hubbard & Reed LLP
         One Battery Park Plaza
         New York, NY 10004

To New Keene:

- ------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------

with a copy to:

- ------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------


To the TAC:

         Stanley J. Levy, Esq.
         Levy Phillips & Kongisberg
         90 Park Avenue
         New York, NY 10016

         Charles F. Vihon, Esq.
         Much Shelist Freed Denenberg
         & Ament
         200 North LaSalle Street
         Suite 2100
         Chicago, IL 60601-1095

         Perry Weitz, Esq.
         Weitz & Luxenberg
         40 Fulton Street
         New York, NY 10038

<PAGE>
                                      111


         All such notices and  communications  shall be effective when delivered
at the  designated  addresses  or when the telex or  telecopy  communication  is
received at the  designated  addresses  and confirmed by the recipient by return
telex or telecopy in conformity with the provisions hereof.

         6.7 Counterparts. This Trust Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts,  each of which shall constitute an original, but such counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

         6.8  Successors  and Assigns.  The  provisions of this Trust  Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Trustors,  the Trust,  the
Trustees and the TAC and their  respective  successors and assigns,  except that
neither the Trustor nor the Trust,  nor any  Trustee,  nor any member of the TAC
may assign or otherwise  transfer any of its or his or her rights or obligations
under this Trust Agreement except as provided for in this Trust Agreement.

         6.9 Entire  Agreement;  No Waiver.  The entire agreement of the parties
relating to the subject matter of this Trust Agreement is contained herein,  and
this Trust Agreement supersedes any prior oral or written agreements  concerning
the subject  matter  hereof.  No failure to exercise or delay in exercising  any
right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall
any  single or  partial  exercise  of any right,  power or  privilege  hereunder
preclude any further  exercise  thereof of any other right,  power or privilege.
The rights and remedies  herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of
rights under law or in equity.

         6.10 Headings.  The headings used in this Trust  Agreement are inserted
for  convenience  only and neither  constitute a portion of this Trust Agreement
nor in any  manner  affect  the  construction  of the  provisions  of this Trust
Agreement.

         6.11  Governing  Law.  This Trust  Agreement  shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance  with,  the laws of the State of New York without giving
effect to principles of conflicts of law.

         6.12 Dispute Resolution.  Any disputes which arise under this Agreement
with  respect to  interpretation  and  implementation  shall be  resolved by the
Bankruptcy Court.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Trustor has caused this Trust Agreement to be
executed  by a duly  authorized  officer of  representative  of the  Trustor and
attested by another duly authorized  officer of the Trustor and the Trustees and
New Keene have each  executed this Trust  Agreement,  all as of the day and year
first above written.


                                   KEENE CORPORATION


                                   By:-----------------------------------------
                                      Name:

Attest:


                                   By:-----------------------------------------
                                      Name:



<PAGE>
                                      112


                                   --------------------------------, as Trustee
                                   Archie R. Dykes



                                   --------------------------------, as Trustee
                                   Richard A. Lippe



                                   --------------------------------, as Trustee
                                   John J. Robbins



                                   NEW KEENE


                                   By:-----------------------------------------
                                      Name:

Attest:

                                   By:-----------------------------------------
                                      Name:



<PAGE>
                                      113





                                                                       EXHIBIT E
                                                                              TO
                                                                        THE PLAN


















                       Asbestos-Related Claims Resolution
                           and Distribution Procedures



<PAGE>
                                      114




               ASBESTOS IN BUILDINGS CLAIMS RESOLUTION PROCEDURES

I. INTRODUCTION.

         These  Asbestos In Buildings  Claims  Resolution  Procedures  (the "AIB
Procedures")  are  designed  to  evaluate,  liquidate,  pay and  dispose  of the
Asbestos  in  Buildings  Claims  ("AIB  Claims")   asserted  against  the  Keene
Corporation ("Keene") in a non-litigated,  low-transaction-cost  manner pursuant
to Keene's Plan of Reorganization (the "Plan") and the Trust Agreement.(1)

         The Procedures  shall provide the exclusive  method for disposition and
payment of AIB Claims. The goal is to provide fair payment to all claimants with
valid AIB Claims,  taking into account the resources  available to the Trust for
this purpose.  As such,  the AIB  Procedures  pertain only and are unique to the
Keene Chapter 11 Case and have no  applicability  on any other basis and are not
relevant to any litigation or other disputed proceeding.

         The  Procedures  may be  interpreted  by the  Trustees  only  where  an
ambiguity exists.  That  interpretation  shall be consistent with the purpose of
providing  payment  for  cost-effective,  reasonable  methods of  Abatement  (as
hereinafter  defined)  of  asbestos-containing  materials.  The  Trustees  shall
consider  duties  imposed  on  claimants  in the  future  by  applicable  law or
regulation  so as to insure  that there is no  inequity,  unfairness,  or unjust
enrichment resulting from the implementation of these AIB Procedures.

         Claimants  may, but need not, be  represented  by counsel during any of
the activities under these AIB Procedures.

II. DEFINITIONS.

          1.  Abatement:  "Abatement"  shall  mean  and  refer  to the  removal,
     enclosure, encapsulation or repair of ACM.

          2.  Abatement  Costs:  "Abatement  Costs"  shall mean and refer to the
     reasonable  costs  of  past  and  future  Abatement,  including,  by way of
     example, costs for the Abatement itself, design,  consultant and laboratory
     fees and other costs in connection with the Abatement,  on-site monitoring,
     insurance costs, disposal costs, and, except for Abatement upon demolition,
     the reasonable costs of replacement of ACM with a non-asbestos material.

          3.  ACM:  "ACM"  shall  mean and  refer  to any  material  or  product
     containing more than 1% asbestos by weight.

          4. ACM Surface  Treatments:  "ACM Surface  Treatments"  shall mean and
     refer to Keene's brands of ceiling tile containing amosite and a perforated
     asbestos-cement  board  used  for  acoustical  treatment,  "Monospray"  and
     "Pyrospray".

          5. ACM TSI:  "ACM TSI"  shall mean and refer to ACM that is applied to
     pipes,  fittings,  boilers,  breeching,  tanks,  ducts  or  other  interior
     structural components to prevent heat loss or gain or water or condensation
     for other purposes, such as pipe covering,  insulation block and insulating
     and finishing cements.

          6. Allowed  Costs:  "Allowed  Costs" shall mean and refer to Abatement
     Costs which are eligible for payment under these Procedures.  Allowed Costs
     do not include costs for surveys or operations and maintenance.

          7. Applicable Jurisdiction:  "Applicable  Jurisdiction" shall mean and
     refer to the  jurisdiction  whose  laws may be the  basis  for  determining
     whether a Claimant  has provided  Reasonable  Evidence,  where  required by
     these procedures.

          8. Approved Laboratory:  "Approved Laboratory" shall mean and refer to
     a laboratory  which is competent  to perform  constituent  analysis of bulk
     samples of ACM.

- ---------------------

(1)    All capitalized terms herein shall have the meaning provided for them in
       the Plan or the Trust, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

          
<PAGE>
                                      115


          9. Asbestos:  "Asbestos" shall mean and refer to chrysotile,  amosite,
     crocidolite,   tremolite  asbestos,   anthophyllite  asbestos,   actinolite
     asbestos and any of these minerals that have been chemically treated and/or
     altered.

          10. Asbestos Coordinator:  "Asbestos Coordinator" shall mean and refer
     to a  Claimant's  employee  who has  primary  responsibility  for  asbestos
     Abatement and control activities.

          11.  Category 1 Fund:  "Category  1 Fund"  shall mean and refer to the
     total consideration allocated for payment of Category 1 Claims.

          12.  Category 2 Fund:  "Category  2 Fund"  shall mean and refer to the
     total consideration allocated for payment of Category 2 Claims.

          13. Claimant: "Claimant" shall mean and refer to the owner or operator
     of one or more buildings as to which a proof of claim has been filed, or to
     the duly authorized legal agent thereof.

          14. Cost Model: "Cost Model" shall mean and refer to estimated past or
     future  Abatement  Costs based upon the  reasonable  abatement cost for the
     subject type of ACM as set forth in an appropriate  model  developed by the
     Trustees with the advice and concurrence of the TAC.

          15.  Demolition:  "Demolition"  shall mean and refer to the deliberate
     destruction  of a  building  or a part  thereof,  or a  building  system or
     component  thereof,  for any  purpose  by its owner or  operator,  by those
     acting  for or on  behalf  of the  owner or  operator,  or by a  government
     agency, undertaken in whole or in principal part for reasons not related to
     asbestos management or control or Abatement.

          16.  Disallowed  Claims:  "Disallowed  Claims" shall mean and refer to
     those  Claims  which are  determined  not to qualify for payment  under the
     Procedures.

          17. Future Allowed Costs:  "Future Allowed Costs" shall mean and refer
     to  estimated  Abatement  Costs to be  incurred  based upon the Cost Model.
     Future  Allowed  Costs may  include  the  Abatement  Costs for  removal  of
     previously encapsulated or enclosed ACM.

          18.  Homogeneous  Area:  "Homogeneous  Area" shall mean and refer to a
     section of ACM installed within one  construction  phase of a building that
     appears uniform in color, texture and appearance.

          19.  Keene ACM:  "Keene  ACM"  shall  mean and refer to ACM  designed,
     mined,  manufactured,  sold or distributed by Keene, or for which Keene may
     be  otherwise   responsible  under  the  laws  of  one  of  the  Applicable
     Jurisdictions,   including,  but  not  limited  to,  ACM  containing  Keene
     asbestos.

          20. Past Allowed  Costs:  "Past Allowed Costs" shall mean and refer to
     the lesser of Abatement Costs actually  incurred prior to the  Confirmation
     Date or those based upon application of the Cost Model.

          21. Principal ACM: "Principal ACM" shall mean and refer to the primary
     types of ACM which Keene, mined, manufactured, distributed or sold, to wit:
     sprayed  mineral  fiber  materials  containing  a mixture of mineral  wool,
     asbestos and binders; ceiling tiles; and ACM TSI.

          22. Reasonable Evidence: "Reasonable Evidence" shall mean and refer to
     evidence sufficient to present a jury issue under the tort system of one of
     the Applicable Jurisdictions.

          23. Removal: "Removal" shall mean and refer to the physical removal of
     ACM from a building and disposal  thereof in accordance with all applicable
     regulations.

<PAGE>
                                      116


          24.  Renovation:  "Renovation"  shall  mean and refer to the  removal,
     replacement,  substitution, alteration or modification of a building or any
     internal or external  building  surface,  system,  component  or  material,
     undertaken  in whole  or in  principal  part for  reasons  not  related  to
     asbestos management, control or Abatement.

III. ALLOWANCE OF AIB CLAIMS.

     A. Categories of AIB Claims.

          1.  Category  1.  Category  1 shall  include  all AIB Claims for which
     Claimants  provide either  Reasonable  Evidence or a final,  non appealable
     judgment that the ACM is Keene ACM.

          2.  Category 2. Any Claimant may agree to accept,  from the Category 2
     Fund  only,  its pro rata  share  thereof  on account of its AIB Claim with
     respect to Principal ACM.  Claimants who elect to be paid from the Category
     2 Fund will not receive any other payment on account of the type of ACM for
     which payment is being received from the Category 2 Fund.

          3.  There  shall  be two  sub-categories  within  each  of  the  above
     Categories 1 and 2, as follows:

               a. sub-category (a) shall include all AIB Claims for Past Allowed
          Costs; and

               b.  sub-category  (b) shall  include  all AIB  Claims  for Future
          Allowed Costs.

     B. Allowed Amounts.

          1. Each Category 1(a) Claim will be allowed in the amount supported by
     Reasonable Evidence.

          2. Each  Category  1(b)  Claim will be allowed to the extent of 75% of
     the amount supported by Reasonable Evidence.

          3. Each  Category  2(a)  Claim will be allowed to the extent of 50% of
     the amount of Past Allowed Costs.

          4. Each  Category  2(b)  Claim will be allowed to the extent of 25% of
     the amount of Future Allowed Costs.

     C. Disallowed Claims. The Trustees shall disallow any Claim:

          1. for which a timely  AIB Claim  Form  (defined  below)  has not been
     filed;

          2. for punitive and/or enhanced damages; and

          3. which is subject to a final judicial  order or a stipulation  which
     determines or  recognizes  that the ACM (for which the AIB is filed herein)
     is that of a specific, identified entity other than Keene.

     D. Payment of Claims.

          1. The  Trustees  shall  process  all AIB  Claims as soon as  possible
     beginning not later than one year after the Effective Date.

          2. The Allowed Amounts of all Category 1 Claims shall be paid pro rata
     from the Category 1 Fund,  but in no event shall any Claimant  receive more
     than 100% of such Allowed Amount.

<PAGE>
                                      117


          3. The Allowed Amounts of all Category 2 Claims shall be paid pro rata
     from the Category 2 Fund,  but in no event shall any Claimant  receive more
     than 100% of such Allowed Amount.

          4. Any funds  remaining  in the  Category 2 Fund after  payment of the
     Category 2 Claims shall be transferred to the Category 1 Fund.

          5. Any funds  remaining  in the  Category 1 Fund after  payment of the
     Category 1 Claims shall be transferred to the Category 2 Fund if Category 2
     Claimants  received (or will receive) less than 100% of the Allowed  Amount
     of their  Claims;  otherwise,  all funds  remaining  in the Category 1 Fund
     shall be used by the Trustees to pay Personal Injury Claims.

     E. Documentation.

         Except as otherwise  may be provided for herein,  no AIB Claim shall be
Allowed unless the documentation  required below is submitted to the Trustees in
support  of the Claim.  Such  documentation  must be  sufficient  to  constitute
Reasonable  Evidence,  where such is required.  In and of itself, the absence of
one or more type of document shall not be the basis for  disallowance  of an AIB
Claim.  Documents not provided may be substituted for by a certification  by the
Claimant that,  despite reasonable efforts to do so, the required material could
not be located. In such case, alternative Reasonable Evidence shall be accepted.

          1. Category 1 Claims.

               a. Description of the location, type and amount of the Keene ACM,
          including a certification of the accuracy of the information.

               b. Copies of all presently  existing bulk sample analysis results
          and/or records  thereof showing that the material  contained  asbestos
          (The bulk sample analysis technique must be polarized light microscopy
          or  another  of the  generally  acceptable  methods,  including  those
          acceptable to the United States  Environmental  Protection  Agency.  A
          minimum of one sample from each  Homogeneous  Area for which Abatement
          Costs are claimed must have been  analyzed.) and that the material was
          a Homogeneous Area.

               c.  Reasonable  Evidence that the ACM which is the subject of the
          AIB Claim is Keene ACM, such as:

                    (1) constituent analysis of representative bulk samples from
               a Homogeneous Area; or

                    (2)  a  sworn  affidavit  of  an  individual  with  personal
               knowledge that the material installed in the Homogeneous Area was
               Keene ACM and the factual basis for that conclusion; or

                    (3)   sales   invoices,   purchase   orders,   architectural
               specifications   and  records,   bid  documents,   contracts  and
               subcontracts,  change orders,  material  approvals,  maintenance,
               repair  and  renovation   records,   complaints  to  contractors,
               installation records, advertisements,  insurance claims, supplier
               records,  documents from discovery in lawsuits and Keene records;
               and

                    (4) the following, if available,

                         (a) copy of the  report of a  qualified  industrial  or
                    occupational   hygienist,   qualified  engineer,   qualified

<PAGE>
                                      118


                    consultant,  qualified  contractor or  Claimant's  qualified
                    asbestos  coordinator  describing  the  type,  location  and
                    quantity  of ACM,  and type  and  scope  of  Abatement  work
                    performed or to be performed,

                         (b) copies of  receipted  bills,  or  vouchers or other
                    proof of Abatement Costs,

                         (c) copies of bid  specifications and contracts for all
                    Abatement work performed or to be performed by persons other
                    than the Claimant's employees,

                         (d) copies of all special insurance  policies purchased
                    by  Claimant  to cover  Abatement  work  risks or  copies of
                    receipted   bills,   vouchers  or  other  proof  of  special
                    insurance, and

                         (e)  with  respect  to  Abatement   work  performed  by
                    Claimant's employees, copies of personnel contracts or other
                    proof of the salary of  Claimant's  employees and the number
                    of hours spent by them on Abatement activities,  including a
                    breakdown of those activities.

          2. Category 2 Claims.

               a. Description of the location,  type and amount of the Principal
          ACM, including a certification of the accuracy of the information.

               b. Copies of all presently  existing bulk sample analysis results
          and/or  records  thereof  showing that the abated  material  contained
          asbestos, pursuant to paragraph 1.b., above.

               c. To the  extent it  exists,  the  documentation  identified  in
          paragraph 1.c.(4), above.

IV. REVIEW AND PROCESSING OF CLAIMS.

     A. Submission of Claims.

         All AIB Claims shall be submitted  on a  Standardized  Claim Form to be
prepared  by the  Trustees  (the  "AIB  Claim  Form").  All AIB  Claims  must be
submitted no later than two years after the Effective Date.

         The   Trustees   may   establish   procedures   designed   to  minimize
administrative costs but they must not prejudice Claimants'  substantive rights.
The Trustees also may establish  guidelines to prevent abuse of the objective of
providing for  cost-effective  and reasonable  methods of asbestos Abatement and
control; these also must not prejudice Claimants' substantive rights and may not
be inconsistent with these Procedures.

     B. Review of Claims.

         Upon  receipt of a AIB Claim  Form,  the  Trustees  shall  review it to
determine whether the necessary  documentation has been included.  If additional
documentation is required,  the Trustees,  by overnight  (second day service) or
facsimile mail, shall so notify the Claimant. Any AIB Claim requiring additional
documentation  as to which such additional  documentation is not provided within
60 days from the date of such  notification,  or within such  additional time as
may be granted by the Trustees (but which,  in no event,  shall exceed 30 days),
shall be Disallowed,  provided that the Claimant shall have the right to request

<PAGE>
                                      119


reconsideration  and  ultimately  Binding  Dispute  Resolution as defined below.
Nothing herein shall preclude the Claimant and the Trustees from engaging in any
informal  discussion or exchange of documents  prior to the  Trustees'  official
determination of the Claim.

         Once all necessary  documentation has been received,  the Trustees will
determine  whether and to what extent the AIB Claim will be Allowed.  Within 120
days of  receipt  of all  necessary  documentation,  by  overnight  (second  day
service) or  facsimile  mail,  the  Trustees  shall notify the Claimant of their
determination.

         The  Trustees  shall  have the  right,  upon  reasonable  notice to the
Claimant,  to  inspect  Claimant's   building(s)  or  structure(s)  and  conduct
non-invasive or non-destructive tests reasonably necessary for the evaluation of
the AIB. Such inspection and/or testing shall be done at times convenient to the
Claimant and in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local rules or
regulations   regarding  safe  practices  and  the  Claimant's   operations  and
maintenance program, if any. Unless the Claimant agrees otherwise, inspection or
testing shall not extend the period within which the Trustees must determine the
allowability  of the AIB Claim.  For purposes of this section,  the  requirement
that any testing by the Trustees be  non-invasive or  non-destructive  shall not
preclude  securing  bulk samples  provided,  however,  that the sampling must be
conducted in accordance  with all applicable  federal,  state and local rules or
regulations   regarding  safe  practices  and  the  Claimant's   operations  and
maintenance  program,  if any,  and the  Trustees  shall  repair and restore the
location  from which the sample is taken to the extent of the  "damage"  done on
account of such testing or sampling.

         Determination  of the Allowability of an AIB Claim shall also include a
specification of the dollar amount of Allowed Costs. However, the Allowed Amount
of the  AIB  Claim  may  not be  greater  than  the  appropriate  percentage  of
reasonable and customary costs for the action taken under the circumstances.  If
the Allowed Amount is less than that sought by the Claimant for any reason,  the
Trustees shall state the reason for their  determination,  provide copies of all
reports of any inspection  and/or testing and fully discuss the Claimant's right
to request reconsideration and Binding Dispute Resolution.

     C. Reconsideration of Claim.

         A Claimant  shall have 60 days from the time it receives the  Trustees'
determination   of   Allowance/Disallowance   to  file  a  written  request  for
reconsideration  of that  determination.  The Claimant must state in writing the
reason(s) for seeking  reconsideration and include any materials not theretofore
submitted  which the Claimant  wishes to be considered  in  connection  with the
reconsideration.

         Once the Trustees have received the request for  reconsideration,  they
shall review it, all supporting documentation, the Claimant's reason for seeking
reconsideration  and any other relevant material.  The review shall be conducted
de novo by a panel consisting of a Trustee, a claims analyst and a disinterested
member of the TAC. (The claims analyst who made the original determination shall
not sit on the  reconsideration  panel.)  The panel  shall have 90 days from the
date the Trustees received  Claimant's request for reconsideration to decide the
matter.  If no final decision is issued within said 90-day time period,  the AIB
Claim shall be Allowed as originally submitted.

         The  reconsideration  panel's  decision  shall be given the Claimant in
writing;  it shall specify the amount of the Allowed Costs. If the Allowed Costs
decided  upon  by the  reconsideration  panel  are  less  than  the  appropriate
percentage of the amount of the Claim as originally filed by the Claimant or the

<PAGE>
                                      120



AIB Claim is Disallowed in whole or in part, the panel's decision shall be fully
detailed and shall also contain a discussion of the Claimant's  right to request
Binding Dispute Resolution.

     D. Binding Dispute Resolution.

         The Claimant may request that a reconsideration  panel's decision which
denies  the AIB  Claim in whole or in part be  submitted  to an  arbitrator  for
Binding  Dispute  Resolution.  The Claimant  shall have 60 days from the date it
receives  the  reconsideration  panel's  decision  to file with the  Trustees  a
written request for Binding Dispute Resolution.

         The  Trustees  shall  maintain  a list of not less than 15  independent
arbitrators  who are available to conduct  Binding  Dispute  Resolution.  Once a
request for Binding  Dispute  Resolution is received by the Trustees,  within 10
days of their  receipt of such request they shall send to the Claimant the names
and addresses of 10 independent  arbitrators  selected at random from their list
by the Trustees.  Claimant shall have 30 days from the date the list is received
to strike from the list five  arbitrators and to return to the Trustees the list
of the five remaining arbitrators.

         Once  the  Trustees   have  received  the   Claimant's   list  of  five
arbitrators,  they  shall  select  one from  that  list and  arrange  with  that
arbitrator a date and location for Binding Dispute  Resolution to commence.  The
Binding  Dispute  Resolution  shall be commenced  within 90 days of the date the
Trustees  received  the  Claimant's  choice  of  arbitrators.  When the date and
location that Binding Dispute  Resolution is to take place have been determined,
the  Trustees  shall  notify  the  Claimant  in  writing  of that along with the
identity of the arbitrator.

         The  arbitrator  shall  review  the AIB Claim de novo  pursuant  to the
standards set forth in these Procedures.  In no event may an arbitrator Allow an
AIB Claim in an amount less than that decided upon by the reconsideration panel,
unless the  arbitrator  determines  that the claim is not  Allowable.  The Trust
shall pay the arbitrator's fees, provided,  however, that, in the event Claimant
fails to  obtain  an award in an  amount  equal to or  greater  than 125% of the
reconsideration  panel's final  determination,  such fees and expenses  shall be
borne by the Claimant.


<PAGE>
                                      121




                  KEENE ASBESTOS RELATED PERSONAL INJURY CLAIMS
                     RESOLUTION AND DISTRIBUTION PROCEDURES

         These Keene  Asbestos  Related  Personal  Injury Claims  Resolution and
Distribution Procedures (the "Asbestos Claims Procedures") have been prepared in
connection  with the Plan of  Reorganization  (the "Plan") of Keene  Corporation
("Keene")  confirmed  by order of the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Court for the
Southern  District  of New  York  (The  "Court"),  dated  , 1996  and the  Keene
Creditors Trust Agreement (the "Trust Agreement") filed with the Plan.

         These Asbestos Claims Procedures  provide for processing,  liquidating,
paying and  satisfying  all  Asbestos  Personal  Injury  Claims and all asbestos
related Contribution and Indemnity Claims  ("Contribution and Indemnity Claims")
arising as a result of exposure to asbestos materials  manufactured  and/or sold
by Keene as provided in and  required by the Plan and the Trust  Agreement.  The
Trust (the  "Trust")  shall  implement  and  administer  these  Asbestos  Claims
Procedures in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

                                   SECTION I.

                                   DEFINITIONS

         1.1______Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined  herein or below shall have the  meanings  assigned to them in the Trust
Agreement or the Plan.

               (1) "Claim"  means  either a Claim or a Demand as those terms are
          defined in the Plan.

                                   SECTION II.

                      PURPOSE, OVERVIEW AND INTERPRETATION

         2.1  Purpose. These Asbestos Claims Procedures are adopted pursuant
to and in  connection  with the Trust  Agreement  and are  designed  to  provide
payment to holders of Keene Asbestos Related  Personal Injury Claims  ("Personal
Injury Claims") in such a way that holders of similar Personal Injury Claims are
paid in a substantially similar manner.

         2.2  Overview. The process for determining the amount to be offered
for a valid  Personal  Injury Claim will be based on the  claimant  establishing
that   the   Claim   meets   the   criteria   for   one   of   five    Scheduled
Diseases--Mesothelioma,  Lung  Cancer,  Other  Cancer,  Asbestos  Lung  Disease,
Category 1 and Asbestos  Lung  Disease,  Category 2, as later defined in Section
5.2.

         In general,  each claimant who the Trust  determines meets the criteria
for payment will be offered the established  percentage of the Scheduled Disease
Amount for the disease category  applicable to that claimant and payment will be
made from one of the two Funds established by the Trust pursuant to Section VI.

         If the claimant rejects the Trust's offer of the established percentage
of the Scheduled Disease Amount, the claimant may elect to have the validity and
amount of his or her Claim determined by the tort system. Valid Contribution and
Indemnity  Claims  also  will be  resolved  in a  manner  provided  for in these
Asbestos Claims Procedures.

<PAGE>
                                      122


         2.3  Interpretation.  Nothing in these Asbestos  Claims  Procedures
shall be deemed to create a substantive  right for any claimant.  These Asbestos
Claims Procedures are procedural,  and they may be amended,  deleted or added to
pursuant  to the terms of the Trust  Agreement  and the terms of these  Asbestos
Claims Procedures.

                                  SECTION III.

                     PAYMENT PERCENTAGE; PERIODIC ESTIMATES

         3.1  General.  The Trust will pay  holders of valid  Claims of asbestos
related  diseases  caused by Keene  products,  from the Trust Assets  only,  the
percentage  of each  Claim's  Scheduled  Value  (the  "Payment  Percentage")  as
determined by the Trustee pursuant to this Section III, in full  satisfaction of
each Claim and consistent with the objective of paying holders of similar Claims
in a substantially similar manner.

         There is substantial  uncertainty  regarding Keene's total liability to
present  and future  Keene  Personal  Injury  claimants,  the total value of the
Trust's  assets,  whether  those assets will be  sufficient  to pay all Personal
Injury  Claims and when any such assets will be  available.  Prior to making any
distributions  to claimants the Trust must,  consistent with Sections 3.2(a) and
(b) of the Trust  Agreement,  make a  determination  of the aggregate  Scheduled
Value of present and foreseeable  future asbestos claims,  of the cash available
for distributions,  and of such other factors necessary to determine the Payment
Percentage of each claim that the Trust can afford to pay to holders of Personal
Injury  Claims.  Subject to Sections 3.2 and 3.3 below,  the Trust shall pay the
Payment  Percentage  of the  Scheduled  Value of each claim  allowed under these
procedures.

         3.2 Adjustment of Payment Percentage.

         (a) Consistent with the Trust Agreement,  and subject to Section 3.2(c)
below,  the Trust may  evaluate  and change  the  Payment  Percentage.  Any such
evaluation shall be performed in a flexible and pragmatic manner that takes into
account the relevant circumstances,  including the practical limitations imposed
by the inability to predict with precision the future assets and  liabilities of
the Trust,  the costs  involved in  preparing  such  evaluations,  and any other
factors the Trust considers relevant.

         (b) In the event the  Trust,  after any  periodic  re-evaluation  under
Section 3.2(b) of the Trust  Agreement,  determines that the Payment  Percentage
should be changed,  such change shall be applied to all present  unpaid  present
claimants, all future claimants and all partially paid present claimants so that
each  claimant  in  a  substantially  similar  position  is  treated  reasonably
similarly.  The Trust  shall not  attempt to recover  from any paid  claimant or
claimant's representative the difference between the amount paid to the claimant
and the then prevailing Payment  Percentage,  and no paid claimant or claimant's
representative  will  have  any  obligation  to  return  to the  Trust  any such
differential.

         (c) The Trust shall  consult with the TAC  concerning  any proposal for
adjusting the Payment  Percentage,  and shall supply the results of any analysis
performed by or on behalf of the Trust as well as any valuations prepared by the
Trust's  investment  bankers,  if  any,  and  other  consultants.  The  proposed
adjustment  shall take effect  unless  affirmatively  objected to by the TAC. In
case of such  affirmative  objection,  the issue shall be resolved in accordance
with Section 5.1(c) of the Trust Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                      123


         3.3  Equalization  of  Payment  Percentages.  In the event a new higher
Payment  Percentage is determined the Trust shall make an additional  payment to
those Trust beneficiaries who have not been paid or whose cumulative payment was
less than the new higher Payment  Percentage,  consistent  with the objective of
paying holders of similar Claims in a substantially similar manner. However, the
Trust  shall not be  obligated  to make  such an  additional  payment  if in the
judgment of the Trust it concludes that the  administrative  burden or cost does
not justify the payment at that time.

         3.4 Monetization of Assets. The Trust shall monetize its assets,  other
than the Causes of  Action,  at the  earliest  opportunity  consistent  with its
obligation  to preserve  and enhance the value of the Trust  assets,  to provide
prompt and  equitable  distribution  of Trust Assets to present and future Keene
Asbestos Personal Injury Claimants and consistent with any provision of the Plan
or Trust Agreement imposing restrictions on the Trust Assets.

         3.5  Access  to  Financial  Information.   Subject  to  entry  into  an
appropriate  confidentiality  agreement where  applicable,  the Trust shall make
available to the TAC any investment  banking or other  financial,  accounting or
statistical  information  available  to  the  Trust  relating  to  issues  to be
discussed with and/or as to which consent or advice is required of the TAC.

         3.6  Amendments to Procedures  Involving  the Payment  Percentage.  The
procedures  set forth herein  governing the Payment  Percentage  may be amended,
altered,  or adjusted to reflect  changed  circumstances,  greater  information,
and/or improved  procedures by the Trust,  with the consent of the TAC, provided
however  that  no  amendment  to  these  Asbestos  Claims  Procedures  shall  be
inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  Sections  3.2(a)  and (b) of the  Trust
Agreement.

                                   SECTION IV.

                      CLAIMS, TYPES, PROCESSING AND PAYMENT

         4.1 Order of Payment. Once the initial Payment Percentage is determined
and the Trust has a minimum of $30  million of  Available  Cash in the  Personal
Injury Claim Fund as required by Section 3.2 of the Trust  Agreement,  the Trust
shall pay Claims in the order in which the Claims are  liquidated  in accordance
with  Section V below.  To the  extent  practicable,  the Trust  shall make such
payment  within 30 days of the Trust's  receipt of an executed  release from the
subject claimant.  If at any time the Trust has insufficient  available funds to
pay any  Claim,  the  Trust may  suspend  payment  until  such time as the Trust
monetizes  additional  assets.  No Claim shall be  preferred  over any other for
purposes of payment, unless otherwise specified herein.

         4.2 Prepetition Liquidated Claims.

         (a) Bonded  Judgments.  Prepetition  Liquidated  Claims  that have been
reduced to judgment and are secured by letters of credit, appeal bonds, or other
security or sureties ("Bonded Judgment Claims") shall first exhaust their rights
against any applicable  security.  If such collateral is insufficient to pay the
Bonded  Judgment  Claim in full, the  established  Payment  Percentage  shall be
applied to the unpaid amount of the  prepetition  judgment and that amount shall
be processed and paid as an allowed  Claim.  In the case of any Bonded  Judgment
Claim where there has been a decision in Keene's favor,  the Trust,  in its sole
discretion, may exercise whatever appeal rights Keene possessed.

<PAGE>
                                      124


         (b) Claims Settled or Reduced to Judgment or Damage Verdict.  Any other
pre-petition  Personal  Injury  Claims  against  Keene that were  liquidated  by
settlement  agreement or by an unsecured judgment or verdict as to the amount of
damages  that was entered  prior to December  3, 1993  ("Prepetition  Liquidated
Claims") require no processing other than verification of the holder's identity,
payment,  and  release  of the  Trust.  The  Scheduled  Value  of a  Prepetition
Liquidation  Claim shall be the Scheduled Value for the Scheduled Disease as set
forth in Section 5.3 below or the settlement,  judgment or damage verdict amount
agreed to or entered  against  Keene,  less any payment  received,  whichever is
higher.  Holders of Prepetition  Liquidated Claims shall be paid the established
Payment Percentage based upon that higher amount.

                                   SECTION V.

         The  following  provisions  shall  apply only after (1) the Trust has a
minimum of $30 million of Available Cash in the Asbestos Personal Injury Fund as
required  by  Section  3.2 of the  Trust  Agreement  and (2) the  Trustees  have
determined  that  the  Trust  assets  are  sufficiently  liquid  to make it cost
beneficial to begin  receiving  and  processing  Claims.  Prior to that time the
Trust shall have no obligation to receive or process Claims.

         5.1 Ordering and Categorizing of Unliquidated Claims.

         (a) Claims Materials. As soon as reasonably practicable the Trust shall
make  available  claims  materials  ("Claims  Material")  to each  person with a
Personal Injury Claim who (a) has a pending  lawsuit against Keene;  (b) filed a
proof of claim with the Court, or (c) has otherwise been identified to the Trust
as holding a Keene  Personal  Injury Claim that is not a Prepetition  Liquidated
Claim or  Bonded  Judgment  Claim.  The Trust  shall  make the  Claims  Material
available to any person  holding a Keene  Personal  Injury Claim who  identifies
himself in writing to the Trust, as soon as practicable  under the circumstances
following such identification.  The Trust may make the Claims Material available
to a claimant care of an attorney representing the claimant.

         (b) Claims  Information.  The Claims  Material  will  include a copy of
these Asbestos Claims Procedures,  instructions, and a claim form. To the extent
feasible,  the claim forms used by the Trust shall be the same or  substantially
similar to those used by other asbestos claims resolution facilities, subject to
the Trust's determinations  pursuant to Section 5.4 below. Instead of collecting
some or all claims information from a claimant or the claimant's  attorney,  the
Trust may obtain such  information  from electronic data bases maintained by any
other asbestos claim resolution organization.

         (c) Order of Claims. Claims will be ordered for processing in the order
in which  they are  received  and for  payment  in the  order in which  they are
liquidated.  Subject to the provisions of Sections 5.2 and 5.4(a) and (b) below,
a claimant may be treated by the Trust as having established disease category or
exposure if the claimant has received an offer of payment from another  asbestos
claim  resolution  facility on the basis of evidence  establishing  a disease in
such  disease  category  or  establishing  exposure at a site which the Trust is
satisfied  would have  resulted  in  exposure to Keene  products,  provided  the
decision to accept claims information from such other claims resolution facility
had previously been consented to by the TAC.

         (d) Time to File  Claims.  In order to be eligible  for  payment  under
these Asbestos Claims Procedures,  a claimant must return all claims information
requested by the Trust,  or otherwise  make  available  the  information  sought
pursuant to Section 5.4(b) below, within six months following his or her receipt
of the Claims  Material.  Failure to return the Claims  Material  within the six
month  period will result in  automatic  disallowance  of the claim,  unless the
claimant satisfies the Trust that such failure should be excused.

<PAGE>
                                      125


         5.2 Scheduled  Disease  Categories.  In accordance  with Section 5.4(b)
below Compensable  Claims will be claims of persons who establish that they were
injured by exposure to asbestos-containing  products manufactured or supplied by
Keene and who suffer from  medical  conditions  which fall within the  following
five Scheduled Disease categories: (1) Mesothelioma;  (2) Lung Cancer; (3) Other
Cancer; (4) Asbestos Lung Disease I ("ALD-1");  and (5) Asbestos Lung Disease II
("ALD-2").

         (a) "Mesothelioma"  means a diagnosis by a board-certified  pathologist
of  a  malignant  tumor  caused  or  contributed  to  by  exposure  to  asbestos
originating in the mesothelial  cells of the pleura,  peritoneum or like tissue,
or reasonable  equivalent  clinical  diagnosis in the absence of adequate tissue
for pathological diagnosis.

         (b) "Lung  Cancer"  means a  diagnosis  by a qualified  physician  of a
malignant primary tumor of any cell type, originating within the lung, caused or
contributed to by exposure to asbestos.

         (c) "Other  Cancer"  means a diagnosis  by a qualified  physician  that
indicates  a  malignant  tumor  originating  in the  larynx,  pharynx,  stomach,
esophagus, colon or rectum, caused or contributed to by exposure to asbestos.

         (d) "ALD-1" means either: (1) a diagnosis of pulmonary  asbestosis by a
board-certified internist or pulmonary specialist based on the following minimum
objective criteria:

               (a) a chest x-ray abnormality of 1/1, or greater; or

               (b) if a chest x-ray is not evaluated as grade 1/1 or greater for
          a diagnosis  of  asbestosis,  two of the  following  criteria  must be
          present:

                    (i) A chest x-ray  abnormality of 1/0 or pleural  encasement
               (i.e.,  rarely seen  extensive  bilateral  pleural  changes) that
               substantially  contributes  to  one  or  more  of  the  pulmonary
               function  abnormalities found in (ii)--(v),  below; (ii) a forced
               vital capacity below 80% of predicted; (iii) A diffusing capacity
               below 80% of predicted; (iv) a total living capacity below 80% of
               predicted;  or (v) a decline  of 20% over the past 5 years in any
               of the following values; FVC, TLC, or DLCO; or

         (2) a signed statement by a board-certified  pathologist that more than
one  representative  section of lung tissue otherwise  uninvolved with any other
process (e.g., cancer or emphysema) demonstrates a pattern of peribronchiolar or
parenchymal scarring in the presence of characteristic asbestos bodies, and also
that there is no other more likely explanation for the presence of the fibrosis.

         (e) "ALD-2" means a diagnosis by a qualified  physician  that indicates
other  abnormalities  of the  parenchyma or pleura  attributed to prior asbestos
exposure, including pleural plaques, pleural thickening,  pleural encasement and
mild parenchymal fibrosis not meeting the definition of ALD-1.

         5.3  Schedule  of  Asbestos-Related   Disease  Categories  and  Values.
Personal  Injury Claims will be  categorized  and valued in accordance  with the
following schedule of asbestos-related diseases and values.

<PAGE>
                                      126


                                                               Scheduled
    Category               Scheduled Disease                     Value
    --------               -----------------                   ---------

        1              Malignant Mesothelioma                 $125,000.00
        2              Lung Cancers                           $ 50,000.00
        3              Other Cancer                           $ 30,000.00
        4              Asbestos Lung Disease--1               $ 25,000.00
        5              Asbestos Lung Disease--2               $ 6,500.00

         5.4 Categorization of Claims and Claims Criteria and Processing.

         (a) Supporting Evidence.

         (i) Proof of  Disease.  Subject to  Section  5.1(c)  above and  Section
5.4(c) below,  in order to establish a valid  Personal  Injury Claim, a claimant
must submit at least one medical report from a qualified physician that contains
a diagnosis of asbestos related injury.  The Trust may require the submission of
x-rays,  laboratory  tests,  medical  examinations  or  reviews,  other  medical
evidence or any other  evidence to support such  Personal  Injury Claims and may
also require that the medical evidence  submitted comply with recognized medical
standards  regarding  equipment,  testing  methods and procedures to assure that
such evidence is reliable. The Trust will categorize claims based on the medical
evidence  submitted  to the Trust as part of the  claimant's  proof of claim.  A
claimant  may,  but not need,  supplement  this  information  with more  current
medical  evidence.  Where  the  claimant  has  filed  an  incomplete  claim  for
categorization,  the Trust may notify the  claimant  of the need for  additional
information and the Trust need not process the Claim until the file is complete.
In addition to the data required above and by Section 5.2 above, the Trust after
consultation with the TAC, may require that additional evidence be provided.

         (ii) Proof of Exposure. The Trust may require such evidence of exposure
or  may  apply  such  presumptions  based  on job  site,  occupation,  dates  of
employment,  and other factors as the Trustees in their discretion may from time
to time  determine are  appropriate to balance the goal of paying only claimants
with exposure to Keene  asbestos-containing  product with the goal of preventing
excessive   expenditure  on  claim   processing.   Any  such   requirements  and
presumptions  should be  calculated  to yield  findings with respect to exposure
that would be permissible under the Federal Rules of Evidence.

         (iii) Proof of Validity  Under  Applicable  Law.  The Trust may require
such  additional  evidence,  if any,  under the applicable  substantive  law and
statute of limitations  as the Trustees in the exercise of their  discretion may
determine  is  appropriate  to balance the goal of paying only valid claims with
the goal of preventing excessive expenditure on claim processing.

         (iv)  Modification of Evidentiary  Requirements.  The Trustees may from
time to time review the nature of the documentation and other evidence the Trust
will  require to  establish  a Claim  under  each  disease  category  and in the
exercise of their  discretion  may modify such  requirements  to the extent they
deem advances in medical knowledge, change in claim filing patterns, or the goal
of preventing  excessive  expenditure on claims handling make such  modification
appropriate.

         (b) Other Data  Banks.  In lieu of actually  receiving  the medical and
exposure evidence  discussed in Sections 5.2 and 5.4(a) above, the Trustees may,
subject to the  provisions  of  Section  2.1(c)(xviii)  of the Trust  Agreement,
utilize the data bank of any other asbestos claims resolution  facility provided
the decision to use the claims'  information  from such other claims  resolution
facility  has  received the prior  consent of the TAC. To minimize  costs,  this
procedure shall be utilized whenever possible to verify a Claim.

<PAGE>
                                      127


         (c) If after reviewing the Claim  submitted,  the Trust determines that
the Claim meets the Trust's criteria or if it is a Prepetition Liquidated Claim,
the Trust  shall  tender the  claimant  an offer of payment in the amount of the
established Payment Percentage of the Scheduled Value for the Scheduled Disease,
together  with a form of release to be developed by the Trust for this  purpose.
If the claimant accepts the offer and returns the release properly executed, the
Trust shall  disburse  payment  within 30 days  thereafter or as promptly as its
financial  condition  then  permits,  and  in  accordance  with  the  procedures
contained in Section 3 above.

         (d) If the claimant  does not respond to the Trust's offer within three
months,  unless that time is extended  by the Trust,  the Trust's  offer and the
Claim will be deemed to be  withdrawn.  A claimant  may also elect to withdraw a
Claim at any time. A Claim that is  withdrawn  or deemed to have been  withdrawn
may be refiled at any time,  and shall be ordered on the Trust Claims list based
on the date of receipt by the Trust of the refiled claim.

         (e) If the Trust  determines  that a Claim does not meet Trust criteria
for  any  payment  or  if  a  claimant  disagrees  with  the  Scheduled  Disease
determination  made by the Trust,  the claimant may dispute such  determination.
Upon receipt of written advice from the claimant of such a dispute, coupled with
the claimant's written statement of the basis for the dispute and any supporting
documentation  within such time period established by the Trust and communicated
to the  claimant,  the  Trust  shall  reevaluate  the claim in light of all then
available  documentation  and advise the  claimant  of its  reevaluation.  If on
reevaluation  the Trust  determines  that the Claim qualifies for placement in a
Scheduled Disease category or in a different Scheduled Disease category than the
Trust  originally  determined,  the Trust shall tender an offer in the amount of
the  established  Payment  Percentage of the  Scheduled  Value for the Scheduled
Disease so  determined,  together with a form of release as described in Section
5.4(c) above. If the claimant accepts the offer and returns the release properly
executed,  the  Trust  shall  tender  payment  within 30 days  thereafter  or as
promptly  thereafter as financial  conditions permit, and in accordance with the
procedures contained in Section 3 above.

         5.5 Audit Procedures.  In all cases, the Trust may require that medical
x-rays,  tests,  laboratory  examinations and other medical evidence comply with
recognized  medical  standards  regarding   equipment,   testing  methods,   and
procedures  to assure  that such  evidence  is  reliable.  The Trust may develop
methods for auditing the reliability of medical evidence,  including independent
reading of x-rays. If this audit shows an unacceptable  level of reliability for
medical evidence submitted by specific doctors or medical facilities,  the Trust
may refuse to accept medical evidence from such doctors or medical facilities.

         In addition,  the Trust may develop methods for auditing other types of
evidence necessary to support a claim.

         5.6 Resolution of Categorization and Valuation Disputes.

         (a) Payment of Claims.  If a claim  otherwise  meets the  criteria  for
payment of Claims, the Trust will pay the established  Payment Percentage of the
Scheduled  Value for the  disease in  accordance  with the  provisions  of these
Asbestos Claims Procedures.

         (b) Litigation.  Only claimants who reject the Trust's  reevaluation of
the Percentage  Payment of the Scheduled  Value of the Claim pursuant to Section
5.4(e)  above  retain  the right to trial  against  the Trust to  determine  the
validity and the liquidated  value, if any, of their Claims.  The Trust will not
be required to appear in any action brought by a claimant  against the Trust nor
shall the Trust be  subject  to party  discovery  or levy and  execution  on any
judgment.  No  punitive  damage  claim  may be  asserted  against  the Trust and

<PAGE>
                                      128


pursuant to the Plan of  Reorganization  and Confirmation  Order the Trust shall
not pay any punitive damage claims awarded to a claimant. A judgment creditor is
eligible for payment from the Trust's Available Cash, as provided in Section 6.1
below, 30 days after the judgment is final and non-appealable or at such time as
the Trust's financial condition permits, and in accordance with Section 3 above.

                                   SECTION VI.

                                  PAYMENT FUNDS

         6.1 Creation of Two Funds. The Trust shall establish two separate funds
for the payment of Claims asserted  against the Trust, to be designated a Fund A
and Fund B.

         (a) Fund A. Fund A will pay the established  Percentage  Payment of (i)
any  deficiency  due to a Secured  Bonded  Judgment  holder  pursuant to Section
4.2(a);  (ii) any  Prepetition  Liquidated  Personal  Injury Claims  pursuant to
Section  4.2(b);  (iii) the Claim of any Personal Injury Claimant who accepts an
offer from the Trust based on the Scheduled Value for a Scheduled Disease;  (iv)
the Claim of any Asbestos  Personal Injury Claimant who obtains a verdict in the
tort system, but only up to the amount of the Scheduled Value for the particular
Scheduled Disease category established at trial.

         (b) Fund B. Fund B will pay: (i) any  deficiency  due a Keene  Asbestos
Personal  Injury  Claimant  who  received a judgment in excess of the  Scheduled
Value for the Scheduled  Disease;  (ii) the Claim of any claimant who obtained a
judgment or has an accepted Claim for Contribution or Indemnity; (iii) any other
Keene Asbestos  Personal  Injury  Claimant not otherwise  identified,  but in an
amount not to exceed the established  Payment  Percentage of the Scheduled Value
for the Claim in question.

         (c) Distribution of Trust Cash Between the Fund. The Trust's  Available
Cash for  distribution  to Trust  beneficiaries  shall be held by the  Trust for
distribution to  beneficiaries  with determined Fund A Claims until such time if
ever that all such  beneficiaries have received aggregate payments equalling 85%
of the Scheduled Value of their claims.

         (d)  Reallocation  of Unused Fund A Amounts.  If and when all claimants
due to receive  money from Fund A have been paid or an  appropriate  reserve for
claims of future claimants has been established, the balance remaining in Fund A
will be transferred to Fund B.

                                  SECTION VII.

                                TRUST LITIGATION

         7.1  Dismissal  of  Lawsuits.  In order to  conserve  the assets of the
Trust,  except as set forth  below  holders of Claims are  enjoined  from filing
future litigation against Keene, New Keene, or the Trust, may not proceed in any
manner against the Trust,  Keene or New Keene in any state or federal court, and
are  required to pursue  their  claims  against the Trust  solely as provided in
these Asbestos Claims Procedures.

         7.2 No  Requirement  to Appear.  Except as provided  herein,  the Trust
shall not be required to enter an appearance  in any court as to any claim,  nor
shall it be subject to discovery or to default judgment or levy and execution on
any  judgment  and under no  circumstances  shall the Trust be  required  to pay
claims,   whether  for  asbestos-related   conditions  or  for  contribution  or
indemnification, except in accordance with these Asbestos Claims Procedures.

<PAGE>
                                      129


         7.3 Litigation between Trust Beneficiaries.

         (a) Right to Introduce  Evidence.  In any litigation  between  Asbestos
Personal Injury Claimants and other asbestos  manufacturers,  all parties retain
their respective rights provided by applicable law in state or federal courts in
the appropriate jurisdiction.

         (b) Third-party  claims may be asserted  against the Trust for the sole
purpose of listing the Trust on a verdict form in those jurisdictions where such
procedures apply.

         7.4 Contribution and Indemnity Claims.

         (a)  Right  to  Pursue  Contribution  and  Indemnity  Claims  Retained.
Co-defendants  shall have the right to pursue  contribution  and indemnity  only
where (1) allowed by applicable  local law and (2) no set-off  credit is allowed
by  applicable  local law.  The  Co-defendant  shall not be eligible to assert a
contribution  or indemnity  claim until it has paid the entire amount due to the
claimant.

         (b) Processing, Valuation and Payment of Contribution Claims. The Trust
may establish forms for filing Contributions and Indemnity Claims.  Contribution
and  Indemnity  Claims  made to the Trust shall be  processed  in order of their
receipt by the Trust,  without  reference to any list  established for Claims of
Asbestos Personal Injury  Claimants.  Contribution and Indemnity Claims shall be
valued by the Scheduled  Disease of the underlying  Personal Injury Claimant and
paid the established Payment Percentage of the Scheduled Value of the claimant's
disease.

                                  SECTION VIII.

                              TRUST DECISIONS FINAL

         All  decisions  made by the Trust with respect to  determining  Payment
Percentages,  order of  payment,  amount  and timing of  payment,  and any other
matters covered by these Asbestos Claims  Procedures shall be final and binding,
and not subject to review.

                                   SECTION IX.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1 Amendments.  The Trustees may amend, modify,  delete, or add to any
of these Asbestos Claims Procedures (including,  without limitation,  amendments
to conform these  procedures  to advances in scientific or medical  knowledge or
other changes in  circumstances)  by a majority  vote of the Trustees,  provided
they first  obtain the advice and consent of the TAC.  Notwithstanding  anything
contained herein to the contrary,  these Asbestos Claims Procedures shall not be
modified  or  amended  in  any  way  that  would   jeopardize  the  validity  or
enforceability of the Permanent Channeling Injunction.

         9.2 Severability. Should any provision contained in the Asbestos Claims
Procedures be determined to be unenforceable, such determination shall in no way
limit or affect the  enforceability  and  operative  effect of any and all other
provisions of the Asbestos Claims Procedures.

<PAGE>
                                      130


         9.3 Attorneys'  Fees.  Attorneys' fees payable in connection with Trust
Claims  liquidated  and paid through  these  Asbestos  Claims  Procedures  where
calculated as a percentage  of recovery,  shall be the lower of the fee provided
in the  contract  between  claimant  and  counsel  or 25%,  exclusive  of  costs
chargeable  to the  claimant.  The  recovery  shall be  measured  by the  actual
payments from the Trust to the claimant, not the Scheduled Value of the Claim.


<PAGE>
                                      131



                                                                       EXHIBIT F
                                                                              TO
                                                                        THE PLAN


















                       Reinhold Credit Facility Agreement



<PAGE>
                                      132



                       REINHOLD CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of [ ], 1996, between , as
trustee (the "Trustee") of that certain trust (the "Creditors' Trust") of even
date herewith established in connection with the Debtor's Third Amended Plan of
Reorganization (the "Plan") in the Chapter 11 case captioned In re Keene
Corporation, Case No. 93 B 46090 (SMB), United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern
District of New York ("Bankruptcy Court") and Reinhold Industries, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("Reinhold").

         WHEREAS, Reinhold is successor in interest to Keene Corporation, Debtor
("Debtor") in the above-referenced case; and

         WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan, the Creditors' Trust is required to
enter into the "New Keene Credit Facility" with Reinhold on the terms and
conditions contained herein.

         NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  1. (a) During the period ("Initial  Period")  beginning on the
         Effective  Date (as  defined  in the  Plan) and  ending  on the  second
         anniversary  thereof, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, the
         Creditors' Trust shall make loans (each, a "Loan" and collectively, the
         "Loans") to Reinhold from time to time in an aggregate principal amount
         not exceeding One Million Five Hundred Thousand ($1,500,000) Dollars at
         any one  time  outstanding.  Subject  to such  limitation,  during  the
         Initial  Period,  Reinhold  shall have the right to repay any or all of
         the  indebtedness  due  hereunder  and  thereafter  obtain  one or more
         additional Loans.

                  (b) (i)  Reinhold  may  exercise  its  right to  borrow  funds
         hereunder by giving not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice
         ("Notice") of the amount and date of such borrowing, in which event the
         funds shall be  delivered by the  Creditors'  Trust to Reinhold on such
         date in the form of a bank or certified  check or a wire  transfer to a
         bank account designated by Reinhold;  provided,  however,  that (A) the
         Creditors'  Trust shall not be required to honor any such Notice  which
         is delivered  after the expiration of the Initial  Period,  and (B) the
         minimum  amount of any loan shall be One  Hundred  Thousand  ($100,000)
         Dollars.

                  (ii) Each such Notice shall include a certificate, duly signed
         by an officer of Reinhold,  that Reinhold satisfies the requirement set
         forth in Section 3 as of the date of such Notice, which Notice shall be
         accompanied by the internal financial  statements  described in Section
         3(i).

                  (c) (i) Each Loan shall  bear  interest  on the unpaid  amount
         thereof at a  fluctuating  rate equal to the rate of interest  publicly
         announced from time to time by Citibank,  N.A. as its base rate ("Prime
         Rate"), such interest rate to change automatically  effective as of the
         effective date of any change in the Prime Rate; however,  such interest
         rate hereunder shall not exceed the maximum rate of interest  allowable
         under applicable law.

                  (ii)  Interest  shall be payable on or before the fifth day of
         each  month  with  respect  to the  amount of  interest  accrued on the
         outstanding loans during the preceding month.

<PAGE>
                                      133


                  (iii) After the Maturity Date (or  following the  acceleration
         of the Loans under Section 5, if earlier) the Loans shall bear interest
         at the Prime Rate plus five (5%) percent per annum,  (but not more than
         the legally allowable interest rate).

                  (d) The Loans, including all accrued,  unpaid interest and any
         outstanding  principal,  shall be due on the date (the "Maturity Date")
         occurring  three (3) years  following  the  Effective  Date;  provided,
         however, that any amounts owed hereunder may be prepaid, in whole or in
         part and without penalty, at any time.

                  (e) (i) Any payments  shall be applied first  against  accrued
         interest and thereafter against the outstanding principal of the Loans.

                  (ii) All payments shall be made in immediately available funds
         in lawful money of the United States at such office and to such account
         as designated by the Creditors' Trust.

                  2. As of the date hereof, Reinhold represents and warrants to
         the Creditors' Trust that:

                  (a) The Company is a corporation  formed and validly  existing
         under the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and has all
         requisite power and authority under such law to own its property and to
         carry on its business as now being conducted,  and that it is qualified
         to do  business  in any  state  and  foreign  jurisdiction  where  such
         qualification is required.

                  (b) With such exceptions as do not in the aggregate materially
         adversely affect its business,  Reinhold has all permits,  licenses and
         approvals  necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted as
         required  by  law  and  each  governmental  agency  having  appropriate
         authority.

                  (c) Reinhold  has full power and  authority to enter into this
         Agreement and to incur and perform the obligations provided for herein,
         all of which  have been  duly  authorized  by all  power and  necessary
         action.  No consent  or  approval  of any third  party,  including  any
         governmental or administrative authority,  instrumentality or agency is
         required as a condition to the validity of this Agreement.

                  (d) This Agreement  constitutes  the valid and legally binding
         obligation  of  Reinhold  enforceable  in  accordance  with its  terms,
         subject to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  and other laws of
         general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to
         general equity principles.

                  (e)  To  the  best   knowledge  of  Reinhold,   there  are  no
         proceedings or  investigations  pending or threatened before any court,
         arbitrator or governmental or administrative authority, instrumentality
         or agency which, in any one case or in the aggregate,  could reasonably
         be expected to have a materially  adverse effect on Reinhold's  ability
         to perform its obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement.

                  (f) There is no statute,  regulation, rule, order or judgment,
         or  provision  of  Reinhold's  Amended  and  Restated   Certificate  of
         Incorporation or its Amended By-laws, and no provision of any mortgage,
         indenture,  contract or agreement  binding on Reinhold or affecting its
         property, which would conflict with or prevent the execution,  delivery
         or  carrying  out of the terms of this  Agreement,  and no  consents or
         waivers  of any  party  is  required  for the  execution,  delivery  or
         carrying out of the terms of this Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                      134


                  3. The obligation of the Creditors' Trust to make each Loan is
         subject to the following  conditions precedent at the time of each such
         Loan:

                  (a)  Reinhold  shall  have  complied  and  shall  then  be  in
         compliance  with  all  the  terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this
         Agreement which are binding upon it.

                  (b) There  shall  exist no Event of Default and no event which
         with  the  giving  of  notice  or the  lapse of  time,  or both,  would
         constitute an Event of Default.

                  (c) The representations and warranties  contained in Section 2
         hereof   shall  be  true  with  the  same   effect   as   though   such
         representations and warranties had been made at the time of the Loan.

                  (d)  Reinhold  shall  have  paid  and  discharged  all  taxes,
         assessments  and  governmental  charges  upon it,  its  income  and its
         properties  prior to the date on which penalties are attached  thereto,
         unless  Reinhold  shall  be  contesting  such  taxes,   assessments  or
         governmental charges in good faith.

                  (e)  Reinhold  shall not have  directly  or  indirectly  sold,
         leased  or  otherwise  disposed  of  all  or  substantially  all of its
         properties  or assets  or  consolidated  with or merged  into any other
         Person,  or permitted any other Person to consolidate or merge with it,
         unless such person (i) assumed the  obligations  of Reinhold  hereunder
         and (ii) if immediately  after giving effect to such transaction  there
         is no  event  which  upon  notice  or lapse  of  time,  or both,  would
         constitute an Event of Default.

                  (f)  Reinhold   shall  be  in  compliance   with  the  funding
         requirements  of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974
         with respect to employee benefit plans for its employees.

                  (g)  Reinhold  shall  be  in  compliance  with  all  statutes,
         regulations, orders and other regulatory requirements the noncompliance
         with which would materially and adversely affect its ability to conduct
         its business.

                  (h)  Reinhold  shall  not be in  material  default  under  any
         contract, lease, or other obligation;  provided, that Reinhold shall be
         deemed to be in  compliance  with this  Section  3(h) if the  aggregate
         liabilities represented by such contracts, leases or obligations, as to
         which Reinhold is in material  default,  does not exceed Fifty Thousand
         ($50,000) Dollars.

                  (i) Reinhold  shall have a  consolidated  net book equity,  as
         calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles
         and based on the latest available internal financial statements, of not
         less than Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand ($750,000) Dollars.

                  4. (a) As of the date hereof,  the Creditors' Trust represents
         and warrants to Reinhold that:

                    (i) The Creditors' Trust is a trust validly  established and
               organized  under the law of the  State of [New  York] and has all
               requisite  power and  authority  under  such law to  conduct  its
               business as now being conducted.

<PAGE>
                                      135


                    (ii) The  Creditors'  Trust has full power and  authority to
               enter  into  this   Agreement   and  to  incur  and  perform  the
               obligations  provided  for  herein,  all of which  have been duly
               authorized  by all power and  necessary  action.  No  consent  or
               approval  of any  third  party,  including  any  governmental  or
               administrative  authority,  instrumentality or agency is required
               as a condition to the validity of this Agreement.

                    (iii)  This  Agreement  constitutes  the valid  and  legally
               binding   obligation  of  the  Creditors'  Trust  enforceable  in
               accordance  with its terms,  subject to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
               reorganization and other laws of general  applicability  relating
               to  or  affecting   creditors'   rights  and  to  general  equity
               principles.

                    (iv) To the best  knowledge of the Creditors'  Trust,  there
               are no proceedings or investigations pending or threatened before
               any  court,   arbitrator  or   governmental   or   administrative
               authority, instrumentality or agency which, in any one case or in
               the  aggregate,  could  reasonably be expected to have a material
               adverse effect on the Creditors'  Trust's  ability to perform its
               obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement.

                    (v)  There  is  no  statute,   regulation,  rule,  order  or
               judgment,  or provision of the  agreement,  dated as of even date
               hereof,  between  the Debtor  and the  Trustee  establishing  the
               Creditors' Trust or in any other contract or agreement binding on
               the  Creditors'  Trust,  or affecting its  property,  which would
               conflict with or prevent the execution,  delivery or carrying out
               of the terms of this Agreement, and no consents or waivers of any
               party is required for the execution,  delivery or carrying out of
               the terms of this Agreement.

                  (b) During  the  Initial  Period,  the  Creditors'  Trust will
         reserve  sufficient  funds at all times so that it will be able to meet
         its obligations to make Loans  hereunder and the Creditors'  Trust will
         not merge or consolidate with any other entity,  or transfer its assets
         to  such  entity,  if such  action  would  impair  the  ability  of the
         Creditors' Trust to meet its funding obligations hereunder.

                  5. (a) If any one or more of the following events (hereinafter
         called "Events of Default") shall have occurred and be continuing:

                    (i) if Reinhold  shall not pay the  principal or interest on
               one or more of the Loans or any  other  amount  due  hereinafter,
               when the same shall be due (whether at the Maturity Date, earlier
               as a result of  acceleration or otherwise) and such failure shall
               continue for a period of five (5) days after notice thereof; or

                    (ii)  if  any  representation   made  by  Reinhold  in  this
               Agreement  shall  prove to have been false or  misleading  in any
               material respect when made; or

                    (iii)  if,  any  time  during  the  term of  this  Agreement
               (whether or not Reinhold is  requesting a Loan),  Reinhold  shall
               not be in material  compliance with the representations set forth
               in Section 3 and such noncompliance  shall not be remedied within
               sixty (60) days after written  notice,  specifying  such default,
               shall have been delivered to Reinhold by the Creditors' Trust; or

<PAGE>
                                      136


                    (iv) any of the  following  actions by, or with  respect to,
               Reinhold:   Assignment   for  the   benefit  of  its   creditors;
               application  for, or  appointment  of, a receiver for Reinhold or
               substantially all of its property;  filing a voluntary  petition,
               or an involuntary petition which is not dismissed within 60 days,
               under  any of the  provisions  of Title 11 of the  United  States
               Code;  entry of a judgment  in excess of $500,000  (execution  of
               which  judgment  has not been stayed or from which any appeal has
               not been taken); dissolution;  insolvency,  however evidenced; or
               suspension or liquidation of its usual business,

then in such event the Creditors' Trust may, at its option, exercised by written
notice to Reinhold, declare the Loans, including accrued interest, to be due and
payable  immediately,  whereupon  the Loans shall  become  payable,  without the
necessity of any presentment,  demand,  protest or further notices, all of which
are hereby waived by Reinhold.

                  (b) If  any  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
         continuing, the Creditors' Trust may proceed to protect and enforce its
         rights  by it in  equity  and/or  by  action  of law,  whether  for the
         specific  performance of any term or agreement  contained herein or for
         any  injunction  against any breach of any such term or agreement or in
         aid of the exercise of any power granted herein,  or proceed to enforce
         the payment of the Loans or the  performance  of this  Agreement  or to
         enforce any other legal or equitable rights. No remedy herein conferred
         upon the  Creditors'  Trust is  intended to be  exclusive  of any other
         remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be
         in addition to every other remedy  given  hereunder or now or hereafter
         existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.

                  6. The  Bankruptcy  Court shall retain  original  jurisdiction
         over any disputes or controversies  arising under or in connection with
         this Agreement.

                  7. (a) All notices,  requests or other communications required
         or permitted to be made in accordance  with this Agreement  shall be in
         writing  and shall be  delivered  personally  or by  digital  facsimile
         transmission or mailed by first class mail:

                    (i) if to the Reinhold, to:

                    (ii) if to the Creditors' Trust, to:

                    (iii) Notices sent by facsimile transmission shall be deemed
               delivered when actually received, and notices sent by first class
               mail shall be deemed delivered three business days after mailing.

                  (b)  Either  party may  change  the  address at which it is to
         receive  notices under this  Agreement by furnishing  written notice to
         the other in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.

                  8. (a) Reinhold  agrees,  in the case of the Event of Default,
         to pay all  reasonable  expenses  incurred by the  Creditors'  Trust in
         connection  with the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement and
         the collection of the Loans.

                  (b) Each and  every  right  granted  to the  Creditors'  Trust
         hereunder or under any other document delivered  hereunder or under any
         other  document  delivered  hereunder  or in  connection  herewith,  or
         allowed it by law or equity,  shall be cumulative  and may be exercised

<PAGE>
                                      137


         from time to time.  No failure on the part of the  Creditors'  Trust to
         exercise,  and no delay in  exercising,  any right  shall  operate as a
         waiver,  nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right preclude
         any other or  future  exercise  thereof  or the  exercise  of any other
         right, power or privilege.

                  (c)  This   Agreement   may  be   executed   in  one  or  more
         counterparts,  each of which  shall be  deemed  an  original  but which
         together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

                  (d) This Agreement  shall be governed by,  construed under and
         interpreted  in  accordance  with  the laws of the  State of New  York,
         without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

                  (e) Any  provision of this  Agreement  which is  prohibited or
         unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  shall not invalidate the remaining
         provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or  unenforceability in any
         jurisdiction  shall not  invalidate  or render  unenforceable  any such
         provision in any other jurisdiction.

                  (f) This Agreement may be amended, modified or terminated only
         by written  agreement  executed by the parties  hereto.  This Agreement
         contains the entire  agreement  and  understanding  between the parties
         related  to  the  subject  matter  hereof,  and  supersedes  all  prior
         agreements,  understandings,  representations  and warranties,  whether
         written or oral, with respect thereto.

                  (g) This Agreement  shall bind and inure to the benefit of the
         parties hereto and their respective  successors and assigns.  Except as
         required by applicable  laws, the rights and  obligations of each party
         hereto may not be assigned, transferred or delegated by either party.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.


                                   REINHOLD INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                   By:-----------------------------------------



                                   CREDITORS' TRUST


                                   By:-----------------------------------------


<PAGE>
                                      138




                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                              TO
                                                                        THE PLAN


















                          Registration Rights Agreement



<PAGE>
                                      139



                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated , 1996, among Reinhold Industries,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and that certain trust established
pursuant to the Debtor's Fourth Amended Plan of Reorganization ("Plan") of Keene
Corporation,  which Plan has been filed by Keene  Corporation  in United  States
Bankruptcy  Court for the  Southern  District  of New York (Case No. 93 B 46090)
(the "Creditors' Trust").

         1.  Background.  This  Agreement is entered into  pursuant to the Plan.
This  Agreement  shall  become  effective  upon the  issuance of the Class B New
Common Stock by Reinhold to the Creditors' Trust.

         2. Registration under Securities Act.

         2.1.  Registration on Request.  (a) Request.  At any time subsequent to
the date occurring two (2) years following the Effective Date (as defined in the
Plan),  the Creditors' Trust shall have the right to request in writing that the
Company use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act
of all or part of such holder's Registrable Securities;  provided, however, that
the  Company  shall  not be  obligated  to effect  more  than two  registrations
pursuant to this  Section 2.1 and not more than one  registration  in any twelve
(12)  month  period.  The  Company  will  use its best  efforts  to  effect  the
registration  under the Securities Act of the Registrable  Securities  which the
Company has been so requested to register.

         (b) Registration of Other Securities. Whenever the Company shall effect
a  registration   pursuant  to  this  Section  2.1,  no  securities  other  than
Registrable  Securities  shall be included among the securities  covered by such
registration unless the managing underwriter of such offering shall have advised
the  Creditors'  Trust that the  inclusion  of such other  securities  would not
adversely affect such offering.

         (c) Registration  Statement Form.  Registrations under this Section 2.1
shall be on such appropriate registration form of the Commission (i) as shall be
selected by the Company and as shall be reasonably  acceptable to the Creditors'
Trust;  provided,  however, that Form S-1 or any comparable successor form shall
be  deemed  acceptable  and  (ii)  as  shall  permit  the  disposition  of  such
Registrable  Securities  in  accordance  with the intended  method or methods of
disposition specified in their request for such registration.

         (d) Expenses.  The Company will pay all Registration  Expenses incurred
in connection with the two registration  requests  pursuant to this Section 2.1,
other than the fees and expenses of counsel to the Creditors'  Trust or the fees
and  expenses  of any other  person  retained  by the  Creditors'  Trust and the
underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and transfer  taxes  allocable to the
Registrable Securities being sold.

         (e) Effective Registration Statement. A registration requested pursuant
to this  Section  2.l shall not be deemed  to have been  effected  (i)  unless a
registration statement with respect thereto has become effective and, unless all
the securities  registered  thereby are theretofore sold, has remained effective
for at least 90 consecutive  days, (ii) if after it has become  effective,  such
registration is interfered with by any stop order,  injunction or other order or
requirement  of the  Commission  or other  governmental  agency or court for any
reason,  and the Registrable Shares covered thereby have not been sold, or (iii)
if the conditions to closing on the part of the underwriter  with respect to the
Company  specified in the selling  agreement or underwriting  agreement  entered
into in  connection  with such  registration  are not satisfied or waived by the
underwriters.  The Company  shall not register the  Registrable  Securities on a
delayed or continuous  basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act, or
any like registration form.

<PAGE>
                                      140


         (f) Underwriters. If any registration effected pursuant to this Section
2.1 shall be a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten public offering, the
managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be selected by the Creditors'
Trust with the consent of the Company,  which  consent will not be  unreasonably
withheld.

         (g) Apportionment in Registrations  Requested. If, in connection with a
registration  requested  pursuant to this Section 2.1, the managing  underwriter
shall  advise the Company in writing  that,  in its opinion,  marketing  factors
require a delay in the  offering or a  limitation  of the number of shares to be
underwritten  below the  number  of  shares  requested  to be  included  in such
registration  or the  number of  securities  requested  to be  included  in such
registration  exceeds  the number  which can be sold in such  offering  within a
price range  acceptable to the Creditors' Trust requested to be included in such
registration, the Company will include in such registration the number of shares
that the Company is so advised can be sold in such offering.  In connection with
any  registration  as to which the  provisions  of this  clause  (g)  apply,  no
securities  other  than   Registrable   Securities  shall  be  covered  by  such
registration  and if the aforesaid  results in the exclusion of in excess of 50%
of the Registrable Securities originally sought to be registered and the holders
of Registrable Securities elect not to proceed, the request shall not be counted
for purposes of determining the number of registrations  pursuant to Section 2.1
hereof.  If a  registration  pursuant to this clause (g) includes  securities of
other  persons  in  accordance  with  Section  2.1(b)  hereof  and the  managing
underwriter  concludes that preceding  criteria is  appropriate,  the securities
proposed to be  included  by such other  persons  shall be  eliminated  from the
offering  prior  to  effecting  any  reduction  in  the  number  of  Registrable
Securities to be included by the Creditors' Trust.

         (h) (i) Within one hundred twenty (120) days immediately  following the
effective date of any registration  statement filed pursuant to this Section 2.1
or (ii) if the Company shall  furnish a  certificate  signed by the President of
the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of
the  Company,  it  would  be  seriously   detrimental  to  the  Company  or  its
stockholders for such  registration  statement to be filed on or before the date
filing would be required  and it is  therefore  essential to defer the filing of
such registration statement,  then the Company shall have the right to defer the
filing  of the  registration  statement  for a period of not more than 120 days;
provided, however, that the Company may not utilize such right more than once in
any twelve month period.

         2.2.  Incidental   Registration.   (a)  Right  to  Include  Registrable
Securities.  If the Company at any time  proposes to register any of its Class A
New Common Stock under the Securities Act (other than by a registration  on Form
S-8 or Form S-4 or any successor or similar form, in connection with a merger or
acquisition of a business or assets or similar transaction),  whether or not for
sale for its own account,  it will each such time give prompt  written notice to
the  Creditors'  Trust of its intention to do so and of the  Creditors'  Trust's
rights under this Section 2.2. Upon the written request of the Creditors'  Trust
made within 30 days after the receipt of any such notice  (which  request  shall
specify the Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such holder and
the intended  method of  disposition  thereof),  the Company will use reasonable
diligence to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable
Securities  which the Company has been so requested to register,  provided  that
the number of shares of Registrable Securities of the Creditor's Trust shall not
exceed the number of shares of Class A New Common  Stock which the Company  then
intends  to  register;  provided,  further,  that if, at any time  after  giving
written  notice of its  intention  to register any  securities  and prior to the
effective  date of the  registration  statement  filed in  connection  with such
registration,  the Company shall  determine for any reason not to register or to

<PAGE>
                                      141


delay  registration of such securities,  the Company may, at its election,  give
written notice of such determination to the Creditors' Trust and, thereupon, (i)
in the  case of a  determination  not to  register,  shall  be  relieved  of its
obligation  to register  any  Registrable  Securities  in  connection  with such
registration  (but not from its obligation to pay the  Registration  Expenses in
connection  therewith),  without  prejudice,  however,  to  the  rights  of  the
Creditors' Trust to request that such registration be effected as a registration
under Section 2.1, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay registering,
shall be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities, for the same
period  as the delay in  registering  such  other  securities.  No  registration
effected  under this Section 2.2 shall relieve the Company of its  obligation to
effect any registration upon request under Section 2.1. The Company will pay all
Registration  Expenses  in  connection  with each  registration  of  Registrable
Securities  requested  pursuant  to this  Section  2.2,  other than the fees and
expenses  of counsel to the  Creditors'  Trust or the fees and  expenses  of any
other person retained by the Creditors' Trust and the underwriting discounts and
commissions  and transfer taxes allocable to the  Registrable  Securities  being
sold.

         (b)  Apportionment  in Incidental  Registrations.  If (i)  registration
pursuant to this Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering of the securities
being registered,  whether or not for sale for the account of the Company, to be
distributed  (on a firm  commitment or best efforts  basis) by or through one or
more underwriters of recognized  standing under  underwriting  terms appropriate
for such a transaction,  and (ii) the managing  underwriter of such underwritten
offering shall inform the Company (who shall  immediately  notify the Creditors'
Trust of its belief that marketing  factors require a delay in the offering or a
limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten below the number of shares
requested  to be  included  in such  registration  or the  number of  securities
requested  to be included in such  registration  exceeds the number which can be
sold in (or  during  the  time  of)  such  offering,  or  within  a price  range
acceptable  to it and the Company,  then the Company may include all  securities
proposed  by the Company to be sold for its own  account  and may  decrease  the
number of Registrable Securities and other securities of the Company so proposed
to be  sold  and  so  requested  to be  included  in  such  registration  by the
Creditors' Trust to the extent necessary to reduce the number be included in the
registration to the level recommended by the managing underwriter.

         2.3. Registration  Procedures.  If and whenever the Company is required
to use its best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities
under the  Securities  Act as provided in Sections 2.1 and 2.2, the Company will
as expeditiously as possible:

               (i) prepare and (as soon  thereafter  as possible or in any event
          no  later  than  90 days  after  the end of the  period  within  which
          requests for  registration  may be given to the Company or such longer
          period as the  Company  shall in good faith  require  to  produce  the
          financial  statements  required in connection with such  registration)
          file with the  Commission  the  requisite  registration  statement  to
          effect such  registration and thereafter use its best efforts to cause
          such  registration  statement to become  effective,  provided that the
          Company may discontinue any  registration of its securities  which are
          not Registrable Securities (and, under the circumstances  specified in
          Section 2.2(a),  its securities  which are Registrable  Securities) at
          any time prior to the  effective  date of the  registration  statement
          relating thereto;

               (ii) prepare and file with the  Commission  such  amendments  and
          supplements to such registration  statement and the prospectus used in
          connection  therewith as may be  necessary  to keep such  registration

<PAGE>
                                      142


          statement  effective  for at least 90  consecutive  days and to comply
          with  the  provisions  of  the  Securities  Act  with  respect  to the
          disposition of all securities  covered by such registration  statement
          until such time as all of such  securities  have been  disposed  of in
          accordance  with the intended  methods of disposition by the seller or
          sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

               (iii)  furnish to the  Creditors'  Trust to the extent that it is
          selling shares covered by such  registration  statement such number of
          conformed  copies  of such  registration  statement  and of each  such
          amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits,
          but only one copy  thereof),  such number of copies of the  prospectus
          contained in such registration  statement  (including each preliminary
          prospectus and any summary  prospectus) and any other prospectus filed
          under  Rule 424 under  the  Securities  Act,  in  conformity  with the
          requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents,  as such
          seller may reasonably  request;  (iv) use its best efforts to register
          or qualify all Registrable  Securities and other securities covered by
          such  registration  statement under such other  securities or blue sky
          laws or such jurisdictions as the managing  underwriter shall request,
          to keep such  registration or  qualification  in effect for so long as
          such  registration  statement  remains in  effect,  and take any other
          action which may be  reasonably  necessary or advisable to enable such
          seller to consummate  the  disposition  in such  jurisdictions  of the
          securities owned by such seller, except that the Company shall not for
          any such purpose be required to qualify  generally to do business as a
          foreign  corporation in any jurisdiction  wherein it would not but for
          the  requirements  of  this  subdivision  (iv) be  obligated  to be so
          qualified  or to  consent  to  general  service of process in any such
          jurisdiction;

               (v) use its best  efforts  to cause  all  Registrable  Securities
          covered  by  such  registration  statement  to be  registered  with or
          approved by such other governmental  agencies or authorities as may be
          necessary to enable the seller or sellers  thereof to  consummate  the
          disposition of such Registrable Securities;

               (vi)  furnish to the  Creditors'  Trust to the extent  that it is
          selling shares a signed counterpart,  addressed to such seller, except
          as provided in (y) below, (and the underwriters, if any)

                    (x) a signed copy,  addressed to each seller of  Registrable
               Securities,  of the opinion of counsel for the Company  delivered
               to the underwriters or other purchasers under the underwriting or
               like agreement, and

                    (y) a  signed  copy  of  any  "comfort"  letter,  dated  the
               effective  date  of such  registration  statement  (and,  if such
               registration includes an underwritten public offering,  dated the
               date of the closing under the underwriting agreement),  signed by
               the  independent   public  accountants  who  have  certified  the
               Company's  financial  statements  included  in such  registration
               statement,  addressed to each seller,  to the extent the same can
               be reasonably  obtained,  and addressed to the  underwriters,  if
               any, covering substantially the same matters with respect to such
               registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and,
               in the case of the  accountants'  letter,  with respect to events
               subsequent  to the  date of  such  financial  statements,  as are
               customarily  covered  in  opinions  of  issuer's  counsel  and in
               accountants'   letters   delivered   to   the   underwriters   in
               underwritten  public  offerings of securities and, in the case of


<PAGE>
                                      143



               the accountants'  letter,  such other financial matters,  and, in
               the case of the legal opinion,  such other legal matters, as such
               seller  or  such  holder  (or  the  underwriters,   if  any)  may
               reasonably request;  provided,  however,  that in an underwritten
               public offering, the sellers of Registrable Shares shall accept a
               signed copy of the comfort  letter  delivered  to and accepted by
               the underwriters;

               (vii)  notify each seller of  Registrable  Securities  covered by
          such registration  statement,  at any time when a prospectus  relating
          thereto is required to be delivered  under the  Securities  Act,  upon
          discovery  that,  or upon the  happening  of any  event as a result of
          which, the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then
          in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
          state any material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to
          make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading  in the  light  of the
          circumstances  under  which they were made,  and at the request of any
          such  seller or holder  promptly  prepare to furnish to such seller or
          holder  a  reasonable  number  of  copies  of a  supplement  to  or an
          amendment  of  such  prospectus  as  may  be  necessary  so  that,  as
          thereafter  delivered  to the  purchasers  of  such  securities,  such
          prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or
          omit to  state a  material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or
          necessary to make the  statements  therein not misleading in the light
          of the circumstances under which they were made;

               (viii)  otherwise  use  its  best  efforts  to  comply  with  all
          applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available
          to its  security  holders,  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable,  an
          earnings  statement covering the period of at least twelve months, but
          not more than eighteen months,  beginning with the first full calendar
          month after the effective date of such registration  statement,  which
          earnings  statement  shall satisfy the  provisions of Section 11(a) of
          the Securities  Act, and will furnish to each such seller at least two
          business  days prior to the filing  thereof a copy of any amendment or
          supplement to such registration  statement or prospectus and shall not
          file any  thereof  to which  any such  seller  shall  have  reasonably
          objected on the grounds  that such  amendment or  supplement  does not
          comply  in  all  material   respects  with  the  requirements  of  the
          Securities Act or of the rules or regulations thereunder;

               (ix)  provide  and cause to be  maintained  a transfer  agent and
          registrar for all Registrable  Securities covered by such registration
          statement  from and after a date not later than the effective  date of
          such registration statement; and

               (x) use its  best  efforts  to list  all  Registrable  Securities
          covered by such registration  statement on any securities  exchange on
          which any of the Registrable Securities is then listed.

The Company may require the  Creditors'  Trust to furnish the Company in writing
such  information  regarding the Creditors'  Trust and the  distribution of such
securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request.

         The  Creditors'   Trust  agrees  by  acquisition  of  such  Registrable
Securities  that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of
any event of the kind  described  in  subdivision  (vii) of this Section 2.3, it
will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the
registration  statement  relating  to such  Registrable  Securities  until  such
holder's  receipt  of the  copies  of the  supplemented  or  amended  prospectus
contemplated by subdivision (vii) of this Section 2.3 and, if so directed by the

<PAGE>
                                      144


Company,  will  deliver to the Company (at the  Company's  expense)  all copies,
other than  permanent  file copies,  then in its  possession  of the  prospectus
relating to such Registrable  Securities  current at the time of receipt of such
notice.

         2.4. Underwritten  Offerings.  (a) Requested Underwritten Offerings. If
requested  by the  underwriters  for any  offering  pursuant  to a  registration
requested  under  Section  2.1,  the  Company  will enter  into an  underwriting
agreement  with  such  underwriters  for such  offering,  such  agreement  to be
satisfactory  in substance and form to the Company and to the  Creditors'  Trust
and the underwriters and to contain such  representations  and warranties by the
Company  and  the  Creditors'  Trust  and  such  other  terms  as are  generally
prevailing  in  agreements  of  this  type,   including,   without   limitation,
indemnities  to the effect  and to the  extent  provided  in  Section  2.6.  The
Creditors'  Trust will  cooperate  with the  Company in the  negotiation  of the
underwriting agreement and will give consideration to the reasonable requests of
the Company  regarding the form thereof,  provided that nothing herein contained
shall diminish the foregoing obligations of the Company.

         (b)  Incidental  Underwritten  Offerings.  If the  Company  at any time
proposes  to  register  any  of  its  securities  under  the  Securities  Act as
contemplated  by Section 2.2 and such  securities  are to be  distributed  by or
through  one or  more  underwriters,  the  Company  will,  if  requested  by the
Creditors'  Trust as provided in Section  2.2 and subject to the  provisions  of
Section  2.2(b),  arrange for such  underwriters  to include all the Registrable
Securities to be offered and sold by the  Creditors'  Trust among the securities
to be distributed by such underwriters.

         2.5.  Preparation;  Reasonable  Investigation.  In connection  with the
preparation and filing of each  registration  statement under the Securities Act
pursuant to this Agreement,  the Company will give the Creditors'  Trust and its
counsel the opportunity to participate in the  preparation of such  registration
statement,  each prospectus  included therein or filed with the Commission,  and
each amendment  thereof or supplement  thereto,  and will give each of them such
access to its books and records and such  opportunities  to discuss the business
of the Company with its officers and the independent public accountants who have
certified its financial statements as shall be necessary, in the opinion of such
holders'  and such  underwriters'  respective  counsel,  to conduct a reasonable
investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act.

         2.6. Indemnification.  (a) Indemnification by the Company. In the event
of any  registration  of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act,
the Company will,  and hereby does,  indemnify and hold harmless the  Creditors'
Trust, its trustees, employees and agents, each other Person who participates as
an underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities and such other Person,
if any, who controls such seller or any such  underwriter  within the meaning of
the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several, to which such seller or any such trustee,  employee, agent, underwriter
or controlling  person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise,
insofar  as  such  losses,   claims,  damages  or  liabilities  (or  actions  or
proceedings,  whether commenced or threatened,  in respect thereof) arise out of
or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  of any
material  fact  contained  in  any  registration   statement  under  which  such
securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus,
final prospectus or summary prospectus  contained  therein,  or any amendment or
supplement  thereto,  or any  omission or alleged  omission  to state  therein a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, and the Company will reimburse such seller and each such
trustee,  employee,  agent,  underwriter and controlling person for any legal or
any other expenses  reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating
or defending any such loss,  claim,  liability,  action or proceeding;  provided
<PAGE>
                                      145



that the  Company  shall not be liable in any such case to the  extent  that any
such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof)
or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue  statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission made in such  registration  statement,
any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment
or  supplement  in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information
furnished  to the  Company in writing by or on behalf of a seller for use in the
preparation  thereof and,  provided further that the Company shall not be liable
to any Person who  participates  as an  underwriter,  in the offering or sale of
Registrable   Securities  or  any  other  Person,  if  any,  who  controls  such
underwriters  within the meaning of the Securities  Act, in any such case to the
extent that any such loss, claim, damage,  liability (or action or proceeding in
respect  thereof) or expense arises out of such Person's failure to send or give
a copy of the final prospectus, as the same may be then supplemented or amended,
to the Person  asserting  an untrue or alleged  untrue  statement or omission or
alleged omission or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of Registrable
Securities  to such Person if such  statement or omission was  corrected in such
final  prospectus.  Such  indemnity  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect
regardless of any investigation  made by on or behalf of such seller or any such
trustee,  employee,  agent,  underwriter or controlling person and shall survive
the transfer of such securities by such seller.

         (b)  Indemnification by Creditors' Trust. The Company may require, as a
condition to including any Registrable  Securities in any registration statement
filed  pursuant  to  Section  2.3,  that the  Company  shall  have  received  an
undertaking  satisfactory to it from the prospective  seller of such securities,
to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set
forth in subdivision (a) of this Section 2.6) the Company,  each director of the
Company, each officer of the Company and each other Person, if any, who controls
the  Company  within the  meaning of the  Securities  Act,  with  respect to any
statement  or alleged  statement  in or omission or alleged  omission  from such
registration statement, any preliminary prospectus,  final prospectus or summary
prospectus  contained therein,  or any amendment or supplement  thereto, if such
statement  or alleged  statement  or  omission or alleged  omission  was made in
reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the
Company in writing by or on behalf of the Creditors' Trust, specifically for use
in  the  preparation  of  such  registration   preliminary   prospectus,   final
prospectus,  summary prospectus,  amendment or supplement.  Such indemnity shall
remain in full force and effect,  regardless of any investigation  made by or on
behalf of the Company or any such director,  officer or  controlling  Person and
shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

         (c) Notices of Claims,  etc.  Promptly  after receipt by an indemnified
party of notice of the  commencement  of any action or  proceeding  involving  a
claim  referred to in the  preceding  subdivisions  of this  Section  2.6,  such
indemnified  party will, if a claim in respect  thereof is to be made against an
indemnifying  party,  give written notice to the latter of the  commencement  of
such action,  provided that the failure of any indemnified  party to give notice
as provided herein shall not relieve the  indemnifying  party of its obligations
under the preceding  subdivisions of this Section 2.6, except to the extent that
the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In
case any such action is brought  against an  indemnified  party,  unless in such
indemnified  party's  reasonable  judgment a conflict of interest  between  such
indemnified  party and indemnifying  parties may exist in respect of such claim,
the  indemnifying  party shall be entitled to  participate  in and to assume the
defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to
the  extent  that it may wish,  with  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to such
indemnified  party,  and  after  notice  from  the  indemnifying  party  to such
indemnified  party  of its  election  so to  assume  the  defense  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party shall not be liable to such indemnified  party for any legal
or other  expenses  subsequently  incurred by the latter in connection  with the

<PAGE>
                                      146



defense thereof other than reasonable  costs of  investigation.  No indemnifying
party shall,  without the consent of the indemnified party,  consent to entry of
any  judgment  or enter  into  any  settlement  which  does  not  include  as an
unconditional  term  thereof  the giving by the  claimant or  plaintiff  to such
indemnified  party of a release  from all  liability in respect to such claim or
litigation.

         (d) Other Indemnification. Indemnification similar to that specified in
the preceding subdivisions of this Section 2.6 (with appropriate  modifications)
shall be given by the  Company  and the  Creditors'  Trust  with  respect to any
required  registration or other qualification of securities under any Federal or
state law or regulation of any governmental  authority other than the Securities
Act.

         (e)  Indemnification  Payments.  The  indemnification  required by this
Section 2.6 shall be made by periodic  payments of the amount thereof during the
course of the  investigation  or  defense,  as and when  bills are  received  or
expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

         (f)  Lock-up.  The  underwriter  for  any  offering  of  the  Company's
securities  to the general  public shall have the option to restrict the sale of
any of the Company's Common Stock, or Securities  exchangeable  therefor, by the
Company (except for securities subject to a registration on Form S-8) other than
securities registered in such offering,  for a period of up to 120 days from the
effective date of any such offering.

         3. Definitions.  As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires,
the following terms have the following respective meanings:

         Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Federal
agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

         Class A New Common Stock:  Class A New Common Stock, $.01 par value per
share, of the Company.

         Class B New Common Stock:  Class B New Common Stock, $.01 par value per
share, of the Company.

         Company: Reinhold Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

         Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         Person: A corporation,  an association,  a partnership,  a business, an
individual,  a governmental or political  subdivision  thereof or a governmental
agency.

         Registrable Securities: Any shares of Class B New Common Stock owned by
the  Creditors'  Trust,  which shall be converted  into Class A New Common Stock
upon  registration  or any  shares  of  Class  A New  Common  Stock  owned  by a
Transferee,  provided that the Creditors'  Trust  expressly  assigned its rights
under this Registration Agreement to such Transferee,  but in no event shall the
Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement in the hands of such Transferee
exceed the number of shares of Class B New Common Stock  assigned or transferred
by the  Creditors'  Trust to such  Transferee  (which shares were converted into
Class  A New  Common  Stock  upon  such  assignment  or  transfer).  Registrable
Securities  shall cease to be  Registrable  Securities  when (a) a  registration
statement  with  respect  to the  sale  of such  securities  shall  have  become
effective under the Securities Act and such securities  shall have been disposed
of in  accordance  with such  registration  statement,  (b) they shall have been
distributed  to the public  pursuant  to Rule 144 (or any  successor  provision)

<PAGE>
                                      147


under the Securities  Act, (c) they shall have been otherwise  transferred,  new
certificates  for them not bearing a legend  restricting  further transfer shall
have  been  delivered  by the  Company  or (d)  they  shall  have  ceased  to be
outstanding.

         Registration   Expenses:   All  expenses   incident  to  the  Company's
performance of or compliance with Section 2, including,  without limitation, all
registration,  filing and National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. fees,
all fees and expenses of complying  with  securities or blue sky laws,  all word
processing,  duplicating and printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses,
the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of independent  public
accountants,  including  the  expenses of any special  audits or "cold  comfort"
letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, the fees and
disbursements of one counsel retained by the Creditors' Trust provided, however,
that  Registration  Expenses  shall  not  include  underwriting,  discounts  and
commissions and transfer taxes, if any.

         Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         Transferee:  Any  Person to which the  Creditors'  Trust has  conveyed,
assigned or transferred at least 200,000 shares of Common Stock.

         4. Rule 144. If the Company shall have filed a  registration  statement
pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act or a registration
statement  pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act, the Company will
file the  reports  required to be filed by it under the  Securities  Act and the
Exchange  Act (or, if the Company is not  required to file such  reports,  will,
upon the request of any holder of Registrable  Securities,  use its best efforts
to make publicly  available other  information) and will use its best efforts to
take such further action as any holder of Registrable  Securities may reasonably
request,  all to the extent  required from time to time to enable such holder to
sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within
the limitation of the  exemptions  provided by (a) Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, as such Rule may be amended  from time to time or (b) any  similar  rule or
regulation  hereafter adopted by the Commission.  Upon the request of any holder
of  Registrable  Securities,  the Company  will deliver to such holder a written
statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

         5. Term.  This Agreement and the rights of the parties  hereunder shall
commence on the  Effective  Date and shall  terminate  on the tenth  anniversary
following such Effective Date.

         6.  Amendments  and  Waivers.  This  Agreement  may be amended  and the
Company  may take any action  herein  prohibited  or to  perform  any act herein
required to be  performed  by it, only if the Company  shall have  obtained  the
written consent to such amendment,  action or omission to act, of the Creditors'
Trust.

         7. Notices. All communications  provided for hereunder shall be sent by
first-class  mail and (a) if addressed to the Creditors'  Trust,  at , or (b) if
addressed to the Company, at to the attention of its President.

         8.  Assignment.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit  of and be  enforceable  by the  parties  hereto  and  their  respective
successors and assigns.

         9.  Descriptive  Headings.  The  descriptive  headings  of the  several
sections and  paragraphs of this  Agreement are inserted for reference  only and
shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

<PAGE>
                                      148


         10.  GOVERNING LAW. THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

         11. Counterpart.  This Agreement may be executed  simultaneously in any
number of counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as
of the date first above written.


                                   REINHOLD INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                   By:-----------------------------------------
                                               Authorized Officer



                                   CREDITORS' TRUST


                                   By:-----------------------------------------
                                                     Trustee



<PAGE>
                                      149



                                                                       EXHIBIT H
                                                                              TO
                                                                        THE PLAN


















                          Share Authorization Agreement



<PAGE>
                                      150



                          SHARE AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT

         This Agreement, dated , 1996, by and between Reinhold Industries,  Inc.
("Reinhold"),  a Delaware  corporation  and , as  trustees  ("Trustee")  of that
certain  trust  ("Creditors'  Trust")  established  pursuant to Debtor's  Fourth
Amended Plan of Reorganization ("Plan") of Keene Corporation,  Debtor ("Debtor")
in Case No. 93 B 46090 (SMB), United States Bankruptcy Court,  Southern District
of New York ("Bankruptcy Court").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS,  the Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Plan by order dated , 1996
and the Plan was consummated on the Effective Date (as defined in the Plan); and

         WHEREAS,  Reinhold is  successor-in-interest to Debtor and, pursuant to
the Plan,  adopted an Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of
Reinhold Industries, Inc. ("Certificate"); and

         WHEREAS, the Certificate authorizes and, pursuant to the Plan,
on the Effective Date Reinhold issued to the Creditors'  Trust 1,020,000  shares
of the Class B New Common Stock,  par value $.01 ("Class B Common") of Reinhold;
and

         WHEREAS,  the Certificate  authorizes  1,480,000  shares of Class A New
Common  Stock,  par value $.01 ("Class A Common") of Reinhold,  of which 980,000
shares of Class A Common are issued and outstanding on the Effective Date; and

         WHEREAS, Section 8.2(iv) of the Plan provides that no additional shares
of Class A Common will be authorized or issued without the prior written consent
of the  Creditors'  Trust,  provided  that the Class B Common  then  outstanding
represents not less than ten (10%) percent of the aggregate number of the sum of
the  shares of Class A Common  and  Class B Common  (collectively,  "New  Common
Stock").

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  the parties  hereto,  intending to be legally  bound,
agree as follows:

          1. (a) Without the prior written consent of the Trustees, which may be
     withheld  in their  sole  discretion,  Reinhold  shall  not (i)  amend  its
     Certificate  to  authorize  any  shares  of Class A Common in excess of the
     1,480,000 shares now authorized therein or (ii) issue any shares of Class A
     Common  in  excess  of the  980,000  shares  now  issued  and  outstanding;
     provided,  however,  that  Reinhold  shall not be  required  to obtain such
     written consent on or after the earliest date on which the number of shares
     of Class B Common then  outstanding  is less than ten (10%)  percent of the
     total number of shares of New Common Stock.

          2. (a) Reinhold  acknowledges that this Agreement was negotiated as an
     integral part of the Plan and that any breach of the restrictions set forth
     herein  will  cause  irreparable  damage  to the  Creditors'  Trust  in its
     capacity as a major shareholder of Reinhold.

              (b) In the event of an actual or threatened  breach by Reinhold of
     the provisions of this Agreement, the Creditors' Trust shall be entitled to
     an  injunction  restraining  Reinhold  from such  violation,  provided that
     nothing set forth in this Section 2 shall be construed as  prohibiting  the
     Creditors'  Trust  from  pursuing  any other  legal or  equitable  remedies
     available  with respect to such breach,  including the recovery of damages.
     In  addition,  Reinhold  shall be liable for any and all costs and damages,
     including  reasonable  legal fees incurred by the  Creditors'  Trust,  as a
     result of any breach of the provisions of this Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                      151


          3. The Bankruptcy  Court shall retain original  jurisdiction  over any
     disputes  or  controversies  arising  under  or  in  connection  with  this
     Agreement.

          4. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and
     end on the earlier of (i) the date  occurring ten years  thereafter or (ii)
     the earliest date described in Section 1(a).

          5. (a) All  notices,  requests  or other  communications  required  or
     permitted to be made in accordance  with this Agreement shall be in writing
     and shall be delivered  personally or by digital facsimile  transmission or
     mailed by first class mail:

               (i) if to Reinhold, to:

               (ii) if to the Creditors' Trust, to:

               (iii)  Notices  sent by  facsimile  transmission  shall be deemed
          delivered when actually received, and notices sent by first class mail
          shall be deemed delivered three business days after mailing.

              (b) Either  party may change the address at which it is to receive
     notices under this  Agreement by furnishing  written notice to the other in
     accordance with the provisions of this Section 5(a).

          6. (a) This  Agreement  may be executed  in one or more  counterparts,
     each of which  shall  be  deemed  an  original  but  which  together  shall
     constitute but one and the same instrument.

             (b) This  Agreement  shall be  governed  by,  construed  under  and
     interpreted in accordance  with the laws of the State of New York,  without
     giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

             (c)  Any  provision  of  this  Agreement  which  is  prohibited  or
     unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  shall  not  invalidate  the  remaining
     provisions  hereof,  and any such  prohibition or  unenforceability  in any
     jurisdiction  shall  not  invalidate  or  render   unenforceable  any  such
     provision in any other jurisdiction.

             (d) This Agreement may be amended,  modified or terminated  only by
     written agreement  executed by the parties hereto.  This Agreement contains
     the entire agreement and  understanding  between the parties related to the
     subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings,
     representations  and  warranties,  whether  written or oral,  with  respect
     thereto.

             (e) This  Agreement  shall  bind and  inure to the  benefit  of the
     parties  hereto and their  respective  successors  and  assigns.  Except as
     required  by  applicable  laws,  the rights and  obligations  of each party
     hereto may not be assigned, transferred or delegated by either party.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.


                                   REINHOLD INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                   By:-----------------------------------------


                                   KEENE CREDITORS' TRUST


                                   By:-----------------------------------------


<PAGE>
                                      152


                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                                              TO
                                                                        THE PLAN


















                            Reinhold Industries, Inc.
                              Stock Incentive Plan




<PAGE>
                                      153



                            REINHOLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
                              STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1.  ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

         1.1. Establishment.  Reinhold Industries,  Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"),  hereby establishes the "STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN" (the "Plan") for
key employees.  The Plan permits the grant of Stock Options,  Stock Appreciation
Rights and Restricted Stock.

         1.2.  Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan is to advance the  interests of
the Company  and its  Subsidiaries  and  promote  continuity  of  management  by
encouraging  and  providing  key employees  with the  opportunity  to acquire an
equity interest in the Company and to participate in the increase in shareholder
value as  reflected  in the growth in the price of the  shares of the  Company's
Stock and by  enabling  the  Company to attract  and retain the  services of key
employees.

         1.3.  Effective Date. The Plan shall become  effective on the Effective
Date, as defined in the Debtor's Fourth Amended Plan of  Reorganization of Keene
Corporation, as debtor and debtor-in-possession, dated , 1996 and filed with the
United States  Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York on , 1996,
as such Plan may be  amended  or  modified  from  time to time (the  "Bankruptcy
Plan"),  subject to the  approval by the  affirmative  votes of the holders of a
majority of the securities of the Company entitled to vote.

SECTION 2.  DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

         2.1. Definitions.  Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have
their respective meanings set forth below:

               (a) "Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

               (b) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

               (c) "Change in Capitalization" means any increase or reduction in
          the  number  of shares of Stock,  or any  change  (including,  but not
          limited  to, a change in value) in the shares of Stock or  exchange of
          shares  of Stock  for a  different  number  or kind of shares or other
          securities of the Company or any other corporation or other entity, by
          reason of a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation,
          reorganization,  spin-off,  split-up, issuance (other than pursuant to
          the Plan of Reorganization) of warrants or rights or debentures, stock
          dividend, stock split or reverse stock split,  extraordinary dividend,
          property dividend, combination or exchange of shares or otherwise.

               (d) A  "Change  in  Control"  means an event or  series of events
          after the  Consummation  Date by which (i) any "person" or "group" (as
          such terms are used in  Section  13 (d) and 14(d) of the Act)  becomes
          the  "beneficial  owner" (as  defined  in Rule  13d-3  under the Act),
          directly  or  indirectly,  of more than  fifty  (50%)  percent  of the
          aggregate  voting  power  of all  the  capital  stock  of the  Company
          normally  entitled to vote in the election of directors or (ii) during
          any period of two  consecutive  calendar years  individuals who at the
          beginning of such period  constituted the Board (together with any new
          directors whose election by the Board or whose nomination for election
          by the  Company's  stockholders  was  approved by a vote of at least a
          majority  of the  directors  then  still in  office  who  either  were
          directors  at the  beginning  of such  period  or  whose  election  or
          nomination  was  previously  so  approved)  cease  for any  reason  to
          constitute a majority of the directors then in office.

<PAGE>
                                      154


               (e) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

               (f)  "Committee"  means a committee  of the Board  designated  to
          administer  the Plan which shall consist solely of two or more members
          of the Board who are "disinterested"  within the meaning of Rule 16b-3
          under the Act and  "outside  directors"  within the meaning of Section
          162(m) of the Code.

               (g)  "Company"  means  Reinhold  Industries,   Inc.,  a  Delaware
          corporation, as successor-in-interest to Keene Corporation.

               (h) "Disability"  means that, for a period of six (6) consecutive
          months, an individual is unable to engage in any substantial  activity
          required by his  employment by reason of any  medically  determinable,
          physical or mental  impairment,  which,  in the  opinion of  qualified
          physicians,  is likely to continue for an indefinite  period or result
          in the death of the individual within the near future.

               (i) "Eligible  Employee" means any key employee designated by the
          Committee as eligible to  participate  in the Plan pursuant to Section
          3.1 hereof.

               (j)  "Employee  Option"  means an Option  granted to an  Eligible
          Employee pursuant to Section 6.

               (k) "Fair Market Value" means the mean of the high and low prices
          at which the Stock is reported to have traded on the relevant  date as
          reported  on  the  NASDAQ  Electronic   Interdealer  Quotation  System
          ("NASDAQ System");  and if there is no trade on the relevant date, the
          Fair  Market  Value  shall mean the mean of the low asked and high bid
          prices on that date as reported on the NASDAQ System. If the principal
          market for the Stock shall become a national  securities exchange then
          the fair  market  value shall mean the mean of the high and low prices
          at which the Stock is reported to have  traded on the  relevant  date;
          and if there is no trade on the relevant  date,  the Fair Market Value
          shall mean the mean of the low asked and high bid prices on that date.
          If no Fair Market Value has been  established  in accordance  with the
          foregoing,  Fair Market  Value shall be the value  established  by the
          Board in good faith and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option,  in
          accordance with Section 422 of the Code.

               (l) "Option"  means the right to purchase Stock at a stated price
          for a specified  period of time.  For purposes of the Plan,  an Option
          may be either (i) an "incentive  stock  option"  within the meaning of
          Section 422 of the Code or (ii) a "nonstatutory stock option."

               (m) "Option  Agreement" means the agreement  evidencing the grant
          of an Option as described in Subsection 6.2.

               (n)  "Option  Price"  means  the  price  at  which  Stock  may be
          purchased pursuant to an Option.

               (o) "Optionee"  means a person to whom an Option has been granted
          under the Plan.

               (p) "Participant" means an Eligible Employee who has been granted
          and, at the time of reference,  holds an Option or share of Restricted
          Stock.

<PAGE>
                                      155


               (q) "Period of Restriction"  means the period during which shares
          of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions  pursuant to Section 9
          of the Plan.

               (r)  "Restricted  Stock"  means  Stock  granted  to  an  Eligible
          Employee pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

               (s)  "Retirement"  means the  termination of employment  with the
          Company or any Subsidiary by reason of the attainment of the age which
          the Company,  by policy or otherwise,  has  established  as the age at
          which salaried  employees may or shall be required to terminate  their
          employment and receive retirement benefits.

               (t) "Stock"  means the Class A New Common  Stock of the  Company,
          par value $ per share.

               (u) "Stock  Appreciation  Right"  means the right to receive  the
          increase  in the  value  of  Stock  subject  to an  Option  in lieu of
          purchasing such Stock.

               (v)  "Subsidiary"  means any present or future  subsidiary of the
          Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

         2.2.  Number.  Except when  otherwise  indicated  by the  context,  the
singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.

SECTION 3.  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

         3.1.  Eligibility  and  Participation.  Eligible  Employees in the Plan
shall be  selected by the  Committee  from among  those  officers  and other key
employees  of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  who,  in the  opinion  of the
Committee, are in a position to contribute materially to the Company's continued
growth and development and to its long-term financial success.

SECTION 4.  STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

         4.1.  Number.  The total number of shares of Stock  subject to issuance
under the Plan may not exceed 100,000  subject to adjustment  upon occurrence of
any of the events  indicated in Subsection  4.5. The maximum number of shares of
Stock with respect to which Options or Stock Appreciation  Rights may be granted
to any Eligible  Employee during the term of the Plan cannot exceed 10,000.  The
shares to be  delivered  under  the Plan may  consist,  in whole or in part,  of
authorized  but  unissued  Stock or treasury  Stock,  not reserved for any other
purpose.

         4.2. Unused Stock; Unexercised Rights. In the event any shares of Stock
are  subject  to an  Option,  which for any  reason,  expires  or is  terminated
unexercised  as to such shares,  or any shares of Stock  subject to a Restricted
Stock  grant made  under the Plan are  reacquired  by the  Company  pursuant  to
Section 9 of the Plan,  such shares  again shall become  available  for issuance
under the Plan.

         4.3. Exercise  of  Stock   Appreciation   Right.   Whenever  a  Stock
Appreciation  Right,  other than a Stock Appreciation Right described in Section
8.1(a)(ii),  is exercised  and payment of the amount  determined  in  Subsection
8.l(b) is made in cash,  the  shares of Stock  allocable  to the  portion of the
Option  surrendered  may again be the  subject of Options  or  Restricted  Stock
hereunder.  Whenever a Stock  Appreciation Right is exercised and payment of the
amount  determined in Subsection  8.1(b) is made in shares of Stock or any Stock
Appreciation  Right described in Section  8.1(a)(ii) is exercised,  no shares of
Stock with respect to which the Stock  Appreciation Right is exercised may again
be the subject of Options or Restricted Stock hereunder.

<PAGE>
                                      156


         4.4.  Restricted  Stock.  Whenever  any  shares of Stock  granted to an
Eligible  Employee are forfeited  pursuant to Section 9 herein,  such shares may
again be the subject of Options or Restricted Stock  hereunder,  but only if the
Participant  had not been paid any  dividend  or received  any other  benefit of
ownership of such forfeited shares.

         4.5. Adjustment in Capitalization.

         (a) In the event of a Change in  Capitalization,  the  Committee  shall
conclusively determine the appropriate  adjustments,  if any, to the (i) maximum
number and class of shares of Stock or other  securities  with  respect to which
Options or Restricted  Stock may be granted under the Plan;  (ii) the number and
class of shares of Stock or other  securities  which are subject to  outstanding
Options or  Restricted  Stock  granted  under the Plan,  and the purchase  price
therefor,  if  applicable;  and (iii) the  maximum  number of shares of Stock or
other securities with respect to which Options or Stock Appreciation  Rights may
be granted to any Eligible Employee during the term of the Plan.

         (b) Any such  adjustment  in the  shares  of Stock or other  securities
subject to outstanding incentive stock options (including any adjustments in the
purchase price) shall be made in such manner as not to constitute a modification
as  defined by Section  424(h)(3)  of the Code and only to the extent  otherwise
permitted by Sections 422 and 424 of the Code.

         (c)  If,  by  reason  of a  Change  in  Capitalization,  a  grantee  of
Restricted  Stock  shall be  entitled  to, or an  Optionee  shall be entitled to
exercise an Option with respect to, new, additional or different shares of stock
or  securities,  such new  additional  or different  shares  shall  thereupon be
subject to all of the conditions,  restrictions  and performance  criteria which
were  applicable  to the  Restricted  Stock or  shares of Stock  subject  to the
Option, as the case may be, prior to such Change in Capitalization.

SECTION 5.  DURATION OF PLAN

         5.1. Duration of Plan. The Plan shall remain in effect,  subject to the
Board's right to earlier  terminate the Plan pursuant to Subsection 12.3 hereof,
until all Stock subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired  pursuant to
the provisions hereof.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no Option or Restricted
Stock may be  granted  under the Plan on or after the tenth  anniversary  of the
Consummation Date.

SECTION 6.  OPTION GRANTS FOR ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

         6.1. Grant of Employee Options. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4
and 5,  Employee  Options may be granted to Eligible  Employees  at any time and
from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee.  The Committee  shall
have complete  discretion  consistent  with the terms of the Plan in determining
whether to grant  Employee  Options  and the  number of Options  granted to each
Eligible Employee. The Committee also shall determine whether an Employee Option
is to be an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code
or a nonstatutory  stock option.  Nothing in this Section 6 of the Plan shall be
deemed to  prevent  the grant of  nonstatutory  stock  options  in excess of the
maximum established by Section 422 of the Code.

         6.2.  Option  Agreement.  Each Employee Option shall be evidenced by an
Option  Agreement  that shall  specify  the type of Option  granted,  the Option
Price,  the  duration of the Option,  the number of shares of Stock to which the
Option pertains and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

<PAGE>
                                      157


         6.3.  Option Price.  The Option Price for each Employee Option shall be
determined by, or in the manner specified by, the Committee;  provided, however,
that no Employee  Option  shall have an Option  Price that is less than the Fair
Market Value of the Stock on the date the Option is granted (110% of Fair Market
Value in the case of an incentive stock option granted to any person who, within
the  meaning of Section  422 of the Code,  owns stock  possessing  more than ten
(10%) percent of the total combined  voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company or any Subsidiary (a "Ten Percent Stockholder")).

         6.4. Duration of Employee Options. Each Employee Option shall expire at
such time as the Committee shall determine at the time it is granted;  provided,
however,  that no  Employee  Option  shall be  exercisable  later than the tenth
anniversary date of its grant (the fifth anniversary in the case of an incentive
stock option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder).

         6.5.  Exercise of Employee Options;  Vesting.  Employee Options granted
under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such vesting
schedules,  restrictions  and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance
approve,  which  need  not be the  same for all  Eligible  Employees;  provided,
however,  that in no event shall a Participant's rights to exercise such Options
vest more rapidly than 33 1/3% annually, beginning on the first anniversary date
following the granting of such Option.

SECTION 7.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL OPTIONS

         7.1. Payment.  The Option Price shall be payable to the Company in full
upon exercise of an Option either (i) in cash or its equivalent,  or (ii) at the
discretion of the Committee,  by tendering  shares of Stock held by the Optionee
for more than six (6) months  having a Fair Market Value at the time of exercise
equal  to the  Option  Price  or (iii) by a  combination  of (i) and  (ii).  The
proceeds  from such a payment shall be added to the general funds of the Company
and shall be used for general corporate purposes.

         7.2.  Restrictions on Stock  Transferability.  The Committee may impose
such restrictions on any shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an
Option under the Plan as it may deem advisable,  including,  without limitation,
restrictions  under applicable Federal securities law, under requirements of any
stock  exchange  upon which such  shares of Stock are then  listed and under any
blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such shares.

         7.3.  Termination  of  Employment  Due to  Retirement  or  Voluntary or
Involuntary  Separation.  The Committee may provide in the Option Agreement that
(i) in the event the  employment  of the  Optionee  is  terminated  by reason of
Retirement,  any  outstanding  Options  granted to the  Optionee  which are then
exercisable shall continue to be exercisable at any time prior to the earlier of
the expiration  date of the Options and one year after the date of  termination,
or (ii) in the event that the  employment of the Optionee is terminated  for any
reason other than Retirement,  death, Disability or Cause (as defined in Section
7.5), any outstanding options granted to the Optionee which are then exercisable
may continue to be exercisable  until the earlier of the expiration date of such
Options  and  three  months  after  the date of  termination.  Any  Options  not
exercisable  upon  Retirement  or  other  termination  except  due to  death  or
Disability shall terminate immediately.

         7.4.  Termination  of  Employment  Due  to  Death  or  Disability.  The
Committee may provide in the Option  Agreement  that in the event the employment
of the Optionee is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the rights under
any then outstanding  Option granted to the Optionee  pursuant to the Plan shall
become fully  exercisable until the earlier of the expiration date of the Option
and one (1) year after the date of such termination,  subject to such exceptions
(which shall be set forth in the Option  Agreement) as the Committee may, in its
sole discretion, approve.

<PAGE>
                                      158


         7.5. Termination of Employment for Cause.  Notwithstanding  anything to
the contrary herein, if the employment of the Optionee shall terminate for Cause
(as defined herein), any then outstanding Option granted pursuant to the Plan to
the Optionee shall terminate immediately;  provided, however, that the Committee
may  waive,  in whole or in part,  the  automatic  forfeiture  of such  Employee
Options and may set forth such waiver or condition in the Option Agreement or at
any other time, including following the termination of employment.  For purposes
of this Plan,  "Cause"  means the  Optionee's  knowingly or  recklessly  causing
material  injury  to the  Company,  the  Optionee's  willful  misconduct  in the
performance of (or failure to perform) his duties  hereunder,  or the Optionee's
dishonest,  fraudulent or unlawful behavior involving moral turpitude whether or
not in connection with his employment.

         7.6.  Non-transferability  and  Exercisability  of  Options.  No Option
granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred,  pledged, assigned or otherwise
alienated or hypothecated,  otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution.  Further,  all Options granted to an Optionee under the Plan shall
be exercisable  during his lifetime only by such Optionee.  Notwithstanding  any
provision of the Plan to the contrary,  no Option shall be exercisable  prior to
the time a registration  statement under the Securities Act of 1933 is effective
with respect to the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Option.

SECTION 8.  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

         8.1. Stock  Appreciation  Rights. The Committee may, in its discretion,
in connection with the grant of an Employee Option,  grant to the Optionee Stock
Appreciation  Rights, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an
agreement as determined by the Committee. A Stock Appreciation Right shall cover
the same shares of Stock  covered by the Option (or such lesser number of shares
of Stock as the Committee may determine)  and shall,  except as provided in this
Section 8, be subject to the same terms and  conditions  as the related  Option.
Stock  Appreciation   Rights  shall  be  subject  to  the  following  terms  and
provisions:

               (a) A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted:

                         (i)  either  at the  time  of  grant,  or at  any  time
                    thereafter  during  the term of the  Option if  related to a
                    nonstatutory stock option; or (ii) only at the time of grant
                    if related to an incentive stock option.

               (b) A Stock  Appreciation  Right will  entitle  the holder of the
          related  Option,  upon exercise of the Stock  Appreciation  Right,  to
          surrender  such  Option,   or  any  portion   thereof  to  the  extent
          unexercised,  and  to  receive  payment  of an  amount  determined  by
          multiplying  (i) the  excess  of the Fair  Market  Value of a share of
          Stock on the date of  exercise of such Stock  Appreciation  Right over
          the purchase  price of a share of Stock under the related  Option,  by
          (ii) the number of shares as to which such  Stock  Appreciation  Right
          has been exercised.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Committee may
          limit in any  manner  the  amount  payable  with  respect to any Stock
          Appreciation  Right  by  including  such  a  limit  in  the  agreement
          evidencing the Stock Appreciation Right at the time it is granted.

               (c) A Stock  Appreciation  Right will be exercisable at such time
          or times and only to the extent that a related Option is  exercisable,
          and will not be  transferable  except to the extent that such  related
          Option may be  transferable.  A Stock  Appreciation  Right  granted in
          connection with an incentive stock option shall be exercisable only if
          the Fair  Market  Value  of a share  of Stock on the date of  exercise
          exceeds  the  purchase  price  of a share of  Stock  specified  in the
          related Option.

<PAGE>
                                      159


               (d) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation  Right, the related
          Option  shall be  canceled  to the  extent of the  number of shares of
          Stock as to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised,  and upon
          the  exercise  of  an  Option  granted  in  connection  with  a  Stock
          Appreciation  Right, the Stock Appreciation Right shall be canceled to
          the  extent of the number of shares of Stock as to which the Option is
          exercised or surrendered.

               (e) Stock  Appreciation  Rights shall be exercised by an Optionee
          only  by a  written  notice  delivered  in  person  or by  mail to the
          Secretary of the Company at the Company's  principal executive office,
          specifying  the  number of shares of Stock  with  respect to which the
          Stock  Appreciation  Right is being  exercised.  If  requested  by the
          Committee,  the Optionee  shall deliver the agreement  evidencing  the
          Stock Appreciation Right being exercised and the agreement  evidencing
          any related  Option to the  Secretary of the Company who shall endorse
          thereon a notation of such  exercise and return such  agreement to the
          Optionee.

               (f) Payment of the amount  determined under Section 8.1(b) may be
          made by the  Company in the  discretion  of the  Committee,  solely in
          whole  shares of Stock in a number  determined  at their  Fair  Market
          Value  on the  date  preceding  the  date  of  exercise  of the  Stock
          Appreciation Right, or solely in cash, or in a combination of cash and
          Stock. If the Committee  decides to make full payment in Stock and the
          amount  payable  results  in  a  fractional  share,  payment  for  the
          fractional share will be made in cash.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
          no  payment  in the form of cash may be made  upon the  exercise  of a
          Stock  Appreciation Right to an officer of the Company or a Subsidiary
          who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act,  unless the exercise
          of such Stock  Appreciation Right is made either (i) during the period
          beginning on the third business day and ending on the twelfth business
          day  following  the date of release for  publication  of the Company's
          quarterly or annual  statements of sales and earnings or (ii) pursuant
          to an  irrevocable  election  to  receive  cash  made at least six (6)
          months prior to the exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right.

               (g) No Stock  Appreciation Right may be exercised before the date
          six (6) months after the date it is granted.

               (h) Subject to the terms of the Plan,  the  Committee  may modify
          outstanding  awards  of  Stock  Appreciation   Rights  or  accept  the
          surrender of outstanding awards of Stock  Appreciation  Rights (to the
          extent not exercised) and grant new awards in  substitution  for them.
          Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no  modification of an award of Stock
          Appreciation  Rights  shall  adversely  alter or impair  any rights or
          obligations  under the  agreement  granting  such  Stock  Appreciation
          Rights without the Optionee's consent.

<PAGE>
                                      160


SECTION 9.  RESTRICTED STOCK

         9.1. Grant of Restricted Stock;  Vesting.  Subject to the provisions of
Sections 4 and 5, the  Committee,  at any time and from time to time,  may grant
shares of Restricted Stock under the Plan to such Eligible Employees and in such
amounts as it shall determine in its sole  discretion.  Each grant of Restricted
Stock shall be made  pursuant to a written  agreement  which shall  contain such
restrictions,  terms  and  conditions  as the  Committee  may  determine  in its
discretion.  Restrictions  upon shares of  Restricted  Stock shall lapse at such
time or times and on such terms and  conditions as the Committee may  determine;
provided,  however, that in no event shall such restrictions on vesting lapse at
a rate more rapidly,  on an annual  basis,  than 33 1/3% of the number of shares
such Restricted  Stock subject to such grant beginning on the first  anniversary
date following the grant of such Restricted Stock.

         9.2. Transferability.  Except as provided in this Section 9, the shares
of Restricted  Stock granted  hereunder may not be sold,  transferred,  pledged,
assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated for such period of time as shall
be determined by the  Committee and shall be specified in the  Restricted  Stock
grant,  or upon earlier  satisfaction  of other  conditions  as specified by the
Committee in its sole  discretion and set forth in the  Restricted  Stock grant;
provided,  however, that Restricted Stock granted to officers,  directors or any
person who owns,  directly  or  indirectly,  more than ten (10%)  percent of any
class of equity security of the Company which is registered  pursuant to Section
13 of the Act may not be sold  for at least  six (6)  months  after  the date of
grant.

         9.3.   Other   Restrictions.   The  Committee  may  impose  such  other
restrictions on any shares of Restricted Stock granted to any Eligible  Employee
pursuant to the Plan as it may deem  advisable  including,  without  limitation,
restrictions  under applicable  federal or state securities laws, and may legend
the certificates  representing  Restricted  Stock to give appropriate  notice of
such restrictions.

         9.4.   Certificate  Legend.  In  addition  to  any  legends  placed  on
certificates  pursuant to Subsection 9.3 hereof,  each certificate  representing
shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan shall bear the following
legend:

                    "The sale or other transfer of the shares of stock
               represented  by this  certificate,  whether  voluntary,
               involuntary  or by  operation  of law,  is  subject  to
               certain  restrictions  on  transfer  set  forth  in the
               Reinhold  Industries,  Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, rules
               of  administration  adopted pursuant to such Plan and a
               Restricted Stock grant dated . A copy of the Plan, such
               rules and such  Restricted  Stock grant may be obtained
               from the Secretary of Reinhold Industries, Inc."

         9.5.  Removal of  Restrictions.  Except as  otherwise  provided in this
Section 9, shares of  Restricted  Stock covered by each  Restricted  Stock grant
made under the Plan shall become freely  transferable  by the Eligible  Employee
after the last day of the Period of  Restriction.  Once the shares are  released
from the  restrictions,  the  Eligible  Employee  shall be  entitled to have the
legend required by Subsection 9.4 removed from his or her Stock certificate.

         9.6.  Voting  Rights.  During  the  Period  of  Restriction,   Eligible
Employees holding shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full
voting rights with respect to those shares.

<PAGE>
                                      161


         9.7.   Dividends  and  Other   Distributions.   During  the  Period  of
Restriction,  Eligible  Employees  holding  shares of  Restricted  Stock granted
hereunder  shall be entitled to receive all  dividends  and other  distributions
paid with respect to those shares while they are so held. If any such  dividends
or distributions are paid in shares of Stock, the shares shall be subject to the
same  restrictions  on  transferability  as the shares of Restricted  Stock with
respect to which they were paid.

SECTION 10.  BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

         10.1. Beneficiary Designation. Subject to Subsections 7.6 and 9.2, each
Participant  under the Plan  may,  from time to time,  name any  beneficiary  or
beneficiaries  (who  may be  named  contingently  or  successively)  to whom any
benefit under the Plan is to be paid in case of the  Participant's  death before
he or she receives any or all of such benefit.  Each designation will revoke all
prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the
Committee and will be effective  only when filed by the  Participant  in writing
with the Committee during the lifetime of the Participant. In the absence of any
such designation,  benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's death shall be
paid to the estate of the Participant.

SECTION 11.  RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES

         11.1.  Employment.  The  selection  of any person to receive an Option,
Stock  Appreciation Right or Restricted Stock hereunder shall not interfere with
or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate such
Participant's  employment  at any time and shall not give such  Participant  any
right to continue as an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

         11.2.  Participation.  No employee shall have a right to be selected as
an Eligible  Employee or,  having been so selected,  to be selected  again as an
Optionee or recipient of Restricted  Stock.  Each grant of Options or Restricted
Stock  hereunder shall be separate and distinct from every other grant and shall
not be  construed  either to give or deny the  grantee  the right to be  granted
additional benefits under the Plan.

         11.3.  Plan Not Exclusive.  The Plan is not exclusive.  The Company may
have other  plans,  programs  and  arrangements  for the grant of  options,  the
issuance of shares or other  compensation.  The Plan does not  require  that any
Optionee  or  holder of  Restricted  Stock  participate,  or be  precluded  from
participation, in such other plans, programs and arrangements.

SECTION 12.  ADMINISTRATION; POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE COMMITTEE

         12.1.  Administration.  The  Committee  shall  be  responsible  for the
administration  of the Plan.  The  Committee,  by majority  action  thereof,  is
authorized to interpret the Plan,  to  prescribe,  amend,  and rescind rules and
regulations  relating to the Plan,  to provide  for  conditions  and  assurances
deemed  necessary or advisable to protect the  interests of the Company,  and to
make all other  determinations  necessary or advisable for the administration of
the Plan,  but only to the extent not contrary to the express  provisions of the
Plan.  Determinations,  interpretations,  or other  actions made or taken by the
Committee  pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding and
conclusive  for all purposes and upon all persons  whomsoever.  No member of the
Committee  shall  be  personally   liable  for  any  action,   determination  or
interpretation  made or taken with  respect  to the Plan and all  members of the
Committee  shall be fully  indemnified  by the Company  with respect to any such
action, determination or interpretation.

<PAGE>
                                      162


         12.2.  Change  in  Control.  Without  limiting  the  authority  of  the
Committee as provided herein, the Committee, either at the time Employee Options
or shares of Restricted Stock are granted,  or, if so provided in the applicable
Option Agreement or Restricted Stock grant, at any time thereafter,  shall [have
the authority to] accelerate in whole or in part the  exercisability of Employee
Options  and/or  the last day of the  Period  of  Restriction  upon a Change  in
Control.  The Option  Agreements  and  Restricted  Stock grants  approved by the
Committee may contain provisions  whereby,  in the event of a Change in Control,
the acceleration of the  exercisability  of Employee Options and/or the last day
of the  Period  of  Restriction  may be  automatic  or  may  be  subject  to the
discretion  of the  Committee  or may depend upon  whether the Change in Control
shall be  approved  by a  majority  of the  members  of the Board or such  other
criteria as the  Committee  may  specify.  Nothing  herein  shall  obligate  the
Committee to take any action upon a Change in Control.

         12.3. Amendment, Modification and Termination of Plan. The Board may at
any  time  terminate,  and from  time to time may  amend  or  modify  the  Plan;
provided,  however,  that no such action of the Board,  without  approval of the
stockholders, may:

               (a)  Increase the total amount of Stock which may be issued under
          the Plan, except as provided in Subsection 4.5 of the Plan.

               (b)  Materially  increase  the  cost of the  Plan  or  materially
          increase the benefits to Participants.

               (c) Extend the period during which  Options or  Restricted  Stock
          may be granted.

               (d)  Extend the  maximum  period  after the date of grant  during
          which Options may be exercised.

               (e) Change the class of individuals  eligible to receive  Options
          or Restricted Stock.

         Any amendment which requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan
to continue to comply with Rule 16b-3 of the Act or any other law, regulation or
stock  exchange  requirement  shall  not be  effective  unless  approved  by the
requisite vote of stockholders. No amendment, modification or termination of the
Plan  shall in any manner  adversely  affect any  Options  or  Restricted  Stock
theretofore  granted to any Participant  under the Plan,  without the consent of
that Participant.

         12.4.   Interpretation.   Unless  otherwise  expressly  stated  in  the
agreement  governing,  any  grant of  Options,  Stock  Appreciation  Rights  and
Restricted Stock, such grant, as the case may be, is intended to be compensation
within the meaning of Section  162(m)(4)(C) of the Code. The Committee shall not
be entitled to exercise  any  discretion  otherwise  authorized  hereunder  with
respect  to such  Options if the  ability to  exercise  such  discretion  or the
exercise of such discretion itself would cause the compensation  attributable to
such Options to fail to qualify as such compensation.

SECTION 13.  TAX WITHHOLDING

         13.1.  Tax  Withholding.  (a) At such  times  as an  Eligible  Employee
recognizes  taxable  income in  connection  with the  receipt  of shares or cash
hereunder (a "Taxable Event"), the Eligible Employee shall pay to the Company an
amount equal to the federal,  state and local income taxes and other  amounts as
may be required by law to be  withheld  by the  Company in  connection  with the
Taxable Event (the "Withholding  Taxes") prior to the issuance,  or release from
escrow,  of such shares or the payment of such cash.  The Company shall have the

<PAGE>
                                      163


right to deduct from any payment of cash to an Eligible Employee an amount equal
to the  Withholding  Taxes in  satisfaction of the obligation to pay Withholding
Taxes.  In  satisfaction  of his  obligation  to pay  Withholding  Taxes  to the
Company, the Eligible Employee may make a written election (the "Tax Election"),
which may be accepted or rejected in the  discretion of the  Committee,  to have
withheld  a  portion  of the  shares of Stock  then  issuable  to him  having an
aggregate  Fair Market Value,  on the date  preceding the date of such issuance,
equal to the Withholding Taxes, provided that in respect of an Eligible Employee
who may be subject to liability  under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act either:
(i) the Tax  Election  is made at least six (6) months  prior to the date of the
Taxable  Event and the Tax Election is  irrevocable  with respect to all Taxable
Events of a similar nature  occurring  prior to the expiration of six (6) months
following a revocation of the Tax Election;  or (ii) in the case of the exercise
of an Option (A) the  Optionee  makes the Tax  Election  at least six (6) months
after the date the Option was granted,  (B) the Option is  exercised  during the
ten (10) day  period  beginning  on the  third  business  day and  ending on the
twelfth  business day  following  the release for  publication  of the Company's
quarterly or annual  statement of sales and earnings (a "Window Period") and (C)
the Tax Election is made during the Window Period in which the related Option is
exercised  or prior to such  Window  Period and  subsequent  to the  immediately
preceding Window Period; or (iii) in the case of a Taxable Event relating to the
grant of shares of  Restricted  Stock (A) the  Eligible  Employee  makes the Tax
Election  at least six (6) months  after the date such stock was granted and (B)
the Tax Election is made (x) in the case of a Taxable Event  occurring  within a
Window  Period,  during the Window Period in which the Taxable Event occurs,  or
(y) in the case of a Taxable Event not occurring within a Window Period,  during
the Window  Period  immediately  preceding  the Taxable  Event  relating to such
Restricted  Stock.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Committee  may, by the
adoption of rules or otherwise,  (i) modify the  provisions of this Section 13.1
or impose such other  restrictions  or  limitations  on Tax  Elections as may be
necessary to ensure that the Tax  Elections  will be exempt  transactions  under
Section  16(b) of the Exchange  Act, and (ii) permit Tax Elections to be made at
such  other  times  and  subject  to  such  other  conditions  as the  Committee
determines will constitute exempt transactions under Section 16(b) of the Act.

SECTION 14.  REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

         14.1. Requirements of Law. The granting of Options or Restricted Stock,
and the  issuance  of shares of Stock upon the  exercise  of an Option  shall be
subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations,  and to such approvals by
any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

         14.2. Governing Law. The Plan, and all agreements  hereunder,  shall be
construed in  accordance  with and governed by the laws of the State of New York
without  giving effect to the choice of law  principles  thereof,  except to the
extent that such law is preempted by federal law.




                                      164


UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK

- -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  - - x
                                                 :
In re:                                           :
                                                 :
KEENE CORPORATION,                               :   Chapter 11
                                                 :   Case No. 93-B-46090 (SMB)
                                 Debtor.         :
                                                 :   Civil Action No.
                                                 :   96 CV 3492 (MBM)
- -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  - - x



                          MODIFICATIONS TO THE DEBTOR'S
                      FOURTH AMENDED PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

         Keene   Corporation,   debtor   and   debtor  in   possession   in  the
above-captioned  Chapter 11 case, hereby proposes the following modifications to
its Fourth Amended Plan of  Reorganization  (the  "Plan")*,  pursuant to section
1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

          1._______Section 1.1 of the Plan shall be modified as follows:

          a. The  following  definition  shall be added to  Section  1.1:  "(13)
     "Asbestos  related  D&O  Indemnification  Obligations"  means the  Debtor's
     obligations  to  indemnify  its  officers  and  directors  pursuant  to its
     Certificate  of  Incorporation  dated April 12, 1990 and Section 145 of the
     Delaware  General  Corporation Law for Claims and Demands asserted by or on
     behalf of a holder of an Asbestos-Related Claim or Demand."

          b. Section  1.1(13) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(14)
     of the Plan.

          c. Section  1.1(14) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(15)
     of the Plan.


          d. Section  1.1(15) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(16)
     of the Plan.

          e. Section  1.1(16) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(17)
     of the Plan.

          f. Section  1.1(17) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(18)
     of the Plan.

          g. Section  1.1(18) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(19)
     of the Plan.

- ---------------------------

1.   All terms not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall have the meaning  ascribed
     thereto in the Plan.




<PAGE>
                                      165



          h. Section  1.1(19) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(20)
     of the Plan.

          i. Section  1.1(20) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(21)
     of the Plan.

          j. Section  1.1(21) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(22)
     of the Plan.

          k. Section  1.1(22) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(23)
     of the Plan.

          l. Section  1.1(23) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(24)
     of the Plan.

          m. Section  1.1(24) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(25)
     of the Plan.

          n. Section  1.1(25) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(26)
     of the Plan.

          o. Section  1.1(26) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(27)
     of the Plan.

          p. Section  1.1(27) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(28)
     of the Plan.

          q. Section  1.1(28) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(29)
     of the Plan.

          r. Section  1.1(29) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(30)
     of the Plan.

          s. Section  1.1(30) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(31)
     of the Plan.

          t. Section  1.1(31) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(32)
     of the Plan.

          u. Section  1.1(32) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(33)
     of the Plan.

          v. Section  1.1(33) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(34)
     of the Plan.

          w. Section  1.1(34) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(35)
     of the Plan.

          x. Section  1.1(35) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(36)
     of the Plan.

          y. Section  1.1(36) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(37)
     of the Plan.

          z. Section  1.1(37) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(38)
     of the Plan.

          aa. Section 1.1(38) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(39)
     of the Plan and  shall be  modified  by  deleting  the  phrase  "three  (3)
     calendar days"  therefrom and inserting in lieu thereof the phrase "one (1)
     calendar day."

<PAGE>
                                      166


          ab. Section 1.1(39) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(40)
     of the Plan.

          ac. Section 1.1(40) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(41)
     of the Plan.

          ad. The following definition shall be added to Section 1.1:

                    "(42)   "Confirmation   Trigger"   means   the  entry  of  a
               Confirmation  Order  that in any  way  materially  and  adversely
               affects  Sections  17.1,  17.3(b)  or 17.4 of the  Plan  from the
               perspective  of the  Debtor's  present  and former  officers  and
               directors."

          ae. Section 1.1(41) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(43)
     of the Plan.

          af. Section 1.1(42) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(44)
     of the Plan.

          ag. Section 1.1(43) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(45)
     of the Plan.

          ah. Section 1.1(44) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(46)
     of the Plan.

          ai. Section 1.1(45) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(47)
     of the Plan.

          aj. Section 1.1(46) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(48)
     of the Plan and shall be  modified  by (a)  deleting  the word "and" in the
     third line thereof and  inserting in lieu thereof "," and (b)  inserting at
     the end thereof the phrase ", (iv) the Other Retiree Benefit Expense Amount
     and (v) the Special Reserve, if any."

          ak. Section 1.1(47) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(49)
     of the Plan and shall be  modified  by (a)  deleting  the word "and" in the
     fifth line  thereof and  inserting  in lieu  thereof "," and (b)  inserting
     after the phrase "the Plan  Estimates" in the fifth line thereof the phrase
     ", the Other Retiree Benefit Expense Amount".

          al. Section 1.1(48) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(50)
     of the Plan.

          am. Section 1.1(49) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(51)
     of the Plan.

          an. Section 1.1(50) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(52)
     of the Plan.

          ao. Section 1.1(51) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(53)
     of the Plan.

          ap. Section 1.1(52) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(54)
     of the Plan.

          aq. Section 1.1(53) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(55)
     of the Plan.

          ar. Section 1.1(54) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(56)
     of the Plan.

<PAGE>
                                      167


          as. Section 1.1(55) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(57)
     of the Plan.

          at. Section 1.1(56) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(58)
     of the Plan.

          au. Section 1.1(57) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(59)
     of the Plan.

          av. Section 1.1(58) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(60)
     of the Plan.

          aw. Section 1.1(59) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(61)
     of the Plan.

          ax. Section 1.1(60) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(62)
     of the Plan.

          ay. Section 1.1(61) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(63)
     of the Plan.

          az. Section 1.1(62) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(64)
     of the Plan.

          ba. Section 1.1(63) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(65)
     of the Plan.

          bb. Section 1.1(64) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(66)
     of the Plan.

          bc. Section 1.1(65) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(67)
     of the Plan.

          bd. Section 1.1(66) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(68)
     of the Plan.

          be. Section 1.1(67) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(69)
     of the Plan.

          bf. Section 1.1(68) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(70)
     of the Plan.

          bg. Section 1.1(69) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(71)
     of the Plan.

          bh. Section 1.1(70) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(72)
     of the Plan.

          bi. Section 1.1(71) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(73)
     of the Plan.

          bj. Section 1.1(73) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(74)
     of the Plan.

          bk. Section 1.1(74) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(75)
     of the Plan.

          bl. Section 1.1(75) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(76)
     of the Plan.

<PAGE>
                                      168


          bm. The  following  definition  shall be added to Section  1.1:  "(77)
     "Modified  Retention  Costs"  means the  increased  costs of the  Retention
     Program  resulting  from the fourth  decretal  paragraph of the  Bankruptcy
     Court's Order Approving  Modifications To The Debtor's  Existing  Retention
     Program, dated May 22, 1996."

          bn. Section 1.1(76) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(78)
     of the Plan.

          bo. Section 1.1(77) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(79)
     of the Plan.

          bp. Section 1.1(78) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(80)
     of the Plan.

          bq. Section 1.1(79) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(81)
     of the Plan.

          br. The  following  definition  shall be added to Section  1.1:  "(82)
     "Non-Asbestos  Related D&O Indemnification  Obligations" means the Debtor's
     obligations  to  indemnify  its  officers  and  directors  pursuant  to its
     Certificate  of  Incorporation  dated April 12, 1990 and Section 145 of the
     Delaware General Corporation Law for Claims asserted by or on behalf of any
     Entity other than a holder of an Asbestos-Related Claim or Demand".

          bs. Section 1.1(80) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(83)
     of the Plan.

          bt. Section 1.1(81) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(84)
     of the Plan.

          bu. The  following  definition  shall be added to Section  1.1:  "(85)
     "Other Retiree Benefit Expense Amount" means $100,000.00 in Cash."

          bv. The  following  definition  shall be added to Section  1.1:  "(86)
     "Other Retiree  Benefits" means the Debtor's  obligations to (a) 110 of its
     former employees to provide certain life insurance benefits, with a maximum
     death  benefit at $5,000.00  and (b) Howard A. Mileaf and Leroy Moeser with
     respect to their non-qualified, supplemental retiree benefits."

          bw. Section 1.1(82) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(87)
     of the Plan.

          bx. Section 1.1(83) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(88)
     of the Plan.

          by. Section 1.1(84) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(89)
     of the Plan.

          bz. Section 1.1(85) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(90)
     of the Plan.

          ca. Section 1.1(86) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(91)
     of the Plan.

          cb. Section 1.1(87) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(92)
     of the Plan.

          cc. Section 1.1(88) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(93)
     of the Plan.

<PAGE>
                                      169


          cd. Section 1.1(89) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(94)
     of the Plan.

          ce. Section 1.1(90) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(95)
     of the Plan.

          cf. Section 1.1(91) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(96)
     of the Plan.

          cg. Section 1.1(92) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(97)
     of the Plan.

          ch. Section 1.1(93) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(98)
     of the Plan.

          ci. Section 1.1(94) of the Plan shall be renumbered as Section 1.1(99)
     of the Plan.

          cj.  Section  1.1(95)  of the Plan  shall  be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(100) of the Plan.

          ck.  Section  1.1(96)  of the Plan  shall  be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(101) of the Plan.

          cl.  Section  1.1(97)  of the Plan  shall  be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(102) of the Plan.

          cm.  Section  1.1(98)  of the Plan  shall  be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(103) of the Plan.

          cn.  Section  1.1(99)  of the Plan  shall  be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(104) of the Plan.

          co.  Section  1.1(100)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(105) of the Plan.

          cp.  Section  1.1(101)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(106) of the Plan.

          cq.  Section  1.1(102)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(107) of the Plan.

          cr.  Section  1.1(103)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(108) of the Plan.

          cs. The  following  definition  shall be added to Section 1.1:

                    "(109) "Special Reserve" means the reserve of $400,000.00 in
               Cash  to be  established  by the  Creditors'  Trust  pursuant  to
               Section  9.14  hereof for the  benefit of New Keene,  which shall
               have  access  thereto in order to satisfy its  obligations  under
               Section 10.6(b) hereof. The Special Reserve shall be administered
               by the  Trustees in  accordance  with those  agreements  that the
               Debtor and the  Committee  determine  are necessary to effectuate
               the Special Reserve."

          ct.  Section  1.1(104)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(110) of the Plan.

          cu.  Section  1.1(105)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(111) of the Plan.

<PAGE>
                                      170


          cv.  Section  1.1(106)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(112) of the Plan.

          cw.  Section  1.1(107)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(113) of the Plan.

          cx.  Section  1.1(108)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(114) of the Plan.

          cy.  Section  1.1(109)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(115) of the Plan.

          cz.  Section  1.1(110)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(116) of the Plan.

          da.  Section  1.1(111)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(117) of the Plan.

          db.  Section  1.1(112)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(118) of the Plan.

          dc.  Section  1.1(113)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(119) of the Plan.

          dd.  Section  1.1(114)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(120) of the Plan.

          de.  Section  1.1(115)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(121) of the Plan.

          df.  Section  1.1(116)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(122) of the Plan.

          dg.  Section  1.1(117)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(123) of the Plan.

          dh.  Section  1.1(118)  of the Plan  shall be  renumbered  as  Section
     1.1(124) of the Plan.

         2.  Section 7.7 of the Plan shall be modified by (a)  deleting  the "."
and inserting "," after the phrase "in the aggregate" in the third line thereof,
and (b) adding,  after ",", the phrase  "provided,  however,  that no portion of
such  available  funds shall be used to satisfy any Claims arising under section
502(h) of the Bankruptcy  Code, which Claims shall be treated in accordance with
Section 9.3 hereof."

         3.  Section 9.3 of the Plan shall be modified by (a)  deleting the word
"and" in the fourth line thereof and inserting  "," in lieu thereof,  (b) adding
the phrase ", Asbestos Related D&O Indemnification Obligations" after the phrase
"Transactions  Stipulation  Claims" in the fourth line  thereof,  (c) adding the
phrase "and any and all  liabilities  of the Debtor under Section  502(h) of the
Bankruptcy Code, which shall be payable in the same percentage per dollar amount
of Claim as paid to the holders of Allowed General  Unsecured Claims in Class 6"
after the phrase "Section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code" and before the ".", (d)
deleting the word "or" in the sixth line thereof,  inserting "," in lieu thereof
and (e) adding the phrase "or any Claims  arising  under  Section  502(h) of the
Bankruptcy Code.".

         4. Article IX of the Plan shall be modified by adding the following new
Sections  9.14 and  9.15  thereto:  "9.14  Special  Reserve.  If and only if the
Confirmation Trigger occurs, on the Effective Date, the Special Reserve shall be
created,   established  and   administered  by  the  Creditors'   Trust.


<PAGE>
                                      171


                    "9.15  Indemnification  of Committee.  The Creditors'  Trust
               shall  indemnify  each  Entity  who  was  or is a  member  of the
               Committee and each of their  respective  representatives  against
               any and all  liabilities,  expenses,  claims,  damages  or losses
               incurred by them  resulting  from the fact that such Entity was a
               member  of the  Committee  or a  representative  thereof  if such
               Entity  acted in good  faith or in a manner he or she  reasonably
               believed to be in discharge of his or her duties."

         5. Article X of the Plan shall be modified by adding the  following new
Section 10.6 thereto:

                    "10.6 Assumption of Liabilities by New Keene.

               (a) If and only if the  Confirmation  Trigger  occurs,  New Keene
          shall assume and be obligated for the Modified Retention Costs.

               (b) New Keene shall assume any and all  Non-Asbestos  Related D&O
          Indemnification   Obligations;   provided,   however,   that   if  the
          Confirmation  Trigger occurs, the Special Reserve shall be created and
          established.

               (c) New Keene shall assume all liabilities  relating to the Other
          Retiree Benefits;  provided, however, that New Keene shall receive the
          Other Retiree Benefit Expense Amount."

         6. Article X of the Plan shall be modified by adding the  following new
Section 10.7 thereto:

                    "10.7  Transfer of Property to New Keene.  On the  Effective
               Date, New Keene shall receive the Other Retiree  Benefit  Expense
               Amount."

         7.  Section 12.2 of the Plan shall be modified by (a) deleting the word
"and" at the end of  subsection  (i),  (b)  deleting  the  period  at the end of
subsection  (j) and adding in lieu thereof a semicolon  and the word "and",  and
(c) inserting new subsection  (k): "(k) "The Debtor and the Committee shall have
executed  the  agreement  or  agreements,   in  form  and  substance  reasonably
acceptable to the parties, creating and establishing the Special Reserve."

         8. Section  14.5 of the Plan shall be modified by adding the  following
paragraph at the end thereof:

                    "The Other Retiree  Benefits  shall be treated in accordance
               with Section 10.7 hereof."

         9.  Section  16.2  shall be  modified  by  deleting  the phrase "by the
Debtor, the Committee or the Legal Representative  (each, an "Objecting Party"),
as the case may be, on or before the  Confirmation  Date, or such later date, as
the  Bankruptcy  Court may fix;" and  inserting in lieu  thereof,  the following
phrase "within thirty (30) days after the Confirmation  Date, or such later date
as the Bankruptcy Court may fix;"

Dated:  New York, New York
        June 10, 1996

                                        KEENE CORPORATION


                                        By: /S/ TIMOTHY E. COYNE
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name:  Timothy E. Coyne
                                            Title: President


<PAGE>
                                      172


BERLACK, ISRAELS & LIBERMAN LLP
Counsel to Keene Corporation,
Debtor and Debtor in Possession
120 West 45th Street
New York, New York 10036
(212) 704-0100



By: /S/ EDWARD S. WEISFELNER
    ----------------------------------
    Edward S. Weisfelner (EW 5581)


         The foregoing modifications have been approved by the parties indicated
below, in accordance with Section 18.5 of the Plan.

The Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors



By:  Marcus Montgomery P.C.



By:  /S/ JOHN J. PREEFER
     ----------------------------------
     The Legal Representative for
       Future Claimants



By:  /S/ MATTHEW GLUCK
     ----------------------------------
       Matthew Gluck





                                      173



                          SHARE AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT

         This  Agreement,  dated as of July 31,  1996,  by and between  Reinhold
Industries,  Inc.  ("Reinhold"),  a Delaware  corporation  and Archie R.  Dykes,
Richard A. Lippe and John J. Robbins,  as trustees  ("Trustees") of that certain
trust ("Creditors'  Trust") established pursuant to Debtor's Fourth Amended Plan
of Reorganization,  as modified ("Plan") of Keene Corporation, Debtor ("Debtor")
in Case No. 93 B 46090 (SMB), United States Bankruptcy Court,  Southern District
of New York ("Bankruptcy Court").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS,  the United States District Court for the Southern District of
New York  confirmed  the Plan by order entered on June 14, 1996 and the Plan was
consummated on the Effective Date (as defined in the Plan); and

         WHEREAS,  Reinhold is  successor-in-interest to Debtor and, pursuant to
the Plan,  adopted an Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of
Reinhold Industries, Inc. ("Certificate"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Certificate  authorizes and, pursuant to the Plan, on the
Effective Date Reinhold issued to the Creditors'  Trust 1,020,000  shares of the
Class B New Common Stock, par value $.01 ("Class B Common") of Reinhold; and

         WHEREAS,  the Certificate  authorizes  1,480,000  shares of Class A New
Common  Stock,  par value $.01 ("Class A Common") of Reinhold,  of which 980,000
shares of Class A Common are issued and outstanding on the Effective Date; and

         WHEREAS, Section 8.2(iv) of the Plan provides that no additional shares
of Class A Common will be authorized or issued without the prior written consent
of the  Creditors'  Trust,  provided  that the Class B Common  then  outstanding
represents not less than ten (10%) percent of the aggregate number of the sum of
the  shares of Class A Common  and  Class B Common  (collectively,  "New  Common
Stock") then outstanding.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  the parties  hereto,  intending to be legally  bound,
agree as follows:

          1. (a) Without the prior written consent of the Trustees, which may be
     withheld  in their  sole  discretion,  Reinhold  shall  not (i)  amend  its
     Certificate  to  authorize  any  shares  of Class A Common in excess of the
     1,480,000 shares now authorized therein or (ii) issue any shares of Class A
     Common  in  excess  of the  980,000  shares  now  issued  and  outstanding;
     provided,  however,  that  Reinhold  shall not be  required  to obtain such
     written consent on or after the earliest date on which the number of shares
     of Class B Common then  outstanding  is less than ten (10%)  percent of the
     total number of shares of New Common Stock.

          2. (a) Reinhold  acknowledges that this Agreement was negotiated as an
     integral part of the Plan and that any breach of the restrictions set forth
     herein  will  cause  irreparable  damage  to the  Creditors'  Trust  in its
     capacity as a major shareholder of Reinhold.

             (b) In the event of an actual or  threatened  breach by Reinhold of
     the provisions of this Agreement, the Creditors' Trust shall be entitled to
     an  injunction  restraining  Reinhold  from such  violation,  provided that
     nothing set forth in this Section 2 shall be construed as  prohibiting  the
     Creditors'  Trust  from  pursuing  any other  legal or  equitable  remedies
     available  with respect to such breach,  including the recovery of damages.
     In  addition,  Reinhold  shall be liable for any and all costs and damages,
     including  reasonable  legal fees incurred by the  Creditors'  Trust,  as a
     result of any breach of the provisions of this Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                      174


           3. The Bankruptcy Court shall retain original  jurisdiction  over any
     disputes  or  controversies  arising  under  or  in  connection  with  this
     Agreement.

           4. The term of this  Agreement  shall  commence on the Effective Date
     and end on the earlier of (i) the date  occurring  ten years  thereafter or
     (ii) the earliest date described in Section 1(a).

           5. (a) All  notices,  requests  or other  communications  required or
     permitted to be made in accordance  with this Agreement shall be in writing
     and shall be delivered  personally or by digital facsimile  transmission or
     mailed by first class mail:

                (i)   if to Reinhold, to:

                      Reinhold Industries, Inc.
                      12827 East Imperial Highway
                      Santa Fe Springs, California  90670
                      Attention:  President

                (ii)  if to the Creditors' Trust, to:

                      Creditors' Trust
                      c/o Hughes, Hubbard & Reed LLP
                      One Battery Park Plaza
                      New York, New York  10004-1482

               (iii)  Notices  sent by  facsimile  transmission  shall be deemed
          delivered when actually received, and notices sent by first class mail
          shall be deemed delivered three business days after mailing.

             (b) Either  party may change the  address at which it is to receive
     notices under this  Agreement by furnishing  written notice to the other in
     accordance with the provisions of this Section 5(a).

           6. (a) This  Agreement  may be executed in one or more  counterparts,
     each of which  shall  be  deemed  an  original  but  which  together  shall
     constitute but one and the same instrument.

             (b) This  Agreement  shall be  governed  by,  construed  under  and
     interpreted in accordance  with the laws of the State of New York,  without
     giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

             (c)  Any  provision  of  this  Agreement  which  is  prohibited  or
     unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  shall  not  invalidate  the  remaining
     provisions  hereof,  and any such  prohibition or  unenforceability  in any
     jurisdiction  shall  not  invalidate  or  render   unenforceable  any  such
     provision in any other jurisdiction.

             (d) This Agreement may be amended,  modified or terminated  only by
     written agreement  executed by the parties hereto.  This Agreement contains
     the entire agreement and  understanding  between the parties related to the
     subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings,
     representations  and  warranties,  whether  written or oral,  with  respect
     thereto.

<PAGE>
                                      175


             (e) This  Agreement  shall  bind and  inure to the  benefit  of the
     parties  hereto and their  respective  successors  and  assigns.  Except as
     required  by  applicable  laws,  the rights and  obligations  of each party
     hereto may not be assigned, transferred or delegated by either party.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.


                                   REINHOLD INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                   By: /s/ Michael T. Furry
                                      -----------------------------------------


                                   KEENE CREDITORS' TRUST


                                   By: /s/ Richard A. Lippe
                                      -----------------------------------------




                                      176


                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

         REGISTRATION  RIGHTS  AGREEMENT,  dated  as of  July  31,  1996,  among
Reinhold  Industries,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the  "Company"),  and that
certain  trust (the  "Creditors'  Trust")  established  pursuant to the Debtor's
Fourth Amended Plan of Reorganization as modified ("Plan") of Keene Corporation,
which Plan has been filed by Keene Corporation in United States Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of New York (Case No. 93 B 46090) and confirmed by the
United  States  District  Court for the  Southern  District of New York by order
entered on June 1, 1996.

         1.  Background.  This  Agreement is entered into  pursuant to the Plan.
This  Agreement  shall  become  effective  upon the  issuance of the Class B New
Common Stock by Reinhold to the Creditors' Trust.

         2. Registration under Securities Act.

         2.1.  Registration on Request.  (a) Request.  At any time subsequent to
the date occurring two (2) years following the Effective Date (as defined in the
Plan),  the Creditors' Trust shall have the right to request in writing that the
Company use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act
of all or part of such holder's Registrable Securities;  provided, however, that
the  Company  shall  not be  obligated  to effect  more  than two  registrations
pursuant to this  Section 2.1 and not more than one  registration  in any twelve
(12)  month  period.  The  Company  will  use its best  efforts  to  effect  the
registration  under the Securities Act of the Registrable  Securities  which the
Company has been so requested to register.

         (b) Registration of Other Securities. Whenever the Company shall effect
a  registration   pursuant  to  this  Section  2.1,  no  securities  other  than
Registrable  Securities  shall be included among the securities  covered by such
registration unless the managing underwriter of such offering shall have advised
the  Creditors'  Trust that the  inclusion  of such other  securities  would not
adversely affect such offering.

         (c) Registration  Statement Form.  Registrations under this Section 2.1
shall be on such appropriate registration form of the Commission (i) as shall be
selected by the Company and as shall be reasonably  acceptable to the Creditors'
Trust;  provided,  however, that Form S-1 or any comparable successor form shall
be  deemed  acceptable  and  (ii)  as  shall  permit  the  disposition  of  such
Registrable  Securities  in  accordance  with the intended  method or methods of
disposition specified in their request for such registration.

         (d) Expenses.  The Company will pay all Registration  Expenses incurred
in connection with the two registration  requests  pursuant to this Section 2.1,
other than the fees and expenses of counsel to the Creditors'  Trust or the fees
and  expenses  of any other  person  retained  by the  Creditors'  Trust and the
underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and transfer  taxes  allocable to the
Registrable Securities being sold.

         (e) Effective Registration Statement. A registration requested pursuant
to this  Section  2.l shall not be deemed  to have been  effected  (i)  unless a
registration statement with respect thereto has become effective and, unless all
the securities  registered  thereby are theretofore sold, has remained effective
for at least 90 consecutive  days, (ii) if after it has become  effective,  such
registration is interfered with by any stop order,  injunction or other order or
requirement  of the  Commission  or other  governmental  agency or court for any
reason,  and the Registrable  Securities  covered thereby have not been sold, or
(iii) if the conditions to closing on the part of the  underwriter  with respect
to the Company  specified  in the selling  agreement or  underwriting  agreement
entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied or waived by
the underwriters. The Company shall not register the Registrable Securities on a
delayed or continuous  basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act, or
any like registration form.

         (f) Underwriters. If any registration effected pursuant to this Section
2.1 shall be a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten public offering, the
managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be selected by the Creditors'
Trust with the consent of the Company,  which  consent will not be  unreasonably
withheld.

<PAGE>
                                      177


         (g) Apportionment in Registrations  Requested. If, in connection with a
registration  requested  pursuant to this Section 2.1, the managing  underwriter
shall  advise the Company in writing  that,  in its opinion,  marketing  factors
require a delay in the  offering or a  limitation  of the number of shares to be
underwritten  below the  number  of  shares  requested  to be  included  in such
registration  or the  number of  securities  requested  to be  included  in such
registration  exceeds  the number  which can be sold in such  offering  within a
price range  acceptable to the Creditors' Trust requested to be included in such
registration, the Company will include in such registration the number of shares
that the Company is so advised can be sold in such offering.  In connection with
any  registration  as to which the  provisions  of this  clause  (g)  apply,  no
securities  other  than   Registrable   Securities  shall  be  covered  by  such
registration  and if the aforesaid  results in the exclusion of in excess of 50%
of the Registrable Securities originally sought to be registered and the holders
of Registrable Securities elect not to proceed, the request shall not be counted
for purposes of determining the number of registrations  pursuant to Section 2.1
hereof.  If a  registration  pursuant to this clause (g) includes  securities of
other  persons  in  accordance  with  Section  2.1(b)  hereof  and the  managing
underwriter  concludes that preceding  criteria is  appropriate,  the securities
proposed to be  included  by such other  persons  shall be  eliminated  from the
offering  prior  to  effecting  any  reduction  in  the  number  of  Registrable
Securities to be included by the Creditors' Trust.

         (h) (i) Within one hundred twenty (120) days immediately  following the
receipt of a request by the  Creditors'  Trust pursuant to Section 2.1 and prior
to the  effective  date of any  registration  statement  filed  pursuant to this
Section 2.1 or (ii) if the Company  shall  furnish a  certificate  signed by the
President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of
Directors of the Company,  it would be seriously  detrimental  to the Company or
its  stockholders for such  registration  statement to be filed on or before the
date filing would be required and it is therefore  essential to defer the filing
of such registration  statement,  then the Company shall have the right to defer
the  filing  of the  registration  statement  for a period  of not more than one
hundred twenty (120) days; provided,  however,  that the Company may not utilize
such right more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

         2.2.  Incidental   Registration.   (a)  Right  to  Include  Registrable
Securities.  If the Company at any time  proposes to register any of its Class A
New  Common  Stock or any  other  equity  securities  of the  Company  under the
Securities  Act  (other  than by a  registration  on Form S-8 or Form S-4 or any
successor or similar  form,  in  connection  with a merger or  acquisition  of a
business or assets or similar transaction),  whether or not for sale for its own
account,  it will each such time give prompt  written  notice to the  Creditors'
Trust of its intention to do so and of the Creditors'  Trust's rights under this
Section 2.2. Upon the written request of the Creditors' Trust made within thirty
(30) days after the receipt of any such notice (which  request shall specify the
Registrable  Securities  intended  to be  disposed  of by  such  holder  and the
intended  method  of  disposition  thereof),  the  Company  will use  reasonable
diligence to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable
Securities  which the Company has been so requested to register,  provided  that
the number of shares of Registrable Securities of the Creditor's Trust shall not
exceed the number of shares of Class A New Common  Stock which the Company  then
intends  to  register;  provided,  further,  that if, at any time  after  giving
written  notice of its  intention  to register any  securities  and prior to the
effective  date of the  registration  statement  filed in  connection  with such
registration,  the Company shall  determine for any reason not to register or to
delay  registration of such securities,  the Company may, at its election,  give
written notice of such determination to the Creditors' Trust and, thereupon, (i)
in the  case of a  determination  not to  register,  shall  be  relieved  of its
obligation  to register  any  Registrable  Securities  in  connection  with such
registration  (but not from its obligation to pay the  Registration  Expenses in

<PAGE>
                                      178


connection  therewith),  without  prejudice,  however,  to  the  rights  of  the
Creditors' Trust to request that such registration be effected as a registration
under Section 2.1, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay registering,
shall be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities, for the same
period  as the delay in  registering  such  other  securities.  No  registration
effected  under this Section 2.2 shall relieve the Company of its  obligation to
effect any registration upon request under Section 2.1. The Company will pay all
Registration  Expenses  in  connection  with each  registration  of  Registrable
Securities  requested  pursuant  to this  Section  2.2,  other than the fees and
expenses  of counsel to the  Creditors'  Trust or the fees and  expenses  of any
other person retained by the Creditors' Trust and the underwriting discounts and
commissions  and transfer taxes allocable to the  Registrable  Securities  being
sold.

         (b)  Apportionment  in Incidental  Registrations.  If (i)  registration
pursuant to this Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering of the securities
being registered,  whether or not for sale for the account of the Company, to be
distributed  (on a firm  commitment or best efforts  basis) by or through one or
more underwriters of recognized  standing under  underwriting  terms appropriate
for such a transaction,  and (ii) the managing  underwriter of such underwritten
offering shall inform the Company (who shall  immediately  notify the Creditors'
Trust) of its belief that marketing factors require a delay in the offering or a
limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten below the number of shares
requested  to be  included  in such  registration  or the  number of  securities
requested  to be included in such  registration  exceeds the number which can be
sold in (or  during  the  time  of)  such  offering,  or  within  a price  range
acceptable  to it and the Company,  then the Company may include all  securities
proposed  by the Company to be sold for its own  account  and may  decrease  the
number of Registrable Securities and other securities of the Company so proposed
to be  sold  and  so  requested  to be  included  in  such  registration  by the
Creditors'  Trust to the extent necessary to reduce the number to be included in
the registration to the level recommended by the managing underwriter.

         2.3. Registration  Procedures.  If and whenever the Company is required
to use its best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities
under the  Securities  Act as provided in Sections 2.1 and 2.2, the Company will
as expeditiously as possible:

               (i) prepare and (as soon  thereafter  as possible or in any event
          no later than  ninety  (90) days  after the end of the  period  within
          which  requests for  registration  may be given to the Company or such
          longer  period as the Company  shall in good faith  require to produce
          the   financial   statements   required   in   connection   with  such
          registration)  file with the  Commission  the  requisite  registration
          statement  to effect such  registration  and  thereafter  use its best
          efforts  to cause such  registration  statement  to become  effective,
          provided  that the Company may  discontinue  any  registration  of its
          securities  which  are not  Registrable  Securities  (and,  under  the
          circumstances  specified in Section 2.2(a),  its securities  which are
          Registrable Securities) at any time prior to the effective date of the
          registration statement relating thereto;

               (ii) prepare and file with the  Commission  such  amendments  and
          supplements to such registration  statement and the prospectus used in
          connection  therewith as may be  necessary  to keep such  registration
          statement  effective for at least ninety (90)  consecutive days and to
          comply with the  provisions of the  Securities Act with respect to the
          disposition of all securities  covered by such registration  statement
          until such time as all of such  securities  have been  disposed  of in
          accordance  with the intended  methods of disposition by the seller or
          sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

<PAGE>
                                      179


               (iii)  furnish to the  Creditors'  Trust to the extent that it is
          selling shares covered by such  registration  statement such number of
          conformed  copies  of such  registration  statement  and of each  such
          amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits,
          but only one copy  thereof),  such number of copies of the  prospectus
          contained in such registration  statement  (including each preliminary
          prospectus and any summary  prospectus) and any other prospectus filed
          under  Rule 424 under  the  Securities  Act,  in  conformity  with the
          requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents,  as such
          seller may reasonably request;

               (iv) use its best efforts to register or qualify all  Registrable
          Securities and other securities covered by such registration statement
          under such other securities of blue sky laws or such  jurisdictions as
          the managing  underwriter shall request,  to keep such registration or
          qualification  in effect  for so long as such  registration  statement
          remains in effect,  and take any other action which may be  reasonably
          necessary  or  advisable  to  enable  such  seller to  consummate  the
          disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities to be sold by such
          seller,  except  that the  Company  shall not for any such  purpose be
          required to qualify generally to do business as a foreign  corporation
          in any  jurisdiction  wherein it would not but for the requirements of
          this subdivision (iv) be obligated to be so qualified or to consent to
          general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

               (v) use its best  efforts  to cause  all  Registrable  Securities
          covered  by  such  registration  statement  to be  registered  with or
          approved by such other governmental  agencies or authorities as may be
          necessary to enable the seller or sellers  thereof to  consummate  the
          disposition of such Registrable Securities;

               (vi)  furnish to the  Creditors'  Trust to the extent  that it is
          selling shares, except as provided in (y) below (and the underwriters,
          if any);

                         (x)  a  signed  copy,   addressed  to  each  seller  of
                    Registrable  Securities,  of the  opinion of counsel for the
                    Company  delivered to the  underwriters or other  purchasers
                    under the underwriting or like agreement, and

                         (y) a signed copy of any  "comfort"  letter,  dated the
                    effective date of such registration  statement (and, if such
                    registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated
                    the date of the closing under the  underwriting  agreement),
                    signed  by  the  independent  public  accountants  who  have
                    certified the  Company's  financial  statements  included in
                    such  registration  statement,  addressed to each seller, to
                    the  extent  the  same  can  be  reasonably  obtained,   and
                    addressed   to   the   underwriters,    if   any,   covering
                    substantially   the  same   matters  with  respect  to  such
                    registration statement (and the prospectus included therein)
                    and, in the case of the accountants' letter, with respect to
                    events subsequent to the date of such financial  statements,
                    as are customarily  covered in opinions of issuer's  counsel
                    and in accountants' letters delivered to the underwriters in
                    underwritten public offerings of securities and, in the case
                    of the accountants'  letter,  such other financial  matters,
                    and,  in the case of the legal  opinion,  such  other  legal
                    matters, as such seller or such holder (or the underwriters,
                    if any) may reasonably request;  provided,  however, that in
                    an underwritten public offering,  the sellers of Registrable
                    Shares  shall  accept a signed  copy of the  comfort  letter
                    delivered to and accepted by the underwriters;

<PAGE>
                                      180


               (vii)  notify each seller of  Registrable  Securities  covered by
          such registration  statement,  at any time when a prospectus  relating
          thereto is required to be delivered  under the  Securities  Act,  upon
          discovery  that,  or upon the  happening  of any  event as a result of
          which, the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then
          in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
          state any material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to
          make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading  in the  light  of the
          circumstances  under  which they were made,  and at the request of any
          such seller or holder  promptly  prepare and furnish to such seller or
          holder  a  reasonable  number  of  copies  of a  supplement  to  or an
          amendment  of  such  prospectus  as  may  be  necessary  so  that,  as
          thereafter  delivered  to the  purchasers  of  such  securities,  such
          prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or
          omit to  state a  material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or
          necessary to make the  statements  therein not misleading in the light
          of the circumstances under which they were made;

               (viii)  otherwise  use  its  best  efforts  to  comply  with  all
          applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available
          to its  security  holders,  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable,  an
          earnings  statement covering the period of at least twelve months, but
          not more than  eighteen  (18)  months,  beginning  with the first full
          calendar  month  after  the  effective   date  of  such   registration
          statement,  which earnings  statement  shall satisfy the provisions of
          Section  11(a) of the  Securities  Act,  and will furnish to each such
          seller at least two business  days prior to the filing  thereof a copy
          of any  amendment  or  supplement  to such  registration  statement or
          prospectus  and shall not file any  thereof  to which any such  seller
          shall have  reasonably  objected on the grounds that such amendment or
          supplement  does  not  comply  in  all  material   respects  with  the
          requirements  of the  Securities  Act or of the  rules or  regulations
          thereunder;

               (ix)  provide  and cause to be  maintained  a transfer  agent and
          registrar for all Registrable  Securities covered by such registration
          statement  from and after a date not later than the effective  date of
          such registration statement; and

               (x) use its  best  efforts  to list  all  Registrable  Securities
          covered by such registration  statement on any securities  exchange on
          which any of the Registrable Securities is then listed.

The Company may require the  Creditors'  Trust to furnish the Company in writing
such  information  regarding the Creditors'  Trust and the  distribution of such
securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request.

         The  Creditors'   Trust  agrees  by  acquisition  of  such  Registrable
Securities  that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of
any event of the kind  described  in  subdivision  (vii) of this Section 2.3, it
will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the
registration  statement  relating  to such  Registrable  Securities  until  such
holder's  receipt  of the  copies  of the  supplemented  or  amended  prospectus
contemplated by subdivision (vii) of this Section 2.3 and, if so directed by the
Company,  will  deliver to the Company (at the  Company's  expense)  all copies,
other than  permanent  file copies,  then in its  possession  of the  prospectus
relating to such Registrable  Securities  current at the time of receipt of such
notice.


<PAGE>
                                      181


         2.4. Underwritten  Offerings.  (a) Requested Underwritten Offerings. If
requested  by the  underwriters  for any  offering  pursuant  to a  registration
requested  under  Section  2.1,  the  Company  will enter  into an  underwriting
agreement  with  such  underwriters  for such  offering,  such  agreement  to be
satisfactory  in substance and form to the Company and to the  Creditors'  Trust
and the underwriters and to contain such  representations  and warranties by the
Company  and  the  Creditors'  Trust  and  such  other  terms  as are  generally
prevailing  in  agreements  of  this  type,   including,   without   limitation,
indemnities  to the effect  and to the  extent  provided  in  Section  2.6.  The
Creditors'  Trust will  cooperate  with the  Company in the  negotiation  of the
underwriting agreement and will give consideration to the reasonable requests of
the Company  regarding the form thereof,  provided that nothing herein contained
shall diminish the foregoing obligations of the Company.

         (b)  Incidental  Underwritten  Offerings.  If the  Company  at any time
proposes  to  register  any  of  its  securities  under  the  Securities  Act as
contemplated  by Section 2.2 and such  securities  are to be  distributed  by or
through  one or  more  underwriters,  the  Company  will,  if  requested  by the
Creditors'  Trust as provided in Section  2.2 and subject to the  provisions  of
Section  2.2(b),  arrange for such  underwriters  to include all the Registrable
Securities to be offered and sold by the  Creditors'  Trust among the securities
to be distributed by such underwriters.

         (c) In connection with any  underwritten  offering  described in either
Section  2.4(a) or (b)  hereof,  the  holders of  Registrable  Securities  to be
distributed by such underwriters shall be parties to the underwriting  agreement
between the Company and such underwriters and may, at their option, require that
any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on
the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters  shall also
be made to and for the benefit of such  holders of  Registrable  Securities  and
that  any or all  of  the  conditions  precedent  to  the  obligations  of  such
underwriters  under such underwriting  agreement be conditions  precedent to the
obligations  of such  holders  of  Registrable  Securities.  Any such  holder of
Registrable  Securities  shall not be  required to make any  representations  or
warranties  to or  agreements  with the Company or the  underwriters  other than
representations,  warranties or agreements  regarding such holder, such holder's
Registrable Securities and such holder's intended method of distribution and any
other representation required by law.

         2.5.  Preparation;  Reasonable  Investigation.  In connection  with the
preparation and filing of each  registration  statement under the Securities Act
pursuant to this Agreement,  the Company will give the Creditors'  Trust and its
counsel the opportunity to participate in the  preparation of such  registration
statement,  each prospectus  included therein or filed with the Commission,  and
each amendment  thereof or supplement  thereto,  and will give each of them such
access to its books and records and such  opportunities  to discuss the business
of the Company with its officers and the independent public accountants who have
certified its financial statements as shall be necessary, in the opinion of such
holders'  and such  underwriters'  respective  counsel,  to conduct a reasonable
investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act.

         2.6. Indemnification.  (a) Indemnification by the Company. In the event
of any  registration  of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act,
the Company will,  and hereby does,  indemnify and hold harmless the  Creditors'
Trust, its trustees, employees and agents, each other Person who participates as
an underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities and such other Person,
if any, who controls such seller or any such  underwriter  within the meaning of
the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several, to which such seller or any such trustee,  employee, agent, underwriter
or controlling  person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise,
insofar  as  such  losses,   claims,  damages  or  liabilities  (or  actions  or

<PAGE>
                                      182


proceedings,  whether commenced or threatened,  in respect thereof) arise out of
or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  of any
material  fact  contained  in  any  registration   statement  under  which  such
securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus,
final prospectus or summary prospectus  contained  therein,  or any amendment or
supplement  thereto,  or any  omission or alleged  omission  to state  therein a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, and the Company will reimburse such seller and each such
trustee,  employee,  agent,  underwriter and controlling person for any legal or
any other expenses  reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating
or defending any such loss,  claim,  liability,  action or proceeding;  provided
that the  Company  shall not be liable in any such case to the  extent  that any
such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof)
or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue  statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission made in such  registration  statement,
any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment
or  supplement  in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information
furnished  to the  Company in writing by or on behalf of a seller for use in the
preparation  thereof and,  provided further that the Company shall not be liable
to any Person who  participates  as an  underwriter,  in the offering or sale of
Registrable   Securities  or  any  other  Person,  if  any,  who  controls  such
underwriters  within the meaning of the Securities  Act, in any such case to the
extent that any such loss, claim, damage,  liability (or action or proceeding in
respect  thereof) or expense arises out of such Person's failure to send or give
a copy of the final prospectus, as the same may be then supplemented or amended,
to the Person  asserting  an untrue or alleged  untrue  statement or omission or
alleged  omission  at or  prior  to the  written  confirmation  of the  sale  of
Registrable  Securities  to  such  Person  if such  statement  or  omission  was
corrected in such final  prospectus.  Such indemnity  shall remain in full force
and effect regardless of any  investigation  made by on or behalf of such seller
or any such trustee,  employee,  agent,  underwriter or  controlling  person and
shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

         (b)  Indemnification by Creditors' Trust. The Company may require, as a
condition to including any Registrable  Securities in any registration statement
filed  pursuant  to  Section  2.3,  that the  Company  shall  have  received  an
undertaking  satisfactory to it from the prospective  seller of such securities,
to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set
forth in subdivision (a) of this Section 2.6) the Company,  each director of the
Company, each officer of the Company and each other Person, if any, who controls
the  Company  within the  meaning of the  Securities  Act,  with  respect to any
statement  or alleged  statement  in or omission or alleged  omission  from such
registration statement, any preliminary prospectus,  final prospectus or summary
prospectus  contained therein,  or any amendment or supplement  thereto, if such
statement  or alleged  statement  or  omission or alleged  omission  was made in
reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the
Company in writing by or on behalf of the Creditors' Trust, specifically for use
in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final
prospectus,  summary prospectus,  amendment or supplement.  Such indemnity shall
remain in full force and effect,  regardless of any investigation  made by or on
behalf of the Company or any such director,  officer or  controlling  Person and
shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

         (c) Notices of Claims,  etc.  Promptly  after receipt by an indemnified
party of notice of the  commencement  of any action or  proceeding  involving  a
claim  referred to in the  preceding  subdivisions  of this  Section  2.6,  such
indemnified  party will, if a claim in respect  thereof is to be made against an
indemnifying  party,  give written notice to the latter of the  commencement  of
such action,  provided that the failure of any indemnified  party to give notice
as provided herein shall not relieve the  indemnifying  party of its obligations

<PAGE>
                                      183


under the preceding  subdivisions of this Section 2.6, except to the extent that
the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In
case any such action is brought  against an  indemnified  party,  unless in such
indemnified  party's  reasonable  judgment a conflict of interest  between  such
indemnified  party and indemnifying  parties may exist in respect of such claim,
the  indemnifying  party shall be entitled to  participate  in and to assume the
defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to
the  extent  that it may wish,  with  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to such
indemnified  party,  and  after  notice  from  the  indemnifying  party  to such
indemnified  party  of its  election  so to  assume  the  defense  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party shall not be liable to such indemnified  party for any legal
or other  expenses  subsequently  incurred by the latter in connection  with the
defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however,
that all  indemnified  parties  with  respect to a claim shall have the right to
employ one  separate  counsel in  connection  with  their  participation  in the
defense of such claim and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by
the  indemnifying  party if,  but only if, in the  reasonable  judgment  of such
indemnified  parties,  based upon the written  advice of counsel,  a conflict of
interest exists between such indemnified parties and the indemnifying party with
respect to such claim. No indemnifying  party shall,  without the consent of the
indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement
which  does not  include  as an  unconditional  term  thereof  the giving by the
claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified  party of a release from all liability
in respect to such claim or litigation.

         (d) Other Indemnification.  Indemnification and/or contribution similar
to that  specified in the  subdivisions  of this  Section 2.6 (with  appropriate
modifications)  shall be given by the  Company  and the  Creditors'  Trust  with
respect to any required  registration or other qualification of securities under
any Federal or state law or regulation of any governmental  authority other than
the Securities Act.

         (e) Indemnification  Payments.  The indemnification and/or contribution
required by this  Section  2.6 shall be made by periodic  payments of the amount
thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are
received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

         (f)  Lock-up.  The  underwriter  for  any  offering  of  the  Company's
securities  to the general  public shall have the option to restrict the sale of
any of the Company's Common Stock, or Securities  exchangeable  therefor, by the
Company (except for securities subject to a registration on Form S-8) other than
securities registered in such offering,  for a period of up to 120 days from the
effective date of any such offering.

         (g) Contribution.  If the indemnification  provided for in this Section
2.6 shall for any reason be held by a court to be  unavailable to an indemnified
party under subparagraph (a) or (b) hereof in respect of any loss, claim, damage
or liability, or any action in respect thereof, then, in lieu of the amount paid
or payable under  subparagraph (a) or (b) hereof,  the indemnified party and the
indemnifying  party under subparagraph (a) or (b) hereof shall contribute to the
aggregate  losses,  claims,  damages and liabilities  (including  legal or other
expenses  reasonably incurred in connection with investigating the same), (i) in
such  proportion as is  appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company
and  the  prospective   sellers  of  Registrable   Securities   covered  by  the
registration  statement which resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability,
or action in respect thereof,  with respect to the statements or omissions which
resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof,
as well as any other relevant equitable considerations or (ii) if the allocation
provided  by clause  (i)  above is not  permitted  by  applicable  law,  in such
proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative  benefits received by
the Company and such  prospective  sellers from the  offering of the  securities
covered  by  such  registration   statement.  No  Person  guilty  of  fraudulent
misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the  Securities  Act)
shall be  entitled  to  contribution  from any Person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent   misrepresentation.   Such  prospective   sellers'   obligations  to
contribute as provided in this subparagraph (d) are several in proportion to the
relative  value of  their  respective  Registrable  Securities  covered  by such
registration  statement and not joint. In addition, no Person shall be obligated
to contribute  hereunder any amounts in payment for any settlement of any action
or claim  effected  without such  Person's  consent,  which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.


<PAGE>
                                      184


         3. Definitions.  As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires,
the following terms have the following respective meanings:

         Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Federal
agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

         Class A New Common Stock:  Class A New Common Stock, $.01 par value per
share, of the Company.

         Class B New Common Stock:  Class B New Common Stock, $.01 par value per
share, of the Company.

         Company: Reinhold Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

         Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         Person: A corporation,  an association,  a partnership,  a business, an
individual,  a governmental or political  subdivision  thereof or a governmental
agency.

         Registrable Securities: Any shares of Class B New Common Stock owned by
the  Creditors'  Trust,  which shall be converted  into Class A New Common Stock
upon  registration  or any  shares  of  Class  A New  Common  Stock  owned  by a
Transferee,  provided that the Creditors'  Trust  expressly  assigned its rights
under this Registration Agreement to such Transferee,  but in no event shall the
Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement in the hands of such Transferee
exceed the number of shares of Class B New Common Stock  assigned or transferred
by the  Creditors'  Trust to such  Transferee  (which shares were converted into
Class  A New  Common  Stock  upon  such  assignment  or  transfer).  Registrable
Securities  shall cease to be  Registrable  Securities  when (a) a  registration
statement  with  respect  to the  sale  of such  securities  shall  have  become
effective under the Securities Act and such securities  shall have been disposed
of in  accordance  with such  registration  statement,  (b) they shall have been
distributed  to the public  pursuant  to Rule 144 (or any  successor  provision)
under the Securities  Act, (c) they shall have been otherwise  transferred,  new
certificates  for them not bearing a legend  restricting  further transfer shall
have  been  delivered  by the  Company  or (d)  they  shall  have  ceased  to be
outstanding.

         Registration   Expenses:   All  expenses   incident  to  the  Company's
performance of or compliance with Section 2, including,  without limitation, all
registration,  filing and National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. fees,
all fees and expenses of complying  with  securities or blue sky laws,  all word
processing,  duplicating and printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses,
the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of independent  public
accountants,  including  the  expenses of any special  audits or "cold  comfort"
letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, the fees and
disbursements of one counsel retained by the Creditors' Trust provided, however,
that  Registration  Expenses  shall  not  include  underwriting,  discounts  and
commissions and transfer taxes, if any.

         Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         Transferee:  Any  Person to which the  Creditors'  Trust has  conveyed,
assigned or transferred at least 200,000 shares of Common Stock.


<PAGE>
                                      185


         4. Rule 144. If the Company shall have filed a  registration  statement
pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act or a registration
statement  pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act, the Company will
file the  reports  required to be filed by it under the  Securities  Act and the
Exchange  Act (or, if the Company is not  required to file such  reports,  will,
upon the request of any holder of Registrable  Securities,  use its best efforts
to make publicly  available other  information) and will use its best efforts to
take such further action as any holder of Registrable  Securities may reasonably
request,  all to the extent  required from time to time to enable such holder to
sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within
the limitation of the  exemptions  provided by (a) Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, as such Rule may be amended  from time to time or (b) any  similar  rule or
regulation  hereafter adopted by the Commission.  Upon the request of any holder
of  Registrable  Securities,  the Company  will deliver to such holder a written
statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

         5. Term.  This Agreement and the rights of the parties  hereunder shall
commence on the  Effective  Date and shall  terminate  on the tenth  anniversary
following such Effective Date.

         6.  Amendments  and  Waivers.  This  Agreement  may be amended  and the
Company  may take any action  herein  prohibited  or to  perform  any act herein
required to be  performed  by it, only if the Company  shall have  obtained  the
written consent to such amendment,  action or omission to act, of the Creditors'
Trust.

         7. Notices. All communications  provided for hereunder shall be sent by
first-class  mail and (a) if  addressed  to the  Creditors'  Trust,  c/o Hughes,
Hubbard & Reed, One Battery Park Plaza, New York, 10004-1482,  attention: George
A.  Davidson,  Esq.,  or (b) if  addressed to the  Company,  1287 East  Imperial
Highway, Santa Fe Springs, California 90670, attention: President.

         8.  Assignment.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit  of and be  enforceable  by the  parties  hereto  and  their  respective
successors and assigns.

         9.  Descriptive  Headings.  The  descriptive  headings  of the  several
sections and  paragraphs of this  Agreement are inserted for reference  only and
shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

         10.  GOVERNING LAW. THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

         11. Counterpart.  This Agreement may be executed  simultaneously in any
number of counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

<PAGE>
                                      186


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as
of the date first above written.


                              REINHOLD INDUSTRIES, INC.


                              By: /s/ Michael T. Furry
                                  ---------------------------------------------
                                               Authorized Officer



                              CREDITORS' TRUST


                              By: /s/ Richard A. Lippe
                                  ---------------------------------------------
                                               Managing Trustee








                                      187



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
                                KEENE CORPORATION
                         Incorporated on April 12, 1990

         The Certificate of Incorporation of Keene  Corporation,  filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 12, 1990,  is being amended
and restated hereby.

                                    ARTICLE I

         The  name  of  the  corporation   (the   "Corporation")   is:  Reinhold
Industries, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II

         The address of its  registered  office in the State of Delaware is 1209
Orange Street in the City of Wilmington,  County of New Castle.  The name of its
registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

                                   ARTICLE III

         The nature of the  business or purposes to be  conducted or promoted by
the  Corporation  is  to  engage  in  any  lawful  act  or  activity  for  which
corporations may be organized under the General  Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware (the "DGCL").

                                   ARTICLE IV

         The authorized  amount of the capital stock of the  Corporation and the
number  and par value of the shares of which it is to  consist  are two  million
five hundred thousand (2,500,000) shares, consisting of one million four hundred
eighty  thousand  (1,480,000)  shares of Class A New Common Stock,  par $.01 per
share ("Class A New Common Stock"),  and one million twenty thousand (1,020,000)
shares of Class B New Common Stock, par value $.01 per share; provided, however,
that upon the  conversion  of Class B New  Common  Stock into Class A New Common
Stock,  pursuant to this Article IV(8), the number of authorized shares of Class
A New Common Stock shall  automatically  be  increased  by the number  shares of
Class B New Common Stock so  converted  and the number of  authorized  shares of
Class B New  Common  Stock  shall  be  decreased  by the  number  of  shares  so
converted,  but in no event shall the authorized number of shares of Class A New
Common Stock exceed two million five hundred thousand (2,500,000).  (Class A New
Common Stock and Class B New Common Stock are hereinafter  collectively referred
to as the "Common Stock").  No shares of capital stock of the Corporation of any
class shall be issued without voting power as  hereinafter  provided.  Except as
otherwise set forth in this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  Class A New Common
Stock and Class B New Common  Stock  shall be  identical  and shall  entitle the
holder thereof to the same rights and privileges.

         The  designations,  preferences,  privileges  and voting powers of each
class  of stock  of the  Corporation,  and the  restrictions  or  qualifications
thereof, or manner of determining the same, shall be as follows:

               1. Except as  provided  herein,  the holders of the Common  Stock
          shall have and  possess  all rights  appertaining  to full  voting and
          participating  common  stock  of a  corporation  organized  under  the
          Delaware General Corporation Law.

               2. The  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of a  majority  of the
          outstanding  shares of Common Stock shall be required to authorize the
          following:  (i) any amendment to the Certificate of  Incorporation  of

<PAGE>
                                      188


          the  Corporation;  provided,  however,  that  in no  event  shall  any
          amendment be adopted which would adversely affect the voting rights of
          either the holders of Class A New Common Stock or the holders of Class
          B New Common  Stock,  as the case may be,  without  the consent of the
          holders of a majority  of the  outstanding  shares of the class  whose
          rights will be adversely  affected thereby;  (ii) any amendment to the
          By-laws  of the  Corporation  upon which  holders of Common  Stock are
          entitled  to  vote;  provided,  however,  that,  except  as  otherwise
          provided in Article VI hereof,  any amendment of Article II or Article
          III of the By-laws shall require the  affirmative  vote of the holders
          of a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of each of the Class A New
          Common  Stock and the Class B New  Common  Stock;  (iii) any merger or
          consolidation  of the Corporation  with another  corporation or entity
          upon which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote;  and (iv) any
          sale of assets or plan of  dissolution of the  Corporation  upon which
          holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote.

               3. (a) The holders of the Class A New Common  Stock,  voting as a
          class,  shall elect one director of the Corporation until such time as
          the number of shares of Class B New Common Stock  represents less than
          twenty-five  (25%) percent of the aggregate number of shares of Common
          Stock then outstanding,  in which event the holders of the Class A New
          Common  Stock,  voting as a class,  shall elect two  directors  of the
          Corporation;  provided,  however,  that  at  such  time  as all of the
          remaining shares of Class B New Common Stock shall have been converted
          to Class A New  Common  Stock as set forth in  Article  IV(5)(b),  the
          holders of Class A New Common  Stock,  voting as a class,  shall elect
          all of the directors of the Corporation.

                   (b)  Each  director  elected  by the  holders  of Class A New
          Common  Stock  shall be  elected by a  plurality  of the shares of the
          Class A New Common Stock voting at such time.

               4. (a) The holders of the Class B New Common  Stock,  voting as a
          class, shall elect two directors of the Corporation until such time as
          the number of shares of Class B New Common Stock  represents less than
          twenty-five  (25%) percent of the aggregate number of shares of Common
          Stock then outstanding,  in which event the holders of the Class B New
          Common Stock, voting as a class, shall elect one director.

                   (b)  Each  director  elected  by the  holders  of Class B New
          Common  Stock  shall be elected by a majority of the shares of Class B
          New Common Stock voting at such time.

               5.  Shares of Class B New Common  Stock  shall  automatically  be
          converted into shares of Class A New Common Stock as follows:

                   (a) If the  Creditors'  Trust,  as  established  pursuant  to
          Section 9.1 of the Debtor's Fourth Amended Plan of Reorganization (the
          "Plan") of Keene Corporation (Case No. 93 B 46090 (SMB), United States
          Bankruptcy  Court,  Southern  District  of New  York),  shall  assign,
          transfer or dispose of any shares of Class B New Common  Stock  (other
          than to an  entity  in  which  the  Creditors'  Trust  owns all of the
          beneficial interests or in connection with the pledge or hypothecation
          of such  Class B New  Common  Stock to secure  bona fide  indebtedness
          which is not  convertible  into Class B New Common  Stock),  each such
          share so assigned,  transferred or disposed of shall be converted into
          one share of Class A New Common Stock;

<PAGE>
                                      189


                   (b) Upon the  earlier to occur of (A) the date upon which the
          number of shares of Class B New Common Stock shall represent less than
          ten  (10%)  percent  of the  aggregate  shares of  Common  Stock  then
          outstanding,  and (B) the date  occurring ten years from the Effective
          Date (as such term is defined in the Plan),  all of the then remaining
          shares of Class B New Common Stock shall be converted into Class A New
          Common Stock;

                   (c) Upon  conversion  of shares of Class B New  Common  Stock
          into  shares of Class A New  Common  Stock,  the holder of Class B New
          Common Stock shall surrender the certificate representing such Class B
          New Common Stock to the Corporation, which will issue new certificates
          reflecting such conversion.

               6. No holder of shares of Common  Stock shall be  entitled,  as a
          matter of right,  to subscribe  for or purchase any part of any new or
          additional  issue of stock of any class whatsoever of the Corporation,
          or of  securities  convertible  into  stock of any  class  whatsoever,
          whether  now or  hereafter  authorized  or whether  issued for cash or
          other consideration or by way of dividend.

               7. Each holder of Common  Stock shall be entitled to one vote for
          each share held by such holder.

               8. (a)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  herein,  for a period of
          twenty-five  (25)  months  from  the  Effective  Date,  (A) no  holder
          ("Transferor")  of shares  of Common  Stock  shall  transfer,  convey,
          assign,  pledge or otherwise  dispose  (including  without  limitation
          distributions from the Creditors Trust, to any beneficiary thereof) of
          all, or any interest in, the shares of Common Stock of such holder, or
          grant an option or contractual  right ("Rights") to acquire  ownership
          of such shares (whether or not currently exercisable) (collectively, a
          "Transfer")  to any person or entity or group of  persons or  entities
          acting in  concert  ("Transferee")  and no  Transferee  shall  acquire
          ownership  of such  shares or Rights if,  immediately  following  such
          Transfer,  such Transferee owns or thereby acquires  ownership of more
          than four and three-quarters (4.75%) percent of issued and outstanding
          shares of Common Stock (a Transferee who has or acquires more than the
          allowed  ownership   percentage  is  hereinafter   referred  to  as  a
          "Prohibited Transferee") and (B) no Transfer shall be made by a person
          or  entity  or a group  of  persons  or  entities  acting  in  concert
          ("Prohibited  Transferor")  who own five (5%)  percent  or more of the
          issued  and  outstanding   Shares  of  Common  Stock.   (Any  Transfer
          prohibited  by this  Article  IV(8) is  hereinafter  referred  to as a
          "Prohibited  Transfer").  For these purposes, a Transferee's ownership
          percentage of the Common Stock shall be  determined  under Section 382
          of the  Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  and the Treasury
          Regulations promulgated thereunder which are applicable on the date of
          such actual or purported  transfer and shall include direct  ownership
          and adjustments for indirect  ownership as required under such statute
          and regulations.

                   (b) Within thirty (30) days of obtaining  actual knowledge of
          any  Transfer,   the  Corporation  may  demand  in  writing  that  the
          Transferor  making a Transfer of, or the  Transferee  acquiring,  such
          Common Stock provide a certificate  ("Certificate") to the Corporation
          within ten (10) days of receipt of such notice, which Certificate sets
          forth the aggregate  number of shares of Common Stock owned,  in title
          or  beneficially,  by the Transferor or the Transferee  both preceding
          and following such Transfer and such other information (including, but

<PAGE>
                                      190


          not limited to, direct or indirect  interests in other entities owning
          shares of Common  Stock,  family  relationships  with  persons  owning
          shares of Common  Stock or direct or  indirect  interests  in entities
          owning  such  shares,  and options or  contractual  rights to purchase
          shares  of Common  Stock) as the  Corporation  shall  reasonably  deem
          necessary  to  determine  the   Transferor's   and  the   Transferee's
          percentage  ownership  of Common  Stock for  purposes of this  Article
          IV(8).

                   (c) If, upon review of the  Certificate  and other  available
          facts, the Corporation determines that the Transferee is, or by reason
          of the  transfer  has become,  a  Prohibited  Transferee,  or that the
          Transferor is a Prohibited  Transferor,  the Corporation shall declare
          the transfer to be a Prohibited Transfer under this Article IV(8), and
          the  acquisition of the shares or Rights by the Prohibited  Transferee
          or the Transfer of the shares or Rights by a Prohibited Transferor, as
          the case may be, shall be deemed null and void ab initio, the transfer
          agent for the  Corporation  shall  treat  the  shares  subject  to the
          Prohibited Transfer (including any shares subject to Rights) as having
          never been transferred to, or acquired by, the Prohibited  Transferee,
          or the Transferee of a Prohibited  Transferor,  and the  Corporation's
          books and records  shall  reflect  that no Transfer of such shares has
          occurred,  unless  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corporation  by
          unanimous  consent  shall waive,  in writing,  the  provisions of this
          Article IV(8) with respect to such transfer.

                   (d) In the  event of a  Prohibited  Transfer,  any  purported
          Transferee shall not be entitled to any rights as a shareholder of the
          Corporation,  including,  but not limited to, the right to vote shares
          subject  to a  Prohibited  Transfer,  and the  right  to  receive  any
          dividend distributions, including liquidating distributions on account
          thereon,  and the purported  Transferee  shall, upon written demand by
          the  Corporation,   return  any  and  all  distributions   which  such
          Transferee  shall have received from the  Corporation  with respect to
          any shares of Common Stock subject to a Prohibited Transfer.

                   (e) Each certificate  evidencing  Common Stock shall bear the
          following restrictive legend:

                         (A)  The  front  of  such  certificate   shall  bear  a
                    conspicuous legend reading as follows:

                    "THE TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY
                    IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTION  PURSUANT TO THE AMENDED
                    AND  RESTATED   CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION  OF
                    REINHOLD  INDUSTRIES,  INC., WHICH  RESTRICTION IS
                    SUMMARIZED ON THE BACK OF THIS CERTIFICATE."

                         (B) The back of such certificate shall bear a
                    legend reading as follows:

                         "Transfer  of the  shares of Common  Stock of
                    the  Corporation is restricted in accordance  with
                    Article   IV(8)  of  the  Amended   and   Restated
                    Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Corporation,
                    which  prohibits the  acquisition of the ownership

<PAGE>
                                      191


                    of shares,  or rights to acquire shares, of Common
                    Stock by a person or entity or persons or entities
                    acting in  concert  which has,  or  thereby  would
                    have,  ownership  of  more  than  four  and  three
                    quarters   (4.75%)   percent  of  the  issued  and
                    outstanding  shares of Common Stock, as determined
                    under  Section  382 of  Internal  Revenue  Code of
                    1986,  as amended,  and the  Treasury  Regulations
                    promulgated  thereunder  (collectively,   "Section
                    382").  The  transfer  of  shares,  or  rights  to
                    acquire  shares,  by a person or entity or persons
                    or entities  acting in concert which has ownership
                    of five (5%) percent of the issued and outstanding
                    Common  Stock of the  Corporation,  as  determined
                    under   Section  382,   also  is   restricted   in
                    accordance  with Article  IV(8) of the Amended and
                    Restated   Certificate   of   Incorporation.   Any
                    transfer   prohibited  by  Article  IV(8)  of  the
                    Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation
                    of the  Corporation  shall  be  null  and  void ab
                    initio and will not be  reflected on the books and
                    records   of   the    Corporation,    unless   the
                    restrictions  are waived by the unanimous  consent
                    of the Board of Directors of the Corporation."

                                    ARTICLE V

         The Corporation's Board of Directors shall consist of three members who
shall be elected as provided in Article IV.

                                   ARTICLE VI

         In  furtherance  and  not in  limitation  of the  powers  conferred  by
statute,  the  by-laws  of the  Corporation  may be made,  altered,  amended  or
repealed  by a  majority  vote of the entire  board of  directors  (except  with
respect  to  Article II or Article  III of the  by-laws,  which may be  altered,
amended or repealed  only by a unanimous  vote of the entire board of directors)
or by the vote of the  stockholders,  approving  the  alteration,  amendment  or
repeal, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of Article IV(2).

                                   ARTICLE VII

         1. The  Corporation  shall  indemnify to the fullest  extent  permitted
under and in  accordance  with the laws of the State of Delaware  any person who
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending
or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or  investigative  by reason of the fact that he is or was a director,  officer,
employee or agent of the Corporation  or, while serving as a director,  officer,
employee  or agent of the  Corporation,  is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation,  as a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent  of or in any  other
capacity with another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other
enterprise,  against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,  fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
with such action,  suit or  proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner
he  reasonably  believed  to be in or not opposed to the best  interests  of the
Corporation,  and with  respect to any  criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

<PAGE>
                                      192


         2.  Expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)  incurred in defending  any
civil,  criminal,  administrative  or investigative  action,  suit or proceeding
shall (in the case of any action,  suit or proceeding  against a director of the
Corporation)  or may (in the case of any action,  suit or proceeding  against an
officer,  trustee,  employee or agent) be paid by the  Corporation in advance of
the final  disposition  of such action,  suit or proceeding as authorized by the
Board upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the  indemnified  person
to  repay  such  amount  if it shall  ultimately  be  determined  that he is not
entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this paragraph.

         3. The  indemnification,  advancement  of expenses and other rights set
forth in this Paragraph  shall not be exclusive of any  provisions  with respect
thereto  in  the  by-laws  or  any  other  contract  or  agreement  between  the
Corporation and any officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation.

         4. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII,  subparagraphs
1,  2  or  3,  nor  the  adoption  of  any  provision  of  this  Certificate  of
Incorporation  inconsistent  with  Article VII,  subparagraphs  1, 2 or 3, shall
eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII, subparagraphs 1, 2 and 3, in
respect of any matter occurring before such amendment,  repeal or adoption of an
inconsistent  provision  or in  respect  of any cause of  action,  suit or claim
relating  to any  such  matter  which  would  have  given  rise  to a  right  of
indemnification  or right to receive  expenses  pursuant  to this  Article  VII,
subparagraphs  1, 2 or 3, if such  provision had not been so amended or repealed
or if a provision inconsistent therewith had not been so adopted.

         5. No director  shall be personally  liable to the  Corporation  or any
stockholder  for monetary  damages for breach of  fiduciary  duty as a director,
except for any matter in  respect  of which  such  director  (A) shall be liable
under  Section 174 of the DGCL or any amendment  thereto or successor  provision
thereto, or (B) shall be liable by reason that, in addition to any and all other
requirements  for liability,  he: (i) shall have breached his duty of loyalty to
the Corporation or its stockholders; (ii) shall not have acted in good faith or,
in failing to act, shall not have acted in good faith; (iii) shall have acted in
a manner involving  intentional  misconduct or a knowing violation of law or, in
failing to act, shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or
a knowing  violation  of law; or (iv) shall have  derived an  improper  personal
benefit.

         If the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law is amended after the date of
incorporation  of  the  Corporation  to  authorize  corporation  action  further
eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors,  then the liability
of a director of the  Corporation  shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest
extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

         Keene  Corporation  filed a petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the
United States  Bankruptcy Code on December 3, 1993.  Provision for the making of
this  Certificate of  Incorporation  is pursuant to Keene  Corporation's  Fourth
Amended Plan of Reorganization,  as modified,  and the confirmation order, dated
June 12, 1996, of the United States District Court for the Southern  District of
New York in In re Keene Corporation, Civil Action No. 96 CV 3492 (MBM).


<PAGE>
                                      193


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Keene  Corporation  has caused  this  Amended and
Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  to be signed by Timothy E. Coyne,  its
President, and attested to by Norman W. Weinstock, its Secretary,  this 25th day
of July, 1996.


ATTEST:                                 KEENE CORPORATION



/s/ Norman W. Weinstock                 By:  /s/ Timothy E. Coyne
- -----------------------------               -----------------------------------
Secretary                                   Name:  Timothy E. Coyne
                                            Title: President





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission